Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Synthomer

Synthomer

synt · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker synt
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Synthomer
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Delivering Growth
in Speciality Chemicals

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018

S

y

n

t

h

o

m

e

r

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

8

 
 
 
 
Highlights of 2018

Delivering growth 
in speciality chemicals

Commercial highlights

 + Fourth consecutive year of growth and 

 + Continued focus and investment in organic 

record profitability:
 – Investment in organic and inorganic growth 

combined with geographic diversity and product 
differentiation underpinned solid progress in 2018

and inorganic growth:
 – £75.7m investment in capital expenditure, the 
most significant investment in Group history, 
securing future growth

 – Underlying profit before tax up 3.9% at £135.1m 

 – £17.1m investment in research and development 

(2017: £130.0m)

 – IFRS profit before tax up 39.2% at £120.3m 

continuing to drive innovation and new  
product formulations 

(2017: £86.4m)

 + Europe and North America (ENA) resilient  

in challenging market conditions:
 – Market leading position in aqueous polymers in 

Europe

 – Successful acquisition and integration of the BASF 
Pischelsdorf SBR business, enhancing European 
SBR business and increasing market share in 
paper and packaging market

 + Record return on R&D investment:

 – Volume growth driven by acquisition of BASF 

 – 21% of sales volumes from new products launched 

Pischelsdorf (Austria)

in past 5 years

 – Unit margins stable, recognising transactional 

 – Board approval for £5m investment in state-of-the-

impact of weak USD and significant raw material 
price volatility 

art Asian Innovation Centre based in Malaysia 
commissioning 2020

 – Underlying operating profit £5.9m lower at £111.2m 

 + Strong earnings per share performance: 

(2017: £117.1m)

 – 6.8% rise in underlying earnings per share to 32.8p 

 – IFRS operating profit up 18.5% at £91.8m  

(2017: 30.7p)

(2017: £77.5m)

 + Asia and Rest of the World (ARW) results driven 

by strong growth in Nitrile latex demand:
 – Nitrile latex market growth in excess of 10% during 2018
 – Nitrile latex unit margins strengthened due to 

 – Reduced effective tax rate to 17.0% (2017: 19.0%), 
consistent with geographical profit mix and prior 
year items

 – 34.9% rise in IFRS earnings per share to 29.4p 

(2017: 21.8p)

improved supply/demand balance

 + Improved dividend per share in line with 

dividend policy: 
 – Dividend per share up 7.4% at 13.1p (2017: 12.2p) 

representing circa 40% of earnings per share

 – Successful commissioning of 90ktes Nitrile latex 
expansion at Pasir Gudang in Q4 2018, safely on 
time and on budget

 – Underlying operating profit £10.6m higher 

at £45.7m (2017: £35.1m)

 – IFRS operating profit up 76.0% at £54.9m  

(2017: £31.2m)

Financial highlights

Volume (ktes)

Revenue (£m)

EBITDA (£m)

Operating profit (£m)

Profit before tax (£m)

Earnings per share (p)

Dividends per share (p)

Net borrowings (£m)

Underlying

IFRS

2018

2017

2018

2017

1,517.6

1,618.9

1,443.8

1,480.2

1,517.6

1,618.9

1,443.8

1,480.2

181.0

142.1

135.1

32.8

13.1

214.0

176.2

139.0

130.0

30.7

12.2

180.5

−

128.7

120.3

29.4

13.1

214.0

–

95.4

86.4

21.8

12.2

180.5

Underlying statement
The Group’s management uses Underlying performance to plan for, control and assess the performance of the Group. Underlying 
performance differs from the statutory IFRS performance as it excludes the effect of Special Items, which are detailed in note 3. The 
Board’s view is that Underlying performance provides additional clarity for the Group’s investors and stakeholders and so it is the primary 
focus of the Group’s narrative reporting. Where appropriate IFRS performance inclusive of Special Items is also described. References to 
‘unit margin’ and ‘margin’ are used in the commentary on Underlying performance. Unit margin (or margin) is calculated on selling price 
less variable raw material and logistics costs. Further explanations can be found in notes 4, 5 and 6.

Synthomer is a speciality 
chemicals company and one  
of the world’s leading suppliers 
of aqueous polymers. With 
strong geographic diversity  
and product differentiation, 
Synthomer holds leadership 
positions in a wide range of 
markets including coatings, 
construction, textiles, paper 
and healthcare.

We continue to make positive progress  
towards our strategic objectives, delivering 
strong growth through capital investment  
and strategic acquisitions, coupled with an 
increasingly global approach to serving our 
customers and end markets.

Strategic report
IFC  Highlights
2   Our business at a glance
4   What makes us different
10   Chairman’s statement
12   Chief Executive Officer’s review
14   Segmental review
18   Strategy at a glance
20   Our new global business structure
28   Business model
30  Key performance indicators
32   Risk management
34   Principal risks and uncertainties
38   Chief Financial Officer’s review
44   Sustainability

p4-9

What makes 
us different
Key stories of the year

p14-17

Segmental review
Delivering growth in 
speciality chemicals

p20-27

Our new global 
business structure
Focus on customers

Governance
58   Introduction to governance
60   Board of Directors
62   Corporate governance
67  Audit Committee report
72  Nomination Committee report
73   Directors’ Remuneration report
89  Report of the Directors
92   Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Group financial statements
93   Independent auditors’ report
100  Consolidated income statement
100  Consolidated statement of  
comprehensive income

101  Consolidated statement of changes  

in equity

102  Consolidated balance sheet
103  Consolidated cash flow statement
103  Reconciliation of net cash flow from 
operating activities to movement in  
net borrowings

104  Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements

Company financial statements
145  Company balance sheet
146  Company statement of changes in equity
147  Notes to the Company financial statements

Other information
157  Five-year financial summary
158  Glossary of terms
160  Advisers

1

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Our business at a glance

Synthomer today

“ We understand customers’ 
needs and provide innovative 
formulations to a range of 
industries throughout the world.”

  Calum MacLean
  Chief Executive Officer

As announced during November 2018, the Group 
structure has been reorganised with effect from 
1 January 2019. Three new business groups have been 
created to better service our customers and markets 
by leveraging our global product portfolio expanding 
the reach of our R&D capabilities and by bringing 
greater operational focus to our global markets.

Revenue split

76%

Europe 
and North 
America 
(ENA)  

Read more 
page 14

Asia 
and Rest 
of the World 
(ARW)

Read more 
page 16

24%

Synthomer tomorrow

From 2019 our new structure  
will allow us to better leverage:

 + Commercial relationships

 + Operational excellence

 + Technology

The new structure combines sales, marketing, 
research and production by business group into 
dedicated global teams whilst retaining very strong 
regional strength and local focus. 

For more information on our new global business structure,  
see pages 20-27. 

2

44%

PERFORMANCE
ELASTOMERS

Read more page 22

FUNCTIONAL
SOLUTIONS

Read more 
page 24

42%

INDUSTRIAL
SPECIALITIES

14%

Read more 
page 26

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights

Volume by market

Europe and North America (ENA)

Volumes 

1,115.2ktes

2017: 1,067.7ktes

Revenue

Underlying operating profit

£1,228.4m

2017: £1,134.9m

£111.2m

2017: £117.1m

EBITDA 

IFRS operating profit

£135.8m

2017: £140.9m

£91.8m

2017: £77.5m

Asia and Rest of the World (ARW)

Volumes 

402.4ktes

2017: 376.1ktes

Revenue

Underlying operating profit

£390.5m

2017: £345.3m

£45.7m

2017: £35.1m

EBITDA 

IFRS operating profit

£59.7m

2017: £48.2m

£54.9m

2017: £31.2m

Performance Elastomers

Volumes 

Revenue

859.5ktes 

£704.5m

EBITDA

Underlying operating profit

£107.9m

£87.2m

Functional Solutions

Volumes 

Revenue

526.0ktes

£680.1m

EBITDA

£64.1m

Underlying operating profit

£53.0m

Industrial Specialities

Volumes 

Revenue

132.1ktes

£234.3m

EBITDA

£23.5m

Underlying operating profit

£16.7m

7

1

6

5

2

4

3

1  Construction & Coating  20.7%
2  Functional Polymers 
16.4%
3  Health & Protection 
1.8%
4  Paper 
28.1%
5  Carpet & Foam 
13.4%
6  Specialities 
11.4%
7  Other 
8.2%

1  Construction & Coating  23.7%
2  Functional Polymers 
2.5%
3  Health & Protection 
71.7%
4  Paper 
0.0%
5  Carpet & Foam 
0.8%
6  Specialities 
1.3%
7  Other 
0.0%

2

3

5

6

1

5

1

4

3

4

3

2

5

1

2

1

2

3

1  Paper 
2  Health & Protection 
3  Carpet 
4  Compounds 
5  Foam 

36.4%
35.9%
10.3%
10.0%
7.4%

1  Coatings 
2  Textiles 
3  Construction 
4  Adhesives 
5  Other 

40.4%
22.8%
21.6%
13.9%
1.3%

1  Coatings 
2  Polymer Additives 
3  Other 

29.2%
21.9%
48.9%

3

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160What makes us different

Adding capacity with safety as our priority

SHE Principles

Synthomer recognises that to be 
a successful global business we 
must seek to continually improve 
and prioritise our SHE performance. 
We have our SHE Principles and 10 
Golden Rules embedded across all of 
our global operations

Read more about our safety principles on 
pages 52-53

4

Synthomer plc Annual Report 20182018 has seen the largest organic 
investment programme in the Group’s 
history, focused on securing future 
growth by introducing additional low 
cost capacity across our network 
and to support long-term profitable 
business development.

The ‘Synthomer Way’ is to maximise 
the utilisation of our assets, identify 
value enhancing debottlenecks and 
add further capacity to improve our 
economies of scale, and grow in 
our chosen markets and leverage 
our leadership positions. Combining 
this with operational and functional 
excellence allows us to deliver 
our strategy.

We continually seek to identify best 
practice in all areas of our business 
and ensure that relevant learnings are 
embedded throughout the business. 
Above all we place Safety, Health and 
Environmental (SHE) activities as our 
priority in everything that we do.

£75.7m

Investment in capex 2018

90ktes

Investment in new Pasir Gudang 
(Malaysia) NBR capacity to support 
market growth in the Nitrile gloves 
market – safely commissioned on 
time and on budget Q4 2018

48ktes

Investment in new 48ktes combined 
speciality dispersion capacity in 
Worms (Germany) and Roebuck 
(USA) to support growth in the 
coatings, adhesive and construction 
markets. Due to be commissioned 
Q2 2019.

Three year rolling recordable injury case 
rate has reduced by more than 60% 
compared to the prior three year period.

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

3.41

2.25

1.21

1.50

0.59

0.23

2010
to 2012

2013
to 2015

2016
to 2018

All injury rate (AIR) and Recordable 
case rate (RCR) 2010-2018

 AIR 

 RCR

5

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160What makes us different continued

Global approach to customers and markets

The way we do business has become 
increasingly global as we follow our 
customers’ requirements, extend our 
global operating network and leverage 
our continued focus on research and 
development and innovation. Our new 
global structure will improve both  
our market alignment and close 
customer relationships.

Read more about our new global 
business structure on pages 20-27

Read more about our approach to SHE 
on pages 44-57

6

Key

  Sales office

  Operational head 

office

  Manufacturing site

  Manufacturing site  
and R&D centre

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018The new structure will enable 
Synthomer to better service its 
customers and markets through 
leveraging its global product portfolio, 
expanding the reach of its R&D 
capabilities, bringing greater operational 
focus to our global markets.

The objective of our organisational 
change is to sharpen our commercial 
focus, accelerate sales growth and 
drive further operational efficiencies. 
Our sales, marketing, innovation 
and production will be combined by 
business group into dedicated global 
teams whilst retaining very strong 
regional strength and local focus.

Our long established blue chip 
customer relationships and the high 
barriers to entry in our chosen speciality 
chemicals markets, combined with  
our market leading positions and  
broad exposure to a diverse set of  
end markets underpins our strategy  
of delivering sustainable growth.

25

global plant network

4000+

Customers

15 years+

Average length of 
customer relationships

4

Technical centres globally

15

Product range launches  
in 2018

21

Percentage of sales volume in 2018 
generated from products launched in 
the last five years

7

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160What makes us different continued

Strategy driving sustainable growth

Three bolt-on acquisitions completed 
in past three years:

BASF Pischelsdorf 
January 2018

Speciality Additives 
March 2017

PAC (Dispersions) 
June 2016

Read more about our strategic priorities 
on pages 18-19 

8

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Synthomer delivered a fourth 
consecutive year of growth in 
profitability in 2018. This performance 
is underpinned by our strong balanced 
strategy which focuses on organic and 
inorganic acquisition led growth. 

Inorganic growth through acquisitions 
in the speciality chemical sector 
remains a key part of our growth 
strategy. We focus on two types of 
transaction; bolt-on acquisitions in 
similar chemistry or transformational 
step change transactions not limited 
by geography or chemistry. In the past 
three years we have completed three 
bolt-on acquisitions allowing us to 
secure our market leadership position in 
our core European aqueous polymers 
segment, optimise and consolidate our 
network and add new technology and 
geographies to our business. 

Our experienced management team 
diligently assess the strategic fit of 
potential opportunities for the Group 
and apply strict criteria on the type, 
quality and valuation of targets. 

25

Manufacturing sites

18

Countries

8

Newly acquired sites in the  
last three years

2016

First manufacturing site acquired in 
North America

9

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Chairman’s statement

Strengthening governance and performance

Results
I am pleased to report a year of good 
progress, highlighted by a fourth 
consecutive year of growth in Underlying 
profitability. Our progress has been 
underpinned by capital investment in 
higher growth markets, a continued focus 
on innovation, and our disciplined M&A 
strategy, overcoming a challenging  
market environment.

We saw strong organic growth from our 
Asia and Rest of the World (ARW) segment 
which helped to offset adverse currency 
and raw material headwinds in Europe and 
North America (ENA). One of the Group’s 
strengths is our geographic diversity and 
product differentiation and this was once 
again clearly demonstrated in 2018.

Underlying profit before tax increased from 
£130.0m to £135.1m, an increase of 3.9% 
and IFRS profit before tax increased by 
39.2% from £86.4m in 2017 to £120.3m in 
2018. As well as taking into account the 
improvement in Underlying performance, 
the increase in IFRS profits is mainly the 
result of the gains on disposal of land 
in Malaysia (£16.4m) and a reduction in 
amortisation of intangible assets (£14.6m). 

Focus on investment for 
future growth
Organic growth remains a key part of our 
strategy and we continue to see significant 
opportunities to drive improvement from 
our existing businesses with the support of 
our conservatively leveraged balance sheet. 
In 2018 we made a record investment 
in capital expenditure to strengthen our 
platform for future growth. This investment 
programme introduced new capacity in 
each of our business segments with further 
capacity due to be commissioned in 2019. 
Our largest investment, the 90ktes plant 
expansion at our Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) 
Nitrile latex plant, was completed safely, 
on time and on budget in Q4 2018 and is 
now producing state-of-the-art products 
to support this high growth market. In 
ENA our capital commitments to expand 
our capabilities in Oulu (Finland) and 
Sant’Albano (Italy) are complete and came 
online in Q3 and Q4 2018 increasing 
capacity by 12ktes and 5ktes respectively. 
There will be further new capacity installed 
in 2019 in Functional Solutions as our two 
major plant expansions, the 36ktes Worms 
(Germany) and 12ktes Roebuck (North 

America), are due to be commissioned in 
Q2 2019. These investments have further 
optimised our dispersion polymer network, 
providing large scale, low cost plants with 
incremental capacity to support growth of 
our higher margin speciality products 

Inorganic growth  
remains core
Inorganic growth also remains a core 
aspect of our strategy and the Group has 
now completed three bolt-on acquisitions 
in the past three years: BASF Pischelsdorf 
in January 2018, adding to the acquisitions 
of Speciality Additives and PAC which were 
completed in 2017 and 2016 respectively. 
The Pischelsdorf site expands our SBR 
assets and customer base, supports our 
strategy to strengthen our paper packaging 
coatings business and will provide further 
options for our network optimisation in the 
SBR market. The site was successfully 
integrated into the business in the first half 
of 2018. With this acquisition complete 
Synthomer has secured its market 
leadership position in its core European 
aqueous polymers segment, another 
milestone for our business. We  
continue to actively evaluate appropriate 
acquisition opportunities.

Governance and Board
We were in full compliance with the 
2016 UK Corporate Governance Code 
throughout 2018 other than in respect 
of Board balance which was addressed 
in September 2018 by the appointment 
of Holly A. Van Deursen, replacing Jinya 
Chen who retired from the Board on 
31 December 2017. 

Holly was appointed to the Board  
as an independent non-executive  
director and brings a wealth of chemical 
industry, global business and significant 
boardroom experience. 

The Board was pleased to endorse the 
promotion of the Company’s values and 
culture through the launch, towards the 
end of the year, of a revised and updated 
code of conduct. As the main vehicle 
for explaining and communicating our 
standards for carrying on business, 
people policies and corporate citizenship 
responsibilities, it was issued to every 
employee. We also put in place an 
externally hosted whistle-blowing hotline 
accessible by telephone and online.

Neil Johnson
Chairman

Governance highlights

 + Board re-balanced with  

increased diversity

 + Revised code of conduct and 

whistleblowing hotline launched  
to support values and culture

 + Non-executive director designated  

for workforce engagement

 + Policies and practices developed to 
implement 2018 Governance Code

10

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Our people
Our people agenda has made further 
progress in 2018. With mentoring, graduate 
recruitment, leadership and learning 
development programmes established, 
and a strengthening employee brand, we 
have made good progress in all pillars 
of our framework to create an open and 
positive work environment. Our organic 
and inorganic growth strategy means that 
our employee numbers now stand at 2,900 
across our 30 manufacturing sites and 
offices. It is pleasing to see the adoption 
of our values and culture which continues 
to unify the way Synthomer does business 
and underpins the success of the Group. 

The Group’s employees continue to 
deliver improvements in profitability and 
manage change in a dynamic organisation 
committed to long-term sustainable 
growth. The success of the Group 
relies much on the commitment and 
professionalism of all our employees and 
I would like to thank all of them for their 
support in 2018. 

Dividend
The Board has recommended a final 
ordinary dividend of 9.1p (2017: 8.5p) per 
share, a 7.1% increase. Taken with the 2018 
interim ordinary dividend of 4.0p (2017: 
3.7p) per share, the total ordinary dividend 
is 13.1p (2017: 12.2p), representing an 
increase of 7.4% in total dividend in 2018. 
This is in line with the Group’s dividend 
policy with the dividend representing 40% 
of the Underlying earnings per share. 
The final dividend per share is subject 
to shareholder approval at the Annual 
General Meeting on 25 April 2019 and 
will be payable on 5 July 2019 to those 
shareholders registered at the close of 
business on 7 June 2019.

Outlook
Looking forward, the Group’s leading 
market positions, incremental low cost 
production capacity, geographic diversity 
and product differentiation, ensure we are 
well placed to navigate the current global 
political and economic uncertainties. 
Given this, we are confident of making 
further progress in 2019 and the Board’s 
expectations remain unchanged.

Neil Johnson
Chairman
4 March 2019

We have policies and practices well in 
hand to implement the 2018 Governance 
Code and as part of this work Alex Catto 
has been designated by the Board as the 
lead non-executive director to undertake 
workforce engagement. Alex, with his 
longstanding connection with and deep 
knowledge of the Group, was considered 
the ideal non-executive director to lead  
this process.

European Commission 
investigation
As announced on 8 June 2018, the 
European Commission (the Commission) 
initiated an investigation into practices 
relating to the purchase of styrene 
monomer by companies, including 
Synthomer, operating in the European 
Economic Area. The Company takes 
competition laws very seriously  
and will continue to fully cooperate  
with the Commission during its  
ongoing investigation.

Sustainability
Synthomer manufactures speciality 
chemicals using large scale and 
complex manufacturing processes that 
consume hazardous raw materials. Our 
standards relating to safety, health and 
the environment are high and maintaining 
these is fundamental to the way we 
operate our business. We have clear 
policies and procedures that underpin all 
of our processes and we remain resolute 
to our commitment to learn lessons from 
our activities, share best practices and 
continually improve. 

Synthomer recognises the significance 
and importance of being a responsible 
company. We take responsibility for the 
complete life cycle of our products and 
the impact our operations have on people 
and the environment. We are committed 
to approaching our business in an ethical 
and environmentally sound manner and 
have been committed to the International 
Council of Chemical Associations (ICCA) 
Responsible Care project since the 
early 1990’s.

Our commitment to quantifying, improving 
and communicating the sustainability of all 
our activities will be further strengthened 
in 2019 as a result of the introduction of 
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards. 
With increased interest in sustainability, our 
programme identifies key issues affecting 
our stakeholders and communicates the 
activities being undertaken and sets key 
performance targets for the Group.

The Group’s risk management processes 
include consideration of the potential 
impact of corporate responsibility 
issues on Synthomer’s performance. 
The Group’s investment decisions take 
into account appropriate evaluations of 
potential consequences for its employees, 
customers, suppliers and the environment. 
We are not complacent and remain 
focused in our campaign for continuous 
and sustainable improvement.

11

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Chief Executive Officer’s review

Delivering growth in speciality chemicals

Performance
Despite some challenging market 
conditions in 2018 Synthomer has delivered 
solid growth in Underlying profitability, 
achieving our fourth consecutive year 
of growth and another year of record 
Underlying profits. ARW delivered 
especially strong growth in Underlying 
profits helping to offset the impact of 
currency and raw material volatility in 
ENA. Our strategy of driving organic 
and inorganic growth, complemented 
by the Group’s geographic diversity and 
product differentiation, continues to deliver 
sustainable growth. 

Underlying profit before tax increased 
by 3.9% from £130.0m to £135.1m. 
This reflected a 30.2% increase in 
ARW Underlying operating profits, up 
from £35.1m to £45.7m. This significant 
increase reflects strong organic growth 
with improving volumes and unit margins 
as Nitrile latex growth remained strong 
and market utilisation increased. ENA 
Underlying operating profits were lower, 
going from £117.1m to £111.2m. This was 
principally due to the USD invoicing from 
Europe which led to an unfavourable 
transaction currency impact of £5.3m. ENA 
was also impacted by sharply falling raw 
material prices in Q4 2018 which affected 
customer buying behaviour and led to 
a softer trading environment in the final 
quarter of the year.

IFRS profit before tax increased by 39.2% 
from £86.4m in 2017 to £120.3m in 2018. 
Alongside the improvement in Underlying 
performance, the increase was mainly  
the result of the gains on disposal of land  
in Malaysia (£16.4m) and a reduction  
in amortisation of intangible assets 
(£14.6m), as intangibles acquired with  
the PolymerLatex acquisition became  
fully amortised.

The operating cash flows of the Group 
of £124.9m (2017: £162.6m) were again 
strong and absorbed the investment in 
working capital of £35.2m which was 
driven by the volatility in raw material prices 
and the knock-on impact on customer 
buying behaviour. The cash performance 
of the business over the year meant that 
the Group’s leverage at the year end was 
1.2 times net debt: EBITDA, well within 
our preferred range of 1 – 2 times. Capital 
spend increased to a record £75.7m, a little 

higher than guidance, and consistent with 
our stated strategy to invest in our principal 
large scale, low cost sites. We also invested 
in our inorganic growth strategy with the 
acquisition of the BASF Pischelsdorf SBR 
business, the third bolt-on acquisition 
under the current management team,  
for £25.8m. 

Safety, health and 
environment 
Synthomer sets high standards in 
relation to safety, health and environment 
(SHE) activities which are supported 
by appropriate levels of investment, 
improvement initiatives and by rigorous 
assurance under the supervision of the 
Group SHE team. Our performance against 
those standards is reported at each 
executive team and Board meeting.

In 2018, our recordable injury rate 
increased modestly as a result of the higher 
levels of contractor activity related to our 
capacity expansion programme, but our 
underlying trend continues to improve. 
Our recordable injury rate has improved 
in excess of 60% for the three year period 
2016-2018 compared to 2013-2015. This 
is underpinned by our SHE Principles and 
10 Golden Rules and our relentless focus 
on our Permit to Work and Management 
of Change procedures. To improve 
reporting, cross company learning and 
the induction of newly acquired sites to 
Synthomer standards, a new Global portal 
was introduced so that sites, regions and 
businesses can report performance on a 
consistent and timely basis. The portal has 
also improved communications and the 
ability to accelerate the implementation of 
actions to improve the safe operation of 
our sites.

Synthomer has introduced a programme 
that focuses on higher risk activities and 
has identified gaps which drive action in our 
site SHE Improvement Plans. All sites have 
now completed this process. Our Group 
Process Safety key performance indicators 
show continued improvement.

Innovation 
Innovation continues to be a core pillar 
of business growth allowing Synthomer 
to secure improved market positions and 
provide solutions to generate added value 
for our customers. In 2018, the Group had 
fifteen new product platform launches 
across a broad base of ten application 

Calum MacLean
Chief Executive Officer

Strategic highlights

 + Fourth consecutive year of growth and 

record Underlying profitability

 + Continued organic and inorganic 

investment to strengthen platform  
for future growth 

 + Significant raw material price volatility 

successfully managed 

 + Record return on R&D investment – 
21% of sales volumes from new 
products launched in the past five years

 + New global business structure launched 
on 1 January 2019 to further enhance 
customer and product focus

 +  Well capitalised and conservatively 

financed balance sheet to fund future 
organic and inorganic growth (Net debt/ 
EBITDA: 1.2x) 

12

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018areas. Our key performance indicator 
for innovation is sales volumes of new 
products launched in the past five years 
which increased to 21%, ahead of our 
stated target of 20%, building on our strong 
performance in this area in 2017 and 2016. 
We continue to focus on protecting our 
proprietary intellectual property through 
patents with eight filings in 2018. 

The Group has four innovation centres 
across its global network. We have made 
strong progress to further leverage and 
extend our innovation capabilities, helping 
to accelerate the delivery of our business 
strategies. In order to enhance our 
innovation activities, we have committed 
to invest in a state-of-the-art Innovation 
Centre in Malaysia which will open in 
2020. Over the past four years we have 
progressively reduced the time to market for 
new innovations. The recently introduced 
SyNovus® product, which includes patented 
proprietary technology, was developed 
from inception to commercialisation in 18 
months. The shortened innovation process, 
representing a reduction of almost 50% 
on previous new product developments, 
is a testament to the dedication, skill and 
expertise of our in-house R&D team and will 
be further enhanced via the investment in 
improved facilities.

Our operational excellence teams have 
also supported our innovation success. 
Through the transfer of products and new 
technologies across our network, we can 
more effectively introduce new products, 
utilise our capacity more efficiently and 
deliver synergies from newly acquired 
assets. Each of our plants has developed 
a ‘value gap’ to identify the monetary value 
associated with best in class and best in 
Group standards which provides the  
action plan for operational excellence  
and financial improvement.

Strategy delivering 
sustainable growth
Our conservatively leveraged balance 
sheet provides a strong foundation from 
which to deliver our strategy of sustainable 
growth in the speciality chemical sector. 
Synthomer has a broad blue-chip 
customer base with long-term established 
relationships, producing speciality chemicals 
characterised by high barriers to entry. 
Our market leading positions, passion for 
innovation and global asset network provide 
the basis for our organic growth strategy. 

2018 has seen the largest organic growth 
investment programme in the Group’s 
history. This programme commenced 
in 2017 and we spent £75.7m of capex 
in 2018 across the Group. Our Project 
Excellence approach has been introduced 
Group-wide and aims to ensure that all 
projects are completed safely, on time and 
within budget. With global mega trends 
of urbanisation, ageing demographics, an 
evolving middle class, increasing mobility 
and ever more stringent environmental 
legislation, there is increasing demand 
from the market for our speciality chemical 

products which drives our plans for better 
capacity utilisation, plant debottlenecking 
and new capacity expansions.

Our 90ktes Nitrile latex capacity 
expansion at Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) was 
successfully completed in Q4 2018 safely, 
on time and on budget. The capacity 
will allow us to support the ongoing 
expansion in this high growth market and 
provide capacity for our SyNovus® and 
other market leading products. A further 
investment to introduce an additional 
60ktes at Pasir Gudang will be made 
which we expect to come online in 2020. 
In addition to our Nitrile latex investment, 
our 2018 capital programme expanded 
capacity at our Speciality Polyester Powder 
Coating facility in Sant’Albano, (Italy) 
and our SBR facility in Oulu (Finland) to 
allow the Group to support the growing 
packaging and speciality paper markets.

In 2019, our organic capacity investment 
programme will see additional new 
capacity commissioned in:

 + Dispersions: 36ktes capacity of 

made-to-order speciality acrylic lines in 
Worms (Germany) in mid-2019 

 + Dispersions: 12ktes increase in acrylic 

capacity in Roebuck (USA) scheduled to 
be complete in mid-2019.

 + SBR latex: Enhancement to our Marl 

(Germany) site to improve output levels to 
take advantage of opportunities in the 
foam market.

Discipline in capital allocation remains a 
key focus for the Group, with hurdle rates 
for capital expenditure growth projects 
remaining unchanged at a payback of less 
than five years or a 12% IRR. Recognising 
the very significant investment made in 
organic growth capex in 2017 and 2018, 
the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
performance criteria included Return 
on Invested Capital (ROIC) for the first 
time in 2018, aligning management and 
shareholder delivery expectations. The 
overall LTIP ROIC target has been set at 
circa 20%, broadly aligned with the ROIC 
delivered by the Group in 2018.

In order to consider and mitigate 
the potential impact of a hard Brexit, 
Synthomer established a cross functional 
group to focus on supply chain, regulation, 
trade compliance and human resources. 
We continue to believe that our ability to do 
business will not be significantly affected 
but have plans in place to manage, as  
far as possible, our ability to service  
our customers and take any mitigating 
actions necessary. 

Delivering M&A growth
Inorganic growth through acquisitions 
remains a key priority for the Group and 
a core facet of our growth strategy. The 
speciality chemicals M&A market remained 
buoyant in 2018 with a number of bolt-on 
and transformational deals, many at 

elevated valuation multiples. We evaluated 
a number of opportunities but continued 
to exercise rigorous discipline on the type, 
quality and valuation of targets. 

We completed one bolt-on acquisition in 
2018 being BASF Pischelsdorf (Austria). This 
has been successfully integrated into our 
SBR network and positions us as the market 
leader in European aqueous polymers. 

The integration of PAC (Dispersions) 
is substantially complete with the final 
two major actions, the sale of the Leuna 
(Germany) site completed in the year and 
the restructuring of Ribécourt (France) site 
underway. We have successfully delivered 
run rate synergies of $12m by the end of 
2018 and confirmed that additional run rate 
synergies of $2m will be delivered in 2019.

Synthomer continues to assess acquisition 
opportunities, but we will be disciplined in 
our approach. The Group is well positioned 
to make both bolt-on and transformational 
acquisitions with a conservatively leveraged 
balance sheet and the Board’s support 
to drive further shareholder value through 
inorganic growth.

New global organisational 
structure 
As announced during November 2018, 
in order to better serve our customers, 
provide a global product offering and 
drive operational efficiencies, the Group 
structure has been reorganised with  
effect from 1 January 2019. Three new 
business groups have been created: 
Performance Elastomers (Styrene 
Butadiene Rubber and Nitrile Butadiene 
Latex), Functional Solutions (Dispersions) 
and Industrial Specialities.

The new structure will enable Synthomer 
to leverage its global product portfolio, 
expanding the reach of its R&D capabilities 
and bring greater operational focus to our 
global markets. Similarly the new structure 
combines sales, marketing, research and 
production into dedicated global business 
teams, whilst retaining very strong regional 
strength and local focus. 

Outlook
Looking forward, the Group’s leading 
market positions, incremental low cost 
production capacity, geographic diversity 
and product differentiation, ensure we are 
well placed to navigate the current global 
political and economic uncertainties. 
Given this, we are confident of making 
further progress in 2019 and the Board’s 
expectations remain unchanged.

Calum MacLean
Chief Executive Officer
4 March 2019

13

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Segmental review

Europe and North 
America (ENA)

Highlights

 + Market leading position in aqueous 

polymers in Europe

 + Volume growth driven by the acquisition of 

BASF Pischelsdorf (Austria)

 + Unit margins stable recognising 

transactional impact of weak USD and 
significant raw material price volatility 

 + BASF Pischelsdorf successfully integrated 

 + Commissioning complete of expansions in 

Sant’Albano (Italy) and Oulu (Finland)

 + Delivery of annualised $12m synergies 

from PAC Acquisition

Revenue % of Group

76%

Underlying operating profit % of Group

71%

14

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Underlying performance

Volumes (ktes) 

Revenue (£m)

EBITDA (£m)

Operating profit – Underlying performance (£m)

Operating profit – IFRS (£m)

2018

1,115.2

1,228.4

135.8

111.2

91.8

2017

1,067.7

1,134.9

140.9

117.1

77.5

Increase/(decrease)

% reported

% constant currency

4.4

8.2

(3.6)

(5.0)

18.5

7.1

(4.5)

(5.8)

Constant currency revenue and profit: these reflect current year results for existing business translated at the prior year’s average exchange rates, and include the 
impact of acquisitions.

The capital expenditure included: 

 + 12ktes styrene acrylic expansion at Oulu 
(Finland), expanding the site’s capability 
to supply the growing packaging and 
speciality paper markets. The expansion 
was commissioned during Q3 2018. 

 + 5ktes powder coating expansion at 
Sant’Albano (Italy) increasing site 
capacity by more than 20%. The 
expansion was commissioned during  
Q4 2018. 

 + 36ktes acrylic dispersions expansion at 
Worms (Germany), increasing the site’s 
capacity in excess of 30%, and 
significantly enhancing its capability to 
produce made-to-order speciality 
acrylics. Commissioning due Q2 2019.

 + 12ktes acrylic dispersions expansion at 

Roebuck (USA) increasing the site 
capacity by in excess of 20% through the 
installation of a new acrylic reactor train. 
Commissioning due Q2 2019.

The significant investments made in ENA 
are focused in those markets where we are 
capacity constrained and where we expect 
to see strong market growth.

Robust results in challenging 
market conditions 

ability to manage changing raw material 
prices and the benefits of our geographic 
diversity and product differentiation. 

Europe and North America (ENA) delivered 
a robust performance in a market 
characterised by volatile raw material 
prices and a weaker USD, which adversely 
impacted European unit margins on 
products sold to customers in USD.

The acquisition of the BASF Pischelsdorf 
SBR business completed on 31 January 
2018 and was fully integrated into our 
European SBR business in the first half 
of the year. The acquisition underpins 
Synthomer’s market leading position in 
European aqueous polymers and also 
provides greater exposure to the growing 
packaging paper market. 

The acquisition of the BASF Pischelsdorf 
site contributed to the strong overall volume 
growth during the year with volumes rising 
4.4% to 1,115.2ktes. Excluding the impact 
of the acquisition, the business delivered 
volume growth across most markets in the 
first half of the year reporting an increase 
of 2.6%. However, the marked reduction 
in petrochemical raw material prices in the 
final quarter of the year exacerbated normal 
year end customer de-stocking activities 
resulting in a fall in volumes of 1.3% over 
the full year.

Weakness in the USD relative to the prior 
year, particularly evident in H1 2018, 
resulted in lower unit margins on products 
sold from Europe in USD, causing a net 
reduction in margin relative to the prior 
year of £5.3m. Excluding the impact of 
the weaker USD and the impact of the 
BASF Pischelsdorf acquisition, overall unit 
margins were broadly in line with the prior 
year. Once again we demonstrated our 

Our ENA business spends approximately 
£800m on procuring primary raw materials 
for the sites and accordingly an effective, 
efficient and reliable supply is critical in 
driving the financial performance of the 
business. In 2018 we secured additional 
storage tanks to further optimise our supply 
chain, providing greater optionality in raw 
materials supply and mitigating supply 
interruption risk such as the low Rhine river 
level seen in Q4 2018. 

The ENA business continued to benefit 
from the delivery of PAC related synergies, 
helping to mitigate the costs of incremental 
storage tanks and underlying inflationary 
pressures. The synergies in 2018 largely 
related to the sale of the Leuna site 
(Germany) and commencement of the 
restructuring and simplification of the 
Ribécourt site (France). The programme at 
Ribécourt will continue in 2019 and result in 
the additional $2m of synergies announced 
earlier in the year, bringing the total PAC 
synergies to $14m.

Notwithstanding the challenging market 
conditions ENA reported robust results, 
with Underlying operating profit 5.0% 
lower at £111.2m (2017: £117.1m), and 
IFRS operating profit 18.5% higher at 
£91.8m (2017: £77.5m). The increase in 
IFRS operating profit mainly reflected 
a reductions in intangible amortisation 
(£14.7m) and restructuring charges (£5.3m). 

In addition to inorganic growth generated 
by incremental earnings from BASF 
Pischelsdorf and the further PAC synergies, 
ENA continued to invest in organic growth 
capital expenditure during 2018.

15

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Segmental review continued

Asia and Rest of 
the World (ARW)

Highlights

 + Nitrile latex market growth in excess of 

10% during 2018

 + Nitrile latex unit margins strengthened due 

to improved supply/demand balance

 + Successful commissioning of 90ktes 

Nitrile latex expansion at Pasir Gudang 
Q4 2018, safely on time and on budget

 + Board approval of £5m investment 

in state-of-the-art innovation centre 
in Malaysia

Revenue % of Group

24%

Underlying operating profit % of Group

29%

16

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Underlying performance

Volumes (ktes) 

Revenue (£m)

EBITDA (£m)

Operating profit – Underlying performance (£m)

Operating profit – IFRS (£m)

2018

402.4

390.5

59.7

45.7

54.9

2017

376.1

345.3

48.2

35.1

31.2

Increase/(decrease)

% reported

% constant currency

7.0

13.1

23.9

30.2

76.0

9.8

19.5

25.6

Constant currency revenue and profit: these reflect current year results for existing business translated at the prior year’s average exchange rates and include the 
impact of acquisitions.

Good results driven by 
continued strong growth 
in Nitrile latex demand

Asia and Rest of the World (ARW) reported 
a significant rise in Underlying operating 
profits driven by continued strong growth in 
Nitrile latex demand. 

ARW volumes increased by 7.0% to 
402.4ktes primarily as a result of record 
Nitrile latex volumes, partly reflecting the 
benefit from the newly commissioned Pasir 
Gudang (Malaysia) capacity brought on line 
in Q4 2018 and partly reflecting the weaker 
H1 2017 comparative, which was adversely 
impacted by raw material price volatility. 

The 90ktes capacity expansion of our Pasir 
Gudang asset brings our total Nitrile latex 
capacity to approximately 350ktes and 
underpins our position as a market leading 
producer and innovator of Nitrile latex. We 
are committed to our customers and their 
increasing Nitrile latex demands in a market 
that continues to report significant growth 
and we have taken a range of actions 
to strengthen our long-term contractual 
relationships with our customers

This capacity expansion, the largest single 
capital investment undertaken by the 
Group at £45m, was completed on time 
and on budget. From a safety perspective, 
this project represented 1.4 million safe 
hours worked. The new facility was officially 
opened by The British High Commissioner, 
Mrs Vicki Tredell, CMG MVO with the 
Group Board and over 100 key industry 
leaders in attendance in September 2018. 
We have confirmed that we will introduce 
a further 60ktes as the next stage of the 
Pasir Gudang expansion. Work has begun 
on this expansion, building on pre-prepared 

infrastructure and civil engineering and is 
expected to complete in 2020. 

ARW unit margins also improved year 
on year, reflecting the strong market 
demand for Nitrile latex and tightening 
of the supply/demand balance. This 
improvement was also due to sales of the 
newly launched higher margin Nitrile latex 
SyNovus® product. As with ENA, ARW 
was successful in managing the impact 
on margins from the volatile raw material 
prices, which were largely absorbed 
by the market. Similarly, ARW was also 
adversely impacted compared to prior 
year by the weaker USD relative to the 
Malaysian Ringgit, with Nitrile latex pricing 
denominated in USD. The weaker USD 
resulted in a reduction in margin of £4.8m. 

Operating costs have increased in the year 
reflecting the expansion in capacity which 
resulted in higher production costs and 
depreciation charges combined with higher 
bonus costs in a successful financial year.

With strong overall volume and unit margin 
growth ARW reported strong results. 
Underlying operating profit was 30.2% 
higher at £45.7m (2017: £35.1m), and 
IFRS operating profit was 76.0% higher at 
£54.9m (2017: £31.2m) with the marked rise 
in IFRS operating profit mainly reflecting the 
improvement in Underlying operating profit 
(£10.6m) and the profit on sale of the final 
tranche of Malaysian land (£16.4m).

Our commitment to research and 
development has been underpinned by 
Board approval for the construction of 
a new £5m state-of-the-art innovation 
centre in Malaysia which will be completed 
in 2020. This flagship facility will provide 
leadership in research and development 

and will ensure we stay at the forefront 
of product development. It will create the 
right environment to allow us to attract and 
retain the best talent and allow creative and 
technical skills to be developed. 

SyNovus®, our ground breaking patented 
new product, launched in September 
2017, was well received by our customers. 
Our customers have been working with 
us to integrate this product into their 
processes and several customers are 
nearing full commercialisation. SyNovus® 
is Synthomer’s response to the demands 
of end users and glove manufacturers 
for a product with significantly reduced 
maturation time, superior tensile strength 
properties, higher levels of durability and 
improved chemical resistance. SyNovus® 
delivers a superior end-product for our 
customers while improving the efficiency of 
their operations.

As we expand capacity in Nitrile latex, we 
have taken the opportunity to assess the 
viability of several non-core product lines. 
In October 2018 we announced that we 
were ceasing production of natural rubber 
and polyester resins on our site in Kluang, 
Malaysia. Some of the assets of these 
businesses were sold and our intention is 
to redeploy the workers to other production 
lines on the Kluang site. In 2019 we will 
transform the Kluang site with the removal of 
the discontinued production lines to provide 
space for future expansion projects.

17

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Strategy at a glance

Delivering against our strategic targets

Strategic priority

2018 achievements

Key performance indicators

Risk

1. Research and 
development and 
technical expertise to 
exploit new markets
We anticipate market trends and customer 
requirements to deliver improved products with 
improved margin and product differentiation.

 + Sales volumes of new products launched in the past five 

years was at 21.0% – a record performance for Synthomer. 

 + Introduction of fifteen new product platforms across  

ten application areas.

 + Market approval and commercialisation of patented 

SyNovus® next generation Nitrile latex product. 

 + Board approval to invest in new state-of-the-art 

innovation centre in Asia.

2. Driving efficiency  
and excellence  
through operations
We operate continuous improvement across 
our operations to improve production efficiency, 
sales effectiveness and functional excellence. 
We seek to identify good practice in all areas of 
our business and ensure that relevant learnings 
are disseminated throughout the business.

 + Utilised value gap analysis to embed operational 

excellence tools and drive improved performance and 
site restructuring opportunities.

 + Portal introduced to standardise global SHE reporting 

and accelerate learning and action delivery.

 + Completed the roll out of our global customer 

relationship management system across the business  
to trace new product leads, capitalise on customers’ 
needs and enhance cross selling opportunities.

 + Strong progress of strategic procurement initiatives, 
securing additional tankage to enhance our supply 
chain resilience, mitigate risk and further leverage 
procurement of raw materials. 

3. Capacity utilisation
Our aim is to drive profitability through  
maximum utilisation of our assets. This involves 
identifying the root causes of production 
bottlenecks and finding innovative solutions.

 + Completed debottlenecking of our site in Marl 

(Germany) to increase production of foam latex.

 + Completed disposal of Leuna (Germany) site and 

commenced restructuring of Ribécourt (France), Kluang 
(Malaysia) and Sokolov (Czech Republic) sites as part of 
the development of the manufacturing network.

4. Investment  
in capacity
We seek to add capacity in growth markets 
where investment opportunities meet our 
stringent capital management policies.

 + 90ktes Nitrile latex capacity at Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) 

safely on time and on budget in Q4 2018.

 + Completed capacity and capability expansions at SBR 

plants in Marl (Germany) and Oulu (Finland), and powder 
coatings in Sant’Albano (Italy). 

5. Business growth 
through acquisitions
We actively seek opportunistic bolt-
on acquisitions in similar chemistries or 
transformational step change transactions  
not limited by geography or chemistry.

 + We completed the acquisition of BASF Pischelsdorf 
(Austria) on 31 January 2018 with one strategically 
positioned plant, and improved penetration of the 
growing packaging paper market.

 + Delivered PAC (Dispersions) synergies run rate savings 
of $12m by end of 2018 with commitment to further  
$2m of run rate savings by end of 2019.

£181.0m

Underlying EBITDA

£135.1m

Underlying PBT

32.8p

Underlying EPS

 + Availability of suitable 

opportunities

 + Failure of acquisition  

to deliver benefits

 + Valuation and financial  

market volatility

 + Brexit

18

21%

Sales volumes from new 

products launched in the 

past five years

 + Competition and failure  

to innovate

 + Volatility in chemicals  

and polymers market

 + Protection of IP

 + Commence investment in 

£181.0m

Underlying EBITDA

£135.1m

Underlying PBT

3.52

(GJ/tonne)

0.23

Energy consumption  

Recordable accident 

frequency rate

 + Volatility in chemicals  

and polymers market

 + SHE

 + Loss or failure of a 

Synthomer site

 + Ethics

 + Financial risks

 + Brexit

£181.0m

Underlying EBITDA

£135.1m

Underlying PBT

32.8p

Underlying EPS

1,517.6

Volume (Wet ktes)

to innovate

 + Volatility in chemicals  

and polymers market

 + Loss or failure of a  

Synthomer site

 + Brexit

£181.0m

Underlying EBITDA

£135.1m

Underlying PBT

32.8p

Underlying EPS

1,517.6

Volume (Wet ktes)

 + Manufacturing capacity 

expansion projects

 + Volatility in chemicals and 

polymers market

 + Brexit

 + Competition and failure  

 + Use value gap methodology to 

2019 priorities

state-of-the-art Asian 

innovation centre for  

2020 completion. 

 + Further market penetration  

of SyNovus® and new  

product launches.

 + Accelerate product transfer 

activities to support new 

global business structure 

growth strategies.

 + Continued use of our 

Manufacturing Excellence 

process to drive  

improved performance. 

 + Roll out new tools in 

commercial, supply chain,  

HR and Procurement to 

further improve efficiency 

and effectiveness.

 + Under new business  

structure drive sharing of 

best practice globally.

identify and unlock ‘hidden 

capacity’ in our assets.

 + Progress site restructure 

plans and new opportunities 

to optimise manufacturing 

network and extract value.

 + Complete capacity expansion 

of Functional Solutions 36ktes 

speciality acrylic dispersions 

facility in Worms (Germany).

 + Complete capacity expansion 

of Functional Solutions 

12ktes speciality acrylic 

dispersions facility in 

Roebuck (USA).

 + We remain highly active in 

identifying, targeting and 

reviewing opportunities,  

both in relation to bolt-on 

acquisitions and 

transformational step  

change transactions in 

adjacent chemistries.

 + Drive synergies.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic priority

2018 achievements

Key performance indicators

Risk

1. Research and 

development and 

technical expertise to 

exploit new markets

We anticipate market trends and customer 

requirements to deliver improved products with 

improved margin and product differentiation.

 + Sales volumes of new products launched in the past five 

years was at 21.0% – a record performance for Synthomer. 

 + Introduction of fifteen new product platforms across  

ten application areas.

 + Market approval and commercialisation of patented 

SyNovus® next generation Nitrile latex product. 

 + Board approval to invest in new state-of-the-art 

innovation centre in Asia.

21%

Sales volumes from new 
products launched in the 
past five years

 + Protection of IP

 + Competition and failure  

to innovate

 + Volatility in chemicals  
and polymers market

2. Driving efficiency  

and excellence  

through operations

We operate continuous improvement across 

our operations to improve production efficiency, 

sales effectiveness and functional excellence. 

We seek to identify good practice in all areas of 

our business and ensure that relevant learnings 

are disseminated throughout the business.

 + Utilised value gap analysis to embed operational 

excellence tools and drive improved performance and 

site restructuring opportunities.

 + Portal introduced to standardise global SHE reporting 

and accelerate learning and action delivery.

 + Completed the roll out of our global customer 

relationship management system across the business  

to trace new product leads, capitalise on customers’ 

needs and enhance cross selling opportunities.

 + Strong progress of strategic procurement initiatives, 

securing additional tankage to enhance our supply 

chain resilience, mitigate risk and further leverage 

procurement of raw materials. 

3. Capacity utilisation

Our aim is to drive profitability through  

maximum utilisation of our assets. This involves 

identifying the root causes of production 

bottlenecks and finding innovative solutions.

 + Completed debottlenecking of our site in Marl 

(Germany) to increase production of foam latex.

 + Completed disposal of Leuna (Germany) site and 

commenced restructuring of Ribécourt (France), Kluang 

(Malaysia) and Sokolov (Czech Republic) sites as part of 

the development of the manufacturing network.

4. Investment  

in capacity

We seek to add capacity in growth markets 

where investment opportunities meet our 

stringent capital management policies.

 + 90ktes Nitrile latex capacity at Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) 

safely on time and on budget in Q4 2018.

 + Completed capacity and capability expansions at SBR 

plants in Marl (Germany) and Oulu (Finland), and powder 

coatings in Sant’Albano (Italy). 

5. Business growth 

through acquisitions

We actively seek opportunistic bolt-

on acquisitions in similar chemistries or 

transformational step change transactions  

not limited by geography or chemistry.

 + We completed the acquisition of BASF Pischelsdorf 

(Austria) on 31 January 2018 with one strategically 

positioned plant, and improved penetration of the 

growing packaging paper market.

 + Delivered PAC (Dispersions) synergies run rate savings 

of $12m by end of 2018 with commitment to further  

$2m of run rate savings by end of 2019.

£181.0m

Underlying EBITDA

£135.1m

Underlying PBT

3.52

Energy consumption  
(GJ/tonne)

0.23

Recordable accident 
frequency rate

 + Volatility in chemicals  
and polymers market

 + SHE

 + Loss or failure of a 
Synthomer site

 + Ethics

 + Financial risks

 + Brexit

£181.0m

Underlying EBITDA

£135.1m

Underlying PBT

32.8p

Underlying EPS

1,517.6

Volume (Wet ktes)

£181.0m

Underlying EBITDA

£135.1m

Underlying PBT

32.8p

Underlying EPS

1,517.6

Volume (Wet ktes)

 + Competition and failure  

to innovate

 + Volatility in chemicals  
and polymers market

 + Loss or failure of a  

Synthomer site

 + Brexit

 + Manufacturing capacity 

expansion projects

 + Volatility in chemicals and 

polymers market

 + Brexit

£181.0m

Underlying EBITDA

£135.1m

Underlying PBT

32.8p

Underlying EPS

 + Availability of suitable 

opportunities

 + Failure of acquisition  
to deliver benefits

 + Valuation and financial  

market volatility

 + Brexit

Read more on pages 30-31

Read more on pages 32-37

2019 priorities

 + Commence investment in 
state-of-the-art Asian 
innovation centre for  
2020 completion. 

 + Further market penetration  

of SyNovus® and new  
product launches.

 + Accelerate product transfer 
activities to support new 
global business structure 
growth strategies.

 + Continued use of our 

Manufacturing Excellence 
process to drive  
improved performance. 

 + Roll out new tools in 

commercial, supply chain,  
HR and Procurement to 
further improve efficiency 
and effectiveness.

 + Under new business  

structure drive sharing of 
best practice globally.

 + Use value gap methodology to 
identify and unlock ‘hidden 
capacity’ in our assets.

 + Progress site restructure 

plans and new opportunities 
to optimise manufacturing 
network and extract value.

 + Complete capacity expansion 

of Functional Solutions 36ktes 
speciality acrylic dispersions 
facility in Worms (Germany).

 + Complete capacity expansion 

of Functional Solutions 
12ktes speciality acrylic 
dispersions facility in 
Roebuck (USA).

 + We remain highly active in 
identifying, targeting and 
reviewing opportunities,  
both in relation to bolt-on 
acquisitions and 
transformational step  
change transactions in 
adjacent chemistries.

 + Drive synergies.

19

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Our new global business structure

1

Performance Elastomers

Market position
No 2 producer globally in Nitrile 
butadiene rubber latex.

No 1 producer in European 
Styrene butadiene rubber latex
No 1 producer globally of high 
solids styrene butadiene rubber.

Principal markets 
served
Medical gloves, medical devices 
and healthcare markets.

Coated board, speciality  
and graphic papers and 
packaging, mattresses,  
pillows and footwear.

Compounds for residential, 
industrial, automotive, carpets 
and artificial turf.

Profile
Twelve manufacturing plants 
located in Malaysia, Italy, 
Germany, Finland, Austria, 
the Netherlands and Egypt 
producing in excess of 850ktes 
per annum.

Performance Elastomers is 
focused on markets where 
scale is important and 
manufacturing operations 
differentiated by the ability 
to handle high hazard raw 
materials and complex 
processes. Assets utilise 
advanced proprietary 
technology and  
innovation chemistry.

Revenues (2018)
£704.5m

Customers
The world’s leading medical 
glove and healthcare 
producers. Global and 
regional paper, packaging 
and board companies, and 
leading bedding and footwear 
producers. Carpet and artificial 
turf producers.

Outlook
High growth in end user 
demand for Nitrile latex gloves, 
supported by investment in 
capacity expansion and next 
generation patented new 
product development. Foam, 
carpets and compounds 
growing, graphic paper 
declining, partly offset by 
speciality paper and packaging.

Priorities for 2019
Drive organisational synergies 
through efficiency and 
effectiveness in the new global 
business organisation.

Finalise planning for the next 
phase of Nitrile latex expansion 
following the successful 
completion of the 90ktes 
expansion in Pasir Gudang  
in 2018.

Market penetration of 
SyNovus® and delivering plans 
for Asian innovation centre.

Increase the focus on the 
development of new business 
opportunities for our chemistry 
and M&A opportunities. 

Progress transformation 
programme at Kluang 
(Malaysia).

Maximising 
opportunities 
for growth

From 1 January 2019, Synthomer has 
changed its structure from two regional 
businesses (ENA – Europe and North 
America and ARW – Asia and Rest of 
the World) to three global businesses 
– Performance Elastomers, Functional 
Solutions and Industrial Specialities.

Performance Elastomers is focused on 
healthcare, carpet and paper markets 
through our Nitrile butadiene rubber latex 
(NBR) and Styrene butadiene rubber latex 
(SBR) products. Functional Solutions 
is focused on coatings, construction, 
adhesives and technical textiles markets 
through our acrylic and vinylic based 
dispersions. Industrial Specialities is 
focused on our speciality chemical 
additives and non-aqueous based 
chemistry for a broad range of  
applications from polymer additives  
to emerging materials and technologies.

Our former regional structure served 
us well but with our customer base 
increasingly global and the development 
of technology accelerating market 
opportunities, our new structure will 
provide closer proximity to our customers 
and their global requirements, accelerate 
our sales growth, sharpen our commercial 
focus and drive operational efficiencies. 
The new structure will enable Synthomer  
to better leverage its global product 
portfolio and customer relationships, 
better exploit its R&D capability within 
chemistries, and bring greater operational 
focus to production sites.

Sales, marketing, research and 
development and production will be 
focused by business group into dedicated 
global teams whilst retaining very strong 
regional strength and local focus. 

Read more about our Business Model and 
Strategy on page 28 

20

Synthomer plc Annual Report 20182 Functional Solutions

3

Industrial Specialities

Market position
Leading positions in selected 
niche speciality chemical 
markets globally.

Principal markets 
served
Specialist markets including 
PVC manufacture, construction, 
catalyst, automotive and 
polymer manufacture.

Profile
Six manufacturing plants 
located in UK, Italy, Czech 
Republic and Belgium 
producing in excess of 130ktes.

Industrial Specialities has 
a range of manufacturing 
operations focused mainly on 
specialist niche manufacturing 
in non-water-based speciality 
chemical manufacture.

Revenues (2018)
£234.3m

Customers
Leading global PVC and 
polyester polymer producers. 
Manufacturers of specialist 
sealant and adhesives 
producers. Specialist powder 
coating manufacturers. Gas 
processing companies.

Outlook
Positive outlook due to broad 
base of specialist applications.

Priorities for 2019
Drive efficiency and reliability 
across the operational network.

Utilise innovation pipeline to 
strengthen differentiation of 
product range.

Market penetration following 
capacity expansion of Italian 
Powder Coatings and PVOH 
assets in 2018.

Progress transformation 
programme at Sokolov 
(Czech Republic).

Market position
Top five global aqueous 
polymer producer, with 
leadership positions in 
dispersions in Europe, Middle 
East and Asia.

Principal markets 
served
Construction, coatings, 
adhesives, technical textiles 
and oilfield.

Profile
Fourteen manufacturing plants 
located in Germany, UK, Spain, 
Italy, France, Czech Republic, 
Saudi Arabia, Malaysia, 
Vietnam, Thailand, and the USA 
producing in excess of 500ktes 
per annum.

Functional Solutions is 
focused on speciality markets 
with mid-scale complex 
manufacturing operations to 
supply differentiated water 
based dispersions to localised 
markets. Manufacturing assets 
utilise advanced proprietary 
technology and innovative 
chemistry. Research and 
development, technical 
service and deep application 
knowledge are key to growth. 

Revenues (2018)
£680.1m

Customers
The world’s leading coating, 
construction, adhesives, 
technical textiles and oilfield 
companies. Specialist 
producers of cement modifiers, 
primers, flooring adhesives, 
specialist tapes, flexible 
roof coatings, emulsion and 
specialist paints and coatings 
and oilfield chemicals.

Outlook
Markets are seeing good 
growth as environmental 
regulations move to water-
based products.

Priorities for 2019
Drive efficiency and 
effectiveness in new  
global organisation and 
operational network.

Utilise innovation pipeline to 
strengthen differentiation of 
product range.

Use European market 
leadership position to drive 
global and regional growth 
through accelerated transfer of 
products and applications.

Successful completion of 
capital investment programme 
in Worms (Germany) and 
Roebuck (USA).

Progress transformation 
programmes at Ribécourt 
(France) and Sokolov  
(Czech Republic).

21

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Our new global business structure 
continued

Performance 
Elastomers

Overview

 + The Performance Elastomers division 

represents 44% of Synthomer’s  
2018 revenue.

 + Focuses on healthcare, paper, carpet and 

foam markets. 

 + The division has as its core Nitrile Butadiene 
Rubber latex ‘NBR’ and Styrene Butadiene 
Rubber latex ‘SBR’ including high  
solid variants. 

 + The division produces over 850ktes from its 
twelve plants operating in Europe, Middle 
East and South East Asia.

Derick Whyte
President, 
Performance 
Elastomers

Performance Elastomers division combines 
Synthomer’s market leadership position in NBR, 
where we are the second largest producer 
globally, SBR where we are the market leader  
in Europe and high solids SBR where we  
are the global leader. The division operates 
globally utilising some of Synthomer’s largest 
production facilities. 

Performance Elastomers serves a diverse 
market and customer base. NBR is focused on 
the healthcare market, which is characterised  
by increasing levels of demand for Nitrile latex 
gloves supported by capacity expansion and 
significant innovation. These markets are driven 
by the global mega trends of increasing hygiene 
standards and emerging market population 
growth. SBR, which serves the paper coating, 
carpet backing and foam markets, faces a 
long-term shift away from the use of graphic 
coated paper to digital media. This is balanced 
by growth in packaging consumption driven  
by on line purchasing. The carpet and foam 
markets cover a range of differentiated 
applications in flooring, bedding and footwear. 
Product innovation remains core, particularly in 
NBR, where new products have continued to 
support glove market demand for lower glove 
weights and accelerator free materials.

22

Strategic priority 1:
With a new global organisation comprising 
12 plants and 1,000 people to optimise and 
drive efficiencies in the organisational and 
operational model.

Strategic priority 2:
To commercialise the 90ktes Nitrile latex 
investment in Pasir Gudang (Malaysia), 
finalise plans for the next phase of 
capacity expansion scheduled for 2020 
and progress the commercialisation  
of SyNovus®.

Strategic priority 3:
To optimise the innovation process 
across the division to deliver efficiency 
and effectiveness and complete the Asia 
innovation centre investment scheduled 
for early 2020.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Why innovation matters

Innovation 1: Speed to  
market is key to driving  
competitive advantage
Over the past four years the Asian innovation 
team has reduced the time to market for 
new product introduction with our latest 
generation patented NBR technology 
being introduced in half the time compared 
to previous generations. The new Asian 
innovation centre to be opened in 2020 
will deliver state-of-the-art facilities to drive 
further efficiency and effectiveness in our 
R&D activities. 

Innovation 2: Efficiency and 
excellence through operations
In our Marl (Germany) high solid SBR facility, 
a cross functional team of Synthomer experts 
focused on the ‘value gap’ identified to 
deliver an initial 15% capacity debottleneck 
and expansion of speciality high solids 
SBR products to meet growing customer 
demand. The delivery of additional capacity 
of differentiated products to serve the high 
growth bedding and footwear markets 
globally was the first step in a phased 
debottleneck and expansion of our facilities.

Innovation 3: Patented new  
product development 
Innovation has been at the core of the NBR 
expansion strategy in recent years with 
successful launches of our third and fourth 
generation glove dipping latex. SyNovus®, 
is the latest product launch from the NBR 
team and is a patented product offering 
the benefit of an accelerator free product, 
which reduces the risk of allergic reactions 
for glove users, and the additional benefit 
of lower operating costs through improved 
efficiencies and greater sustainability 
for the glove producer. The product has 
undergone successful plant trials and 
approvals with further commercialisation 
growth anticipated in 2019.

23

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Our new global business structure 
continued

Functional 
Solutions

Overview

 + The Functional Solution division represents 

42% of Synthomer’s revenue. 

 + Focuses on the Coatings, Construction, 
Adhesives, Textile and Oilfield markets. 

 + The division has at its core aqueous acrylic 
and vinylic polymer dispersions which are 
used as speciality binders in the formulation 
of environmentally compliant materials. 

 + The division produces over 500ktes from its 
fourteen plants operating in Europe, Middle 
East, Asia and USA.

Rob Tupker 
President, 
Functional 
Solutions

Functional Solutions is Synthomer’s top five 
global aqueous polymer business with 
leadership positions in dispersions in Europe, 
Middle East and Asia. The division is ideally 
placed to grow across all geographies both 
organically and inorganically to meet the 
expanding regulatory driven market for solvent 
free differentiated applications. Using 
proprietary technology and innovative 
chemistry, Functional Solutions is focused on 
specialist markets with assets strategically 
positioned to serve localised markets. 

As a global business, Functional Solutions is 
ideally positioned to better leverage its global 
product portfolios and customer relationships, 
exploit its R&D capabilities and drive operational 
efficiencies further developing its global network. 
With Functional Solutions markets continuing to 
grow in excess of GDP, and new capacity being 
introduced in 2019, the division looks forward to 
further sustainable growth.

24

Strategic priority 1:
Drive growth globally and regionally by utilising 
its market leadership positions in Europe, Middle 
East and Asia through more focused sharing 
of technology, applications and products.

Strategic priority 2:
Focus on specialisation and delivery of the 
innovation pipeline. To focus on accelerated 
development of differentiated product platforms 
of key segments via global product strategies.

Strategic priority 3:
Optimise the network and cost competitiveness. 
To complete the strategic capacity investment 
programme in Worms (Germany) and Roebuck (USA) 
and restructuring programme in Ribécourt (France) 
and drive further operational efficiencies.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Why innovation matters

Innovation 1: Patented new  
product development
Synthomer aqueous polymer dispersions 
are widely used in the adhesives markets 
globally. In the USA our patented High 
Shear Adhesion Failure Temperature (SAFT) 
technology has been developed to allow 
solvent based technology to be replaced 
by more environmentally sustainable 
water-based products in speciality 
tape and label applications. Regionally 
developed technology with access to a 
global manufacturing network, application 
testing and technical sales force allows 
accelerated product development and 
commercialisation and enabling customer, 
environmental and consumer benefits to be 
delivered quickly.

Innovation 2: Collaborative  
business development
The battery market is being driven by 
the growth of electric vehicles with an 
underlying growth rate of 15% per annum. 
leading to forecasts of 25% of all vehicles 
being electric by 2040. Synthomer has 
developed a technology platform and is 
working with an industry wide consortium 
to accelerate the development of its current 
and next generation binders for high 
performance anode and cathode materials. 

Innovation 3: Market focused  
new product development
Synthomer is expanding its product range 
in technical textiles to introduce state-
of-the-art binders for glass fibre mesh 
coatings to improve the performance of 
products in the construction industry. 
This expanded product range meets 
the market need for significantly faster 
curing combined with excellent alkali 
resistance and a formaldehyde free 
cross-linking system. The product future 
proofs our customer requirements through 
compliance with the latest international 
regulations and increasingly challenging 
environmental demands in the industry.

25

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Our new global business structure 
continued

Industrial 
Specialities

Overview

 + The Industrial Specialities division 

represents 14% of Synthomer’s revenue and 
holds leading positions in selected speciality 
chemical markets globally. 

 + The division focuses on specialist market 

positions in non-aqueous polymer chemistry 
to serve the PVC, construction, automotive, 
catalyst and polymer manufacturing sectors 
producing a range of performance additives 
and acrylic ester monomers for supply into 
polymer manufacturers. 

 + The division produces over 130ktes from its 
six European manufacturing plants which 
serve markets globally.

Neil Whitley
President, 
Industrial 
Specialities

Industrial Specialities is Synthomer’s platform  
for high value specialist performance additives 
and acrylate monomers, which hold some 
leading positions in selected niche markets 
globally. Our European assets support our 
aqueous polymer segmental focus allowing 
Synthomer to offer a more comprehensive 
range of products to our coatings, 
construction, automotive and polymer additive 
segments and allow us to expand our foot 
print into wider speciality chemical markets. 
The division serves leading global PVC and 
polymer producers, specialist sealant and 
adhesive manufacturers, powder coating and 
gas processing producers. The division offers  
a platform for both inorganic and organic 
growth in speciality chemicals for Synthomer 
with innovation core to its strategy.

26

Strategic priority 1:
Drive efficiency and excellence through 
operations. To utilise operational excellence 
and our business focused ‘value gap’ analysis 
to debottleneck capacity, drive reliability, 
complete site transformation programmes 
to deliver growth in profitability.

Strategic priority 2:
To optimise our innovation processes 
to accelerate new product development 
and further strengthen the differentiation 
of our product range.

Strategic priority 3:
Focus on growth opportunities in speciality 
chemicals markets to extend the footprint  
of the Industrial Specialities division.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Why innovation matters

Innovation 1: Market focused new 
product development
Synthomer’s Lithene liquid polybutadiene 
products offer excellent compatibility with 
rubber substrates, allowing modifications 
to be made to polymers to meet the 
increasingly demanding performance 
properties of advanced materials. In both 
peroxide and sulphur cure systems, new 
Lithene grades demonstrate significant 
tensile, heat age and mixing time 
improvements to allow customers’ needs 
to be met in the automotive and specialist 
industrial markets.

Innovation 2: Accessing high 
growth markets
Synthomer continues to invest in the 
development of advanced materials to 
access their high growth potential. In 
absorbents, Synthomer has launched its 
Duraguard range of high capacity granular 
finished absorbants offering unrivalled 
durability to natural gas processing 
operators. In other advanced materials, 
graphene is an exciting and innovative new 
material which has the potential to open 
new markets and even replace existing 
technologies. Synthomer has developed 
exceptionally high-quality graphene 
products available under the Gographene 
range, which can be accessed via a newly 
introduced innovative marketing channel to 
service both the development and industrial 
scale customer. With applications under 
development from superior performance 
tyres to footwear, our high purity products 
offer excellent opportunities for growth.

Innovation 3: Global network drives 
faster innovation
Synthomer innovation is delivered through 
a global network with our four innovation 
centres in Asia, Europe and North America. 
Our R&D teams are embedded within 
the businesses to allow close access to 
customers and to ensure that we provide 
solutions that deliver value where it matters. 
In our Speciality Additive business, which 
we acquired from Perstorp in 2017, we have 
a new focused team in place to utilise the 
strength of the Synthomer network. This 
allows us to develop coating and polyester 
additives and associated applications 
required to deliver differentiated materials and 
access to higher rates of growth globally. 

27

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Business model

Creating and sustaining value 
through innovative solutions

Our strategy

Our strategy is to create shareholder value 
by creating a global speciality chemical 
business focused on providing customers 
with innovative and high performance 
solutions that enable them to efficiently 
produce their own high quality products. 

3. Capacity utilisation
Our aim is to drive profitability through 
maximum utilisation of our assets.  
This involves identifying the root causes 
of production bottlenecks and finding 
innovative solutions to eliminate them. 

Our strategy is composed of five  
key elements: 

1. Research and development  
and technical expertise to  
exploit new markets
We anticipate market trends and  
customer requirements to deliver  
improved products with improved  
margin and product differentiation. 

2. Driving efficiency and  
excellence through operations
We operate continuous improvement 
across our operations to improve 
production efficiency, sales effectiveness 
and functional excellence. We seek to 
identify good practice in all areas of our 
business and ensure that relevant learnings 
are disseminated throughout the business.

4. Investment in capacity
We seek to add capacity in growth markets 
where investment opportunities meet our 
capital management policies.

5. Business growth  
through acquisition
We actively seek opportunistic bolt-on 
acquisitions in similar chemistries or 
transformational step change transactions 
not limited by geography or chemistry.

Synthomer is a speciality chemical 
company which uses its technical service 
expertise and R&D capability to understand 
and anticipate customer needs to drive 
competitive advantage.

We produce chemical formulations 
for thousands of customers in a range 
of industries, from construction and 
coatings to healthcare and automotive. 
Our strategic procurement specialists 
acquire the upstream raw materials used 
in our complex production processes 
which involves controlling the pressure, 
temperature and duration of mixing 
reactions in order to create specific 
formulations. Our highly skilled and 
experienced operations teams, supported 
by R&D, deliver cost effective and flexible 
operational capabilities to maximise output 
and quality. 

Our production sites are local to our 
customers to better understand their needs 
and reduce the cost of logistics and our 
environmental impact. We have leading 
market positions in Europe and South East 
Asia, which continue to be underpinned by our 
drive for environmentally friendly technology 
and exposure to global mega-trends.

Effective risk management is the key 
method we deploy to ensure our strategy is 
delivered and sustainable value created.

28

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Our sustainable value chain

4. Formulations
Our formulations 
are designed for 
use in customer 
specific products.

2. Consumers
We monitor mega-
trends and market 
developments 
to ensure our 
formulations meet 
the requirements 
not only of our 
customers but also 
the end users of 
their products.

3. Technical 
services
Our technical 
service teams work 
with our customers 
to ensure we 
provide the right 
formulation for their 
needs.

1. Research and 
development
Under central 
leadership, our 
four research 
and development 
‘centres of 
excellence’ work 
to both develop 
products that meet 
our customers’ 
needs and to 
improve the 
efficiency of their 
manufacture.

8.

1.

7.

6.

5.

4.

5. Sourcing  
raw materials
We work closely 
with our suppliers to 
obtain competitive 
prices, correct 
specification and 
to improve supply 
chain resilience.

6. Production
Experienced 
operations teams 
continue to optimise 
the production 
process to be most 
efficient by using 
complex production 
techniques 
and removing 
bottlenecks.

7. Quality 
control 
Our quality control 
procedures and 
laboratories 
ensure that we 
manufacture and 
store finished 
products in a 
manner that 
assures quality.

8. Logistics
Our specialist 
logistics teams 
work on ensuring 
safe and timely 
deliveries of 
excellent products 
in more than  
140 countries.

2.

3.

Our value chain 
beneficiaries

Customers
Our customers expect us to provide 
them with innovative, high quality, 
competitive products. We seek to 
work in partnerships with customers, 
using our skilled R&D and technical 
services teams, to develop products 
that support their goals.

Employees
Our employees are a critical part of 
our success. Employees contribute to 
all aspects of our value chain and all 
employees benefit from the success 
of our business. We are committed 
to providing a safe and rewarding 
environment in which to work. 

Communities
We look to be a valued part of 
communities in which we operate, 
providing highly skilled employment 
opportunities, being aware of 
how our plans may impact on a 
community and demonstrating  
that we respect the community  
and its environment. 

Suppliers
Our suppliers are an important part 
of our business and we look to work 
closely with them using the skills 
of our strategic sourcing teams to 
ensure we get the right specification 
of products for our needs at 
competitive prices.

Shareholders
Our shareholders, as the owners 
of our business, should see the 
benefits of our focus on long-term 
sustainable growth, regulatory 
compliance and strong governance.

Governments
We see local safety and environment 
legislative compliance as the 
minimum level at which we should 
operate and strive for higher 
standards. We look to ensure that 
we follow the letter and spirit of 
tax regulations within each of the 
jurisdictions in which we operate and 
contribute fairly to public policy goals.

29

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Key performance indicators

Measuring our progress

Key performance indicator

Strategic  
focus

KPI definition

Comment

Volume 
(Wet ktes)

Underlying 
EBITDA  
(£m)

Underlying 
profit 
before tax  
(£m)

Underlying 
earnings  
per share  
(pence)

Sales volume 
from new 
products
(%)

Recordable 
accident 
frequency  
rate

Energy 
consumption  
per tonne  
(GJ/Tonne)

18

17

16

15

14

18

17

16

15

14

18

17

16

15

14

18

17

16

15

14

18

17

16

15

18

17

16

15

14

18

17

16

15

14

30

125.0

118.0

95.3 

86.0 

21.5 

19.5 

32.8

30.7 

28.3 

21

20 

20 

18 

0.23

0.13 

0.30 

0.55 

0.51 

3.52

3.54 

3.45 

2.62 

2.63 

1,517.6

1,443.8

3

4

5

1,324.9

1,251

1,191

Volume of our products sold in thousands 
of tonnes (ktes). The volume is based on 
wet volumes – i.e. the volumes including 
water content

181.0

176.2

160.1

135.1

130.0 

122.2 

3

3

1

4

1

4

2

5

2

5

Underlying operating profit before 
depreciation, amortisation and  
Special Items

Underlying profit before tax comprising 
IFRS profit before tax excluding  
Special Items

 + Underlying growth supported by the acquisition of BASF Pischelsdorf 

(Austria) and capacity expansion in Pasir Gudang (Malaysia), Oulu 

(Finland) and Sant’Albano (Italy).

 + Record year for Underlying EBITDA benefitting from the acquisitions, 

performance improvements and foreign currency translation gains.

 + Innovation, capacity expansion and cost control critical to  

continuing improvement.

 + Sustainable growth underpinned by organic and inorganic growth more 

than compensating for the transactional impact of the weaker USD and 

weaker Q4 due to falling raw material prices and buying behaviour.

 + Record year for Underlying profit before tax benefitting from the 

acquisitions, performance improvements and foreign currency 

translation gains. 

 + Innovation, capacity expansion and cost control critical to  

continuing improvement.

 + Sustainable growth underpinned by organic and inorganic growth more 

than compensating for the transactional impact of the weaker USD,  

and weaker Q4 due to falling raw material prices and buying behaviour.

 + 6.8% growth in Underlying EPS in the year benefiting from improvement 

in Underlying profit before tax. 

 + Reduction in effective tax rate reflecting geographical profits mix and 

prior year items. 

3

4

5

Basic Underlying earnings per share 
before Special Items

1

2

2

Percentage of sales volume in the year 
that can be attributed to new products 
launched in the past five years

 + Continued success in our strategy to innovate and create products to 

meet market and customer needs.

 + Investment in R&D continuing to drive strong innovation pipeline.

Recordable injury rate for accidents 
involving more than first aid treatment, 
expressed as accidents per 100,000 
hours worked by employees and  
all contractors

Energy (GJ) (including gas, electricity, 
steam and fuel oil) used at each of our 
plants divided by the number of tonnes 
of product made. The energy excludes 
transport of goods to and from site and 
the movement of the associated vehicles 
on site, but internal transport on site  
is included 

 + Increase in the 2018 recordable accident rate related to increased 

contractor activities associated with major capex investment across the 

Group. On three year rolling basis 60%+ improvement recorded. 

 + Best ICCA Process Safety Event rate at 0.14 per 100,000 hours. 

 + Specific Energy Consumption decreased by 0.5% but overall primary 

energy consumption increased by 3.8% due to BASF Pischelsdorf 

(Austria) acquisition and production mix in Malaysia.

 + Projects identified and in the pipeline which will deliver energy and 

emissions improvement.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key performance indicator

Volume 

(Wet ktes)

Strategic  

focus

KPI definition

Comment

1,517.6

1,443.8

3

4

5

Volume of our products sold in thousands 

of tonnes (ktes). The volume is based on 

wet volumes – i.e. the volumes including 

water content

 + Underlying growth supported by the acquisition of BASF Pischelsdorf 
(Austria) and capacity expansion in Pasir Gudang (Malaysia), Oulu 
(Finland) and Sant’Albano (Italy).

3

Underlying operating profit before 

depreciation, amortisation and  

Special Items

3

Underlying profit before tax comprising 

IFRS profit before tax excluding  

Special Items

2

5

2

5

3

4

5

before Special Items

Basic Underlying earnings per share 

 + Record year for Underlying EBITDA benefitting from the acquisitions, 
performance improvements and foreign currency translation gains.

 + Innovation, capacity expansion and cost control critical to  

continuing improvement.

 + Sustainable growth underpinned by organic and inorganic growth more 
than compensating for the transactional impact of the weaker USD and 
weaker Q4 due to falling raw material prices and buying behaviour.

 + Record year for Underlying profit before tax benefitting from the 
acquisitions, performance improvements and foreign currency 
translation gains. 

 + Innovation, capacity expansion and cost control critical to  

continuing improvement.

 + Sustainable growth underpinned by organic and inorganic growth more 
than compensating for the transactional impact of the weaker USD,  
and weaker Q4 due to falling raw material prices and buying behaviour.

 + 6.8% growth in Underlying EPS in the year benefiting from improvement 

in Underlying profit before tax. 

 + Reduction in effective tax rate reflecting geographical profits mix and 

prior year items. 

Percentage of sales volume in the year 

that can be attributed to new products 

launched in the past five years

 + Continued success in our strategy to innovate and create products to 

meet market and customer needs.

 + Investment in R&D continuing to drive strong innovation pipeline.

Recordable injury rate for accidents 

involving more than first aid treatment, 

expressed as accidents per 100,000 

hours worked by employees and  

all contractors

Energy (GJ) (including gas, electricity, 

steam and fuel oil) used at each of our 

plants divided by the number of tonnes 

of product made. The energy excludes 

transport of goods to and from site and 

the movement of the associated vehicles 

on site, but internal transport on site  

is included 

 + Increase in the 2018 recordable accident rate related to increased 

contractor activities associated with major capex investment across the 
Group. On three year rolling basis 60%+ improvement recorded. 

 + Best ICCA Process Safety Event rate at 0.14 per 100,000 hours. 

 + Specific Energy Consumption decreased by 0.5% but overall primary 
energy consumption increased by 3.8% due to BASF Pischelsdorf 
(Austria) acquisition and production mix in Malaysia.

 + Projects identified and in the pipeline which will deliver energy and 

emissions improvement.

18

17

16

15

14

18

17

16

15

14

18

17

16

15

14

18

17

16

15

14

18

17

16

15

18

17

16

15

14

18

17

16

15

14

Underlying 

EBITDA  

(£m)

Underlying 

profit 

before tax  

(£m)

Underlying 

earnings  

per share  

(pence)

Sales volume 

from new 

products

(%)

Energy 

consumption  

per tonne  

(GJ/Tonne)

Recordable 

accident 

frequency  

rate

0.23

0.13 

0.30 

1,324.9

1,251

1,191

125.0

118.0

95.3 

86.0 

21.5 

19.5 

181.0

176.2

160.1

135.1

130.0 

122.2 

32.8

30.7 

28.3 

21

20 

20 

18 

0.55 

0.51 

3.52

3.54 

3.45 

2.62 

2.63 

1

4

1

4

1

2

2

Link to strategy

1 R&D and technical 

expertise to 
exploit new markets

2 Driving efficiency  

and excellence  
through operations

3 Capacity utilisation

4 Investment in capacity

5 Business growth  

through acquisition

Read more on pages 18-19

31

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk management

Managing risk

Synthomer achieves its strategic objectives by good risk management practices which enable good decision making and the pursuit 
of opportunities whilst protecting our sites, systems, staff and other stakeholders. Successful risk management enables Synthomer to 
achieve its corporate objectives faster and more efficiently, and recognises that we only achieve reward by taking an appropriate level of 
risk through setting the risk appetite and risk tolerance. 

How Synthomer manages risk:

Risk  
oversight

Executive management
Executive management is responsible 
for the management of our strategic, 
operational, compliance and financial 
risks using the risk management 
framework. This includes ensuring there 
are to the extent possible mitigating 
actions and controls in place.

Synthomer plc Board
The Board is responsible for creating 
the framework for the Group’s risk 
management to operate effectively. 
The Board continues to strengthen its 
definitions and measurement of:

 + the risk appetite, which is the target 
range of risk the Board believes 
Synthomer should take to achieve its 
corporate objectives;

 + the risk tolerance, which is the degree 

of variance from the targeted risk 
appetite that the Board is willing  
to tolerate.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is responsible 
for overseeing the management of the 
principal risks, controls and the assurance 
processes. To help further embed 
successful risk management within 
Synthomer, the Audit Committee in 2018 
conducted ‘deep dives’ into a number of 
business unit and functional risk registers. 
These deep dives allow management to 
explain directly to the Audit Committee 
the risks and associated mitigating 
actions in place and in development.

The risk management system, Audit 
Committee ‘deep dives’ and associated 
assurance work are designed to ensure that 
risk is managed to within the risk tolerance 
rather than to eliminate risk completely, and 
reviews provide reasonable assurance in 
line with good practice.

Identification and  
assessment of risk
We have a structured risk management 
framework operated at business unit, 
functional and Group level. The Business 
Risk Assessment Methodology defines a 
standard set of risk categories with generic 
risk descriptions to assist management in 
identifying areas of risk. There is also a simple 
scoring methodology to quantify risk. We 
rank risks, taking into account the mitigating 
controls in place, by combining their 
economic, operational or reputational impact 
and the likelihood that they may occur.

We use a barrier based ‘bow tie’ method 
to help management define and assess 

the most critical risk events. The method 
brings structure to the identification of 
hazards or risk events, potential causes 
of those hazards and the consequences 
of the hazard occurring. The bow tie 
method also identifies barriers or controls 
in place or needing to be developed 
to mitigate the likelihood of the threats 
occurring or impact of the effects of the 
risk event. We encourage our management 
to be cognisant of good practice on 
risk management including from our 
professional advisers and the World 
Economic Forum Global Risks report. 

Risk output
Business units individually conduct a 
bottom up assessment of the principal risks 
and record them in a risk register using the 
Business Risk Assessment Methodology. 
Group Functions and the Executive Board 
conduct a top down review of strategic 
risks taking into account the input from the 
business units and prepare a Group risk 
register using the same methodology.

The Board reviews and approves the 
Group risk register. 

Bow tie methodology
A barrier-based bow tie methodology is used to clearly show the relationship between the potential causes (threats), consequences 
and controls (barriers) associated with undesired hazardous events.

Hazard

Threat 1

Proactive barrier

Proactive barrier

Recovery barrier

Recovery barrier

Consequence

Threat 2

Proactive barrier

Proactive barrier

Recovery barrier

Recovery barrier

Consequence

Top event

Escalation  
factor

Escalation  
factor barrier

32

Escalation  
factor barrier

Escalation  
factor

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
Assessment of  
principal risks

Our key risks and assessment of their 
likelihood and potential impact are illustrated 
in the probability / impact matrix opposite:

Strategic 
1  Volatility in chemicals and polymers market
2  Competition and failure to innovate
3  Intellectual property
4  Manufacturing capacity expansion projects
5  Strategic projects including M&A 

Operational 
6  Safety, health and environment (SHE)
7 Loss or failure of a Synthomer site 
8  Security, complexity and reliability  

of systems

9 Disorderly Brexit

Compliance
10   Ethics

Financial 
11  Financial risks

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
L

i

l

e
b
a
b
o
r
P

6

l

i

e
b
s
s
o
P

l

e
b
a
b
o
r
p
m

I

1

11

8

4

9

2

3

7

5

10

Low

Medium

High

Impact – Reputational/Financial
• New risk • Risk that has moved from 2017

Each region undertakes a formal risk 
assessment and prepares a register using 
the Business Risk Assessment Methodology. 

Risk management  
review and assurance

Group risk function
The Group risk function, an integral part of 
our Group operations function, challenges 
the assumptions, risks identified, 
prioritisation and response actions in  
place or proposed.

Assurance providers
Synthomer operates a ‘three lines of 
defence’ model. A number of different 
internal assurance providers (for example, 
Group SHE, ISO audits and Internal Audit) 
review the effectiveness of the mitigating 
actions and controls. External assurance is 
provided by our Statutory Auditors and also 
by an external specialist in ISO standards. 

Our key risks
Risks affect us in many ways. Across our 
business, we identify the likelihood and 
potential impact of risks through our formal 
twice-yearly risk assessment submissions 
encompassing the business units and 
Group functions and also more regularly 
through empowering management to 
consider and react to risks. These reviews, 
together with our three lines of defence 
model, enable us to establish effective 
controls to mitigate (to the extent possible)
their effects. 

We categorise our risks taking into account 
the effectiveness of mitigating actions and 
controls, in the following areas: 

 + Compliance risks where a breach of 

regulations or laws could lead to fines 
from regulators and reputational risk  
that may be disproportionate to the  
size of the event leading to a breach.

 + Financial risks relating to the funding  

and fiscal security of the Group.

The table on pages 34 to 37 shows more 
detail of the key risks identified at the end of 
2018. Our Board and management consider 
that these pose the greatest threats to our 
business and they score highest on our risk 
table. They fall into categories that relate 
closely to our business model. Not all risks 
facing Synthomer are listed and the risks are 
not listed in any order of priority.

 + Strategic risks that could prevent us  

from achieving our strategic objectives. 

 + Operational risks which, if not 

successfully managed, would threaten 
our viability. These relate to our ability to 
operate a sustainable and safe business.

The nature of risk changes over time with 
new risks emerging and the impact of 
others changing. Our risk management and 
assurance programme can only provide 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance that key 
risks are managed to an acceptable level.

The three lines of defence

Board/Audit Committee

 + 1st line of defence
 + Policies
 + Procedures
 + Management controls

Senior management

 + 2nd line of defence
 + Risk management
 + Group finance
 + Group SHE
 + ISO audits
 + Regulatory affairs
 + Legal department
 + Quality

 + 3rd line of defence
 + Internal audit

Functions that own  
and manage risks

Functions that oversee risks

Functions that provide 
independent assurance

External  
auditor

Regulators
(E.g. HSE, EA, ICO, 
CMA, FCA)

Investors and  
rating agencies

33

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Principal risks and uncertainties

The Group’s strategic objectives can only be achieved if certain risks are taken and managed effectively. 

We have listed below the key risks that affect our business, although there are other lower level risks that occur and impact the Group’s 
performance which are also actively managed through our risk management framework.

Strategic risks

Risk

Response

2019 plans

Volatility in chemicals and polymers market

 +

The markets in which we operate are 
inherently volatile, including in raw material 
input prices, affecting volumes and margins 
and may adversely affect the results of  
the Group.  

1

4

V

The Group continues to maintain a balanced 
portfolio of products serving a wide range 
of end markets around the globe. Segment 
performance at business unit level is closely 
monitored and corrective actions are taken  
as necessary. 

Our acquisition strategy continues to target 
expansion in new geographic regions and also 
adjacent speciality chemicals businesses to 
help us diversify the risk further.

New product development will continue  
to diversify the Group’s risk in 2019.

Competition and failure to innovate

We operate in highly competitive markets 
and the Group could lose market share to 
other producers of speciality chemicals if 
we fail to remain competitive, or to other 
products that can be substituted for the 
products of the Group if we fail to identify 
threats and innovate to mitigate them. 

1

3

V

Intellectual property

The value of the Group is dependent on 
our ability to identify and protect our own 
intellectual property and ensure we do 
not breach third party intellectual property 
(IP) rights which could lead to reputational 
damage and additional costs. 

1

 +

We have reorganised the business along 
chemistry lines in order to bring our 
businesses closer to the customers and 
we expect this, together with our Customer 
Relationship Management (CRM) system 
enabling our sales teams to better identify 
and secure opportunities, to drive growth in 
2019 and beyond. 

Our integrated business planning process  
will allow us to operate more efficiently. 

The Group continues to invest in enhancing 
existing products and developing new 
products through our R&D programme and 
our acquisition strategy includes technologies 
that are new to the Group. 

Our technical services teams work with 
customers to understand and anticipate their 
future needs and to help them drive efficiencies 
in their own manufacturing processes.

All sites operate quality management systems 
including assurance processes to ensure the 
quality of products meets agreed standards. 

We continue to review our cost base and 
sales effectiveness to ensure we can price our 
products competitively. 

The Group improved its IP management 
with new hires in 2018 and will continue its 
active patent programme and monitoring 
for infringements. 

Where appropriate, and where we are 
legally able to, we will patent or otherwise 
protect more IP in products, processes 
and technologies.

 +

We will continue to improve IT security in 
our networks, ERPs, recipe change control 
system and industrial controls systems, to 
protect IP from theft and unauthorised use. 

 +

We will deliver two significant capacity 
enhancements in early 2019 and have 
announced a further capacity expansion in 
our NBR plant in Malaysia.

Our Project Excellence methodology will be 
reviewed to ensure any lessons learned are 
addressed and further training given  
as required.

Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) for 
our significant capital projects is being 
introduced to the Long-Term Incentive Plan 
(LTIP) performance measures in 2019 to 
ensure appropriate management focus.

Manufacturing capacity expansion projects

Enhancements to our plants to increase 
manufacturing capacity to take advantage 
of growth markets are dependent on good 
project management. Poor execution of our 
various projects could impact on our ability 
to deliver the capacity enhancements.  

4

V

This risk is perceived to be increasing as we 
spend more on capex and have to secure 
professional project management and 
contractor resources to design and build 
capacity expansion. 

We have a robust capital appraisal process in 
place to assess proposed projects to ensure 
they deliver value which includes regular 
reporting to the Board. Project Excellence 
methodology is in place for all significant 
capex projects. The outcome of completed 
projects with costs in excess of £1m  
are reviewed by Internal Audit and the  
Audit Committee.

34

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
  
Link to strategy
1   Research and development and technical 

expertise to exploit new markets

2   Driving efficiency and excellence  

through operations

3   Capacity utilisation

4  

Investment in capacity

5   Business growth through acquisition

Change in risk 

  No change

Increase 

  Decrease

Read more on pages 18-19

V   Sensitivity for risk made in assessing viability

Risk

Response

2019 plans

Strategic projects including M&A 

The Group’s strategic plan includes 
significant M&A activity to grow our 
business. There is a risk that we fail to 
identify and secure any targets or identify 
the wrong targets, paying too high a 
price, fail to integrate acquired assets and 
drive planned synergies, or we encounter 
performance, funding and cashflow issues 
or other potentially unknown liabilities.  

5

Operational risks

Executive management has extensive 
experience of successful M&A transactions 
including integration of the acquired business. 

External advice is used to help identify targets, 
prepare bids and conduct due diligence. 

Detailed integration plans are prepared as 
part of the due diligence exercise. 

 +

M&A activity will continue to be closely 
scrutinised and challenged by the Board.

We will increase the efficiency of our existing 
processes and continue to invest in our ERP 
systems to enable smoother integration of 
acquired businesses. 

Ongoing review of acquisition process  
and implementation of lessons learned  
to future transactions. 

Risk

Response

2019 plans

Safety, health and environment

The chemical industry is inherently dangerous 
involving the safe transport, storage and 
manufacture of hazardous chemicals. 
Failure to manage the impact on our staff, 
manufacturing sites and the environment of 
these risks could lead to regulatory fines, 
reputational damage and lost production. 

Synthomer operates a central safety audit 
function dedicated to SHE issues and it 
provides advice to, and monitors, our sites 
to enable continuous improvement across all 
major SHE areas. Increasingly, the focus is 
on process safety risk to mitigate the risk of 
major incidents. 

2

Maintenance programmes are undertaken to 
mitigate the risks. 

Loss or failure of a Synthomer site

A manufacturing site or a raw material 
storage site might be unable to operate, 
whether temporarily or longer term, due 
to a risk event, including natural disaster, 
safety incident, failure of a key supplier or 
the supply chain, sabotage or cyber-attack, 
which would have an adverse impact on 
operations and business unit profitability. 

2

3

V

Crisis management procedures are in place 
for all sites to respond to risk events which are 
reviewed and tested regularly. 

Sourcing strategies are in place Group-
wide to access multiple sources for key raw 
materials and the Group works closely with 
key suppliers to ensure availability. Single 
sourced materials are identified and inventory 
retained, where appropriate, to mitigate risk of 
supply chain failure. 

 +

Our Group SHE audits will continue to  
focus on higher risk areas including  
process safety. We will make further 
progress on our long-term ambition 
to implement a proactive approach to 
maintenance as a preventable measure. 

We will focus specifically on  
completing the actions from our  
Process Hazard Assessments.

 +

We will continue to improve preventative 
measures to reduce the risks and develop 
our business continuity plans including crisis 
management response, disaster recovery for 
key systems and data as well as longer term 
recovery of operations.

35

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160 
 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Operational risks continued

Risk

Response

2019 plans

Security, complexity and reliability of systems

 +

We are reliant on various legacy systems 
to run our business and the complexity 
of our systems continues to increase with 
acquisitions, compliance requirements and 
automation of processes. We also expect 
the inherent risk from cyber security attacks 
to continue to grow, and although mitigated 
by our increasingly sophisticated defences, 
all of our systems, including our industrial 
control systems, ERPs and communications 
could be compromised. We could lose 
intellectual property and customer data 
which might undermine our competitive 
position or a cyber-attack could leave  
one of our plants out of action or subject  
to blackmail. 

1

2

3

Disorderly Brexit

We reassessed the Brexit risks throughout 
our business in 2018 as a ‘no deal’ outcome 
was perceived to be more likely. There is 
a risk that a no deal scenario will lead to 
financial costs such as tariffs, and affect the 
UK and EU manufacturing plants’ ability to 
import raw materials and export products 
on a timely basis, and also impact REACh 
regulation compliance costs. 

2

3

4

5

V

Compliance risks

Risk

Ethics

The Group could suffer substantial penalties, 
damage to reputation and other sanctions 
for any failure to control, for example, 
anti-competitive behaviour, bribery and 
corruption, or breaches of trade sanctions. 
The General Data Protection Regulation is 
now law and has greater potential penalties 
that could impact the Group.  

2

V

36

We have increased resources in our IT 
systems and security teams to improve our 
systems, processes and security. 

Further security process improvements are 
planned in 2019 including penetration testing 
and review of good security practices.

Cyber defences continue to be enhanced and 
appropriate employees complete IT Security 
Awareness training.

We will test IT resilience through our 
programme of disaster recovery testing.

A Brexit task force has been established to 
consider and mitigate, as far as possible, 
the potential impact of a disorderly Brexit, 
monitoring impact on supply chain, regulation, 
trade compliance, operations and human 
resources.

We will continue to monitor the impact of a 
no deal scenario or any delays to settling 
future trading arrangements. We will review 
our trading arrangements, processes and 
systems to ensure that we take, as far as 
possible, any mitigating actions necessary. 

Response

2019 plans

 +

We will ensure that senior management and 
local business units continue to emphasise 
the provisions in the Code of Conduct and 
that Group legal and other relevant functions 
continue to provide training and advice on  
its applicability. 

We will continue to review our approach  
to legal compliance including the new  
GDPR law. 

The Code of Conduct has been updated 
to address the new regulations. The new 
Code of Conduct includes real examples and 
scenarios to aid employee understanding and 
e-training is available. Malpractice reporting 
and protection for reporters are similarly 
covered in the new Code of Conduct and 
an external, confidential reporting helpline 
has been made available. Group legal and 
local management provide regular training 
to targeted groups of employees on anti-
competitive behaviour, bribery and corruption. 

We have terminated all business activities in 
certain sanctioned countries to avoid the risk 
of breaching trade sanctions but continue 
to monitor all our customers using trade 
compliance tools. 

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Link to strategy
1   Research and development and technical 

expertise to exploit new markets

2   Driving efficiency and excellence  

through operations

3   Capacity utilisation

4  

Investment in capacity

5   Business growth through acquisition

Change in risk 

  No change

Increase 

  Decrease

Financial risks

Risk

Financial risks

A significant proportion of the Group’s 
turnover and assets are in currencies other 
than UK sterling and fluctuations in currency 
exchange rates may significantly impact the 
results and net assets of the Group.

The Group has funding risks relating to 
defined benefit pension scheme obligations, 
the value of which are highly dependent on 
volatile financial markets. 

2

5

V

Read more on pages 18-19

V   Sensitivity for risk made in assessing viability

Response

2019 plans

 +

We will continue to hedge transactional 
currency risks.

The UK schemes pension deficit is expected 
to reduce over the longer term as the 
Group pays the additional contributions to 
the UK scheme agreed with the Trustees 
in 2016. The timescale will be affected by 
movements in the financial markets and the 
discount rate. 

A Group-wide review of pension and 
other long-term employee liabilities will be 
undertaken in 2019. 

The Group has a policy of hedging all 
significant foreign exchange transactional 
exposure (principally receivables and payables 
denominated in a currency other than the 
entity’s reporting currency) at operating 
company level. The Group regularly reviews its 
net assets and borrowing currency exposures, 
borrowing in overseas currencies to hedge the 
net assets held in those currencies  
as appropriate.

The UK defined benefit pension scheme was 
closed to future accrual in 2009. Additional 
contributions and careful asset management 
should reduce the deficit over the longer term. 

Overseas defined benefit pension schemes 
are reviewed annually by actuaries to ensure 
appropriate contributions are made and 
liabilities are recognised appropriately. 

Viability statement

In accordance with the provision of section C.2.2 of the 2014 
revision of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the directors 
have assessed the viability of the Group over a five-year period 
to December 2023, being the period covered by the Group’s 
approved strategic plan. This plan is updated annually, in a 
process led by the executive management team with input from 
the respective businesses and functions. It includes analysis 
of product and segmental performance, cash flow, investment 
programmes and returns to shareholders. The plan is presented 
to the Board each year as a part of its annual strategic review.

The directors consider five years to be an appropriate time 
horizon for the strategic plan, being the period over which the 
Group actively focuses on its long-term product development 
and capital expenditure investments. A period above five 
years is considered by the directors to be too long, given the 
uncertainties that exist beyond this time frame.

In making their assessment, the directors have considered the 
diverse activities and product offering of the Group in terms of 
geographies, chemistry and end markets. The directors have 
also considered the Group’s current strong financial position, 
including the existing committed unsecured bank facilities, 
which have been assumed to be refinanced at maturity, and the 
fixed interest rate hedges entered into 2018.

Furthermore, a sensitivity analysis has been undertaken, 
focusing on the impact of the principal risks (detailed above on 
pages 34 to 37) over the five year period. The risks have been 
assessed for their potential impact on the Group’s business 
model, future trading and funding structure. The sensitivity 
analysis has considered a number of severe but plausible 
scenarios linked to the risks. In all cases, the impact was 
considered on both liquidity and borrowing covenants.

The scenarios included trading volatility, increased competition, 
disruption as a result of a disorderly Brexit, delays in project 
delivery, failure of new products and the temporary loss of a 
manufacturing site. They also included the risk of potential 
significant changes in foreign exchange rates, which is 
deemed to be outside the control of the Group. A combined 
sensitivity was also performed, aggregating all of the scenarios 
considered. The results also took into account the availability 
and likely degree of effectiveness of mitigating actions available. 

While this sensitivity analysis did not consider all of the risks that 
the Group may face, the directors consider that it is reasonable 
in the circumstances of the inherent uncertainty involved.

Based on the results of this analysis, the directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the five year period.

37

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer’s review

Continued earnings growth underpinned by 
geographic diversity, product differentiation  
and sound balance sheet financing

Alternative performance 
measures
The Group has consistently used two 
significant Alternative Performance 
Measures (‘APMs’) since its adoption of 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(‘IFRS’) in 2005:

 + Underlying performance, which excludes 
Special Items from IFRS profit measures; 
and

 + EBITDA, which excludes Special Items, 

amortisation and depreciation from IFRS 
operating profit.

The Board’s view is that Underlying 
performance provides additional clarity 
for the Group’s investors and so it is the 
primary focus of the Group’s narrative 
reporting. Further information and the 
reconciliation to the IFRS measures are 
included in notes 2, 5 and 6.

Overview
The Group has reported a further solid 
improvement in Underlying profit before 
tax, up 3.9% at £135.1m, benefitting 
from geographic diversity and product 
differentiation and overcoming challenging 
foreign currency and raw material  
price movements.

The key drivers behind the improvement in 
overall performance were:

 + A strong year for ARW with Underlying 
profit growth driven by increased Nitrile 
latex volumes and unit margins in a Nitrile 
latex market that continues to report 
significant demand growth.

 + Robust results in ENA, adversely 

impacted by both the weaker USD 
reducing margins on products sold from 
Europe in USD and falling raw material 
prices in Q4, adversely impacting 
customer buying behaviour.

 + The bolt-on acquisition of BASF 

Pischelsdorf (Austria) completed on 
31 January 2018 and which was 
successfully integrated into the Group.

Stephen Bennett
Chief Financial Officer

Strategic highlights

 + Fourth consecutive year of Underlying 

earnings growth

 + Robust performance underpinned  

by geographic diversity and  
product differentiation

 + A further year of record investment in 

growth capex

 + Group refinancing and interest rate fix 

 + The continuing weakness of sterling 

which resulted in a positive translational 
impact on the Group’s reported results.

completed

 + Balance sheet remains  
conservatively leveraged

38

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Income statement 
Operating profit 
The table below bridges the 2017 and 2018 IFRS operating profit, showing:

 + the changes in profitability in existing businesses; 

 + the impact of the 2018 acquisition of BASF Pischelsdorf;

 + the impact of the weakness of sterling on translation; and 

 + the effect of the Special Items.

Europe & 
North 
America
 £m

77.5

39.6

117.1

(9.4)

107.7

2.6

0.9

111.2

(19.4)

91.8

Asia & Rest 
of World
 £m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses 
£m

31.2

3.9

35.1

9.0

44.1

–

1.6

45.7

9.2

54.9

25.6%

30.2%

76.0%

(13.3)

0.1

(13.2)

(1.6)

(14.8)

–

–

(14.8)

(3.2)

(18.0)

(8.0)%

(5.0)%

18.5%

Total 
£m

95.4

43.6

139.0

(2.0)

137.0

2.6

2.5

142.1

(13.4)

128.7

(12.1)%

(12.1)%

(35.3)%

(1.4)%

2.2%

34.9%

2017 – IFRS

Add: 2017 – Special Items

2017 – Underlying performance

2018 – Underlying business changes

2018 –  Underlying existing business  
at 2017 exchange rates

2018 –  Acquisition of BASF Pischelsdorf

2018 – Impact of 2018 exchange rates

2018 –  Underlying performance  

at 2018 exchange rates

(Deduct)/add: 2018 – Special Items

2018 – IFRS

The following should be noted:

 + The reduction in ENA existing business operating profit of £9.4m primarily reflects the adverse impact of both the weaker USD reducing 
margins on products sold from Europe in USD (£5.3m) and falling raw material prices in Q4, resulting in weaker volumes as customers 
delayed Q4 orders in a falling price environment. 

 + The marked improvement in ARW existing business operating profit of £9.0m mainly reflects strong growth in Nitrile latex volumes  
and unit margins, more than offsetting the adverse impact of the weaker USD reducing margins on products priced in Malaysia  
in USD (£4.8m).

 + Underlying unallocated corporate expenses increased by £1.6m reflecting the annualisation of costs related to the strengthening of the 

management team in the London Head Office in 2017.

 + The continuing weakness of sterling during the year resulted in an increase in the Group’s reported profit in sterling. For the European 
businesses, the rate used for translating profit moved from £1:€1.1430 in 2017 to £1:€1.1284 in 2018, with a resulting uplift in the 2018 
ENA operating profit of £0.9m. For the Malaysian businesses the Malaysian Ringgit moved from £1:MYR5.5580 in 2017 to 
£1:MYR5.3661, with a resulting uplift in the ARW operating profit of £1.6m.

Special Items

Restructuring and site closures

Sale of business

Sale of land

Acquisition costs

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Aborted bond costs

UK Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation 

2018 
£m

(12.2)

3.8

16.4

(0.5)

(16.4)

(1.7)

(2.8)

(13.4)

2017
£m

(11.6)

–

1.3

(2.3)

(31.0)

–

–

(43.6)

39

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

The following items of income and expense have been reported as Special Items:

 + Restructuring and site closure relates to the natural rubber and polyester resins production lines in Kluang (Malaysia), which closed in 

Q4 2018, and an increase in the onerous lease and related provisions for the Ossett site due to a change in circumstance relating to the 
subletting of the site. In 2017, it primarily related to the rationalisation of the Ribécourt (France) site and the initial onerous lease provision 
for the Ossett site.

 + Sale of business relates to the disposal of the Leuna (Germany) site and the disposal of 51% of our sales entities in Dubai. 

 + Sale of land in 2018 relates to the Group’s profit on disposal of the final tranche of Malaysian land at Kluang. The profit on sale of land in 

2017 related to a disposal of land in Hapton (UK).

 + Amortisation of acquired intangibles decreased significantly during 2018 due to the full amortisation during the year of the PolymerLatex 

customer relationships acquired during 2011. The amortisation includes £1.4m in respect of intangibles relating to the acquisition of 
BASF Pischelsdorf (Austria) in 2018. 

 + Ahead of the Group refinancing during the year a process was undertaken to issue fixed rate unsecured senior notes. Despite a strong 
response from investors the Group decided not to complete the transaction due to unfavourable market conditions. The costs of this 
process are not reflective of Underlying performance.

 + Following a UK High Court ruling during the year in relation to the equalisation of male and female Guaranteed Minimum Pensions 

(GMP) a pension plan amendment is deemed to have occurred. The actuarial estimate of this irregular cost was £2.8m. 

Finance costs & profit before taxation

Operating profit (including share of JV’s)

Finance Costs

Profit/(loss) before taxation

Increase/(decrease) in profit/loss before tax %

2018

Special 
 Items 
£m

(13.4)

(1.4)

(14.8)

Underlying
performance 
£m

142.1

(7.0)

135.1

3.9%

Underlying
 performance 
£m

139.0

(9.0)

130.0

IFRS 
 £m

128.7

(8.4)

120.3

39.2%

2017

Special
 Items 
 £m

(43.6)

–

(43.6)

IFRS 
 £m

95.4

(9.0)

86.4

Finance costs were lower than 2017 reflecting a number of factors: the Group borrowing predominantly in Euro in the year compared with 
multiple currencies in 2017; lower variable Euro interest rates in the first half of the year; and a lower pensions interest charge as a result of 
the reduced discount rate in relation to the UK and Overseas defined benefit pension schemes. This was partly offset by the higher cost 
fixed Euro interest rate swap in the second half of the year.

As part of the refinancing in July 2018 the Group entered into swap arrangements to fix interest rates on the full value of the €440m 
committed unsecured revolving credit facility. The fair value of the unhedged derivatives relates to the mark to market of the swap 
arrangements at 31 December 2018 in excess of the current borrowings of the Group. This has been taken through Special Items as it is 
not reflective of the Underlying performance.

Taxation

Taxation (charge)/credit £m

Effective tax rate %

2018

Underlying
performance 

Special 
 Items 

(23.0)

17.0

6.0

40.5

IFRS 

(17.0)

14.1

Underlying
performance 

(24.7)

19.0

2017

Special 
 Items

13.1

30.0

IFRS

(11.6)

13.4

The IFRS effective tax rate is impacted by the tax credit on the Special Items. It is therefore helpful to consider the Underlying and Special 
Items affecting tax rates separately:

 + The effective tax rate on Underlying performance reduced in the year as a result of changes in the geographic mix of profits, prior year 

items and decreases in tax rates in certain jurisdictions.

 + The effective tax rate for Special Items is principally driven by the deferred tax credit on the amortisation of acquired intangibles and the 

zero corporate tax rate on the profit on sale of Malaysian land.

40

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests

Underlying
performance 
£m

0.5

2018

Special
Items 
£m

3.0

IFRS
£m

3.5

Underlying
performance
£m

0.8

2017

Special
Items
£m

–

IFRS
£m

0.8

The Group continues to have a 70% holding in Revertex (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd and its subsidiaries. This company and its subsidiaries are 
now a relatively minor part of the Group and hence the non-controlling interests impact on the Underlying performance is not significant. 

The Special Items in 2018 reflects the non-controlling interests share (30%) in the Malaysian land sale and restructuring costs associated 
with the Kluang site, referred to in the Special Items section above. The land was owned by Kind Action Sdn Bhd, a 100% subsidiary of 
Revertex (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd.

Earnings per share

Earnings per share (pence)

Growth %

2018

Underlying
performance 

Special
Items 

32.8

6.8

(3.4)

–

Underlying
performance

30.7

IFRS 

29.4

34.9

2017

Special
Items

(8.9)

IFRS

21.8

As set out in note 13, the average number of shares in issue remains similar to last year at 340 million. The changes in Underlying and 
IFRS earnings per share shown in the table are therefore driven predominantly by the same factors that influence the change in profit 
before taxation and taxation described above. 

Cash performance
The Group’s primary focus is on managing net borrowings rather than on cash. The following summarises the movement in net 
borrowings and is in the format used by management:

Underlying operating profit (excluding joint ventures)

Movement in working capital

Depreciation and amortisation (Underlying)

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Business cash flow

Interest paid (net)

Tax paid

IAS 19 Interest charge

Pension funding in excess of IAS 19 interest charge

Share based payments variance to IFRS2 charge

Non-controlling interest and joint venture dividends

Underlying operating cash flow

Cash impact of restructuring and site closure

Cash impact of aborted bond costs

Sale of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of business and acquisition costs

Sale of business

Dividends paid

Foreign exchange and other movements

Movement in net borrowings

2018 
£m

141.7

(35.2)

38.9

(75.7)

69.7

(4.5)

(23.0)

(3.2)

(13.8)

(3.9)

(0.4)

20.9

(3.3)

(1.2)

17.5

(26.3)

3.7

(42.5)

(2.3)

(33.5)

2017
£m

138.0

9.5

37.2

(60.3)

124.4

(4.8)

(26.1)

(4.3)

(12.5)

(0.3)

1.5

77.9

(6.0)

–

2.2

(66.2)

7.6

(39.1)

(6.6)

(30.2)

Net debt increased by £33.5m (2017: £30.2m) in the year, rising from £180.5m at 31 December 2017 to £214.0m at 31 December 2018.

41

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Chief Financial Officer’s review continued

The rise in net debt reflects:

 + An increased investment in working capital partly reflecting higher raw material prices in the final quarter of 2018 relative to the 

comparative period and higher inventories as a result of reduced sales activity in the same period. Working capital remains at circa 10% 
of sales on a twelve month rolling basis. 

 + The capital expenditure in 2018 reflects the cash spend on the previously announced Nitrile latex capacity expansion in Pasir Gudang 

(Malaysia), the made-to-order speciality acrylic lines in Worms (Germany), the increase in acrylic capacity in Roebuck (USA), 
debottlenecking of Marl (Germany) for foam production and capacity expansion of Sant’Albano (Italy). Our spend on sustenance capital 
expenditure is £24m compared with £20m in 2017.

 + The tax paid amount of £23.0m represents 17.0% of Underlying profit before tax and is broadly in line with the effective tax rate (2017: 

20.1%). The reduction in tax paid is consistent with the change in geographic mix of profits, with proportionately more profits generated 
in Malaysia in 2018 relative to 2017. 

 + The amount shown as pension funding in excess of the IAS19 charge mainly reflects the UK defined benefit deficit recovery funding of 
£15.5m (2017: £14.7m). The rise in the deficit recovery payment in 2018 reflects the schedule of contributions agreed with the Trustees 
in 2016 as a part of the 2015 triennial pension scheme valuation which was based on the forecast increase in the pension payroll, 
allowing for retiring employees. 

 + Sale of property, plant and equipment primarily relates to the Group’s Malaysian land sale proceeds in 2018, and the Hapton land sale 

in 2017. 

 + The outflow for purchase of business principally relates to the purchase of BASF Pischelsdorf (Austria) for £25.8m completed on 

31 January 2018. The prior year outflow of £66.2m mainly relates to the acquisition of Speciality Additives (Belgium).

 + The sale of business proceeds of £3.7m mainly relates to the proceeds from the disposal of 51% of the Dubai sales entities. The prior 

year proceeds of £7.6m is the amount received from the disposal of Synthomer Leuna (Germany). 

 + Substantial amounts of the Group’s borrowings have been maintained in Euros as a natural hedge against the net asset base in this 
currency. With the devaluation of sterling referred to above, the translation at the year-end rates has resulted in an exchange loss 
recognised in reserves and therefore a higher borrowings amount (offset by an increase in the Euro net asset base).

Financing and liquidity
The Group refinanced in July 2018 securing lower interest margins and entering into a new committed unsecured four year multicurrency 
revolving credit facility of €440m expiring July 2022 (RCF) with an option to request an extension to July 2023. At the same time we 
secured an additional committed unsecured short term bank loan facility of €55m expiring in July 2019. The Group also entered into 
agreements to fix the Euribor interest rate on €440m of borrowings for a period of seven years expiring 2025, fixing the cost of borrowing 
at an historically low rate and insulating the Group from future increases in the Euribor interest rate.

Committed facilities

Drawn at 31 December

Facility headroom

2018
£m

444.4

292.0

152.4

2017
£m

418.9

246.7

172.2

In addition to the facility headroom, the Group had cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2018 of £96.9m (2017: £89.6m) net of 
overdrafts of £20.7m (2017: £24.2m).

Cash and cash equivalents

Current borrowings (including overdrafts)

Non-current borrowings

Net borrowings

The financial covenant for the new RCF is that net borrowings must be less than 3.25 times EBITDA.

Net borrowings

EBITDA

Net borrowings/EBITDA

2018
£m

96.9

(70.1)

(240.8)

(214.0)

2018
£m

214.0

181.0

1.2

2017
£m

89.6

(73.1)

(197.0)

(180.5)

2017
£m

180.5

176.2

1.0

The significant facility and covenant headroom demonstrate the continued financial strength of the Group, which is well positioned to fund 
future organic growth and bolt-on acquisitions.

42

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Pensions

The table below sets out the total pension charge included in the income statement and the total defined benefit obligations included in 
the balance sheet.

UK

Overseas

Charge to  
income statement

Post retirement
benefit obligations

2018
£m

7.4

7.1

14.5

2017
£m

5.1

7.2

12.3

2018
£m

53.2

79.3

2017
£m

78.3

78.9

132.5

157.2

The UK pension costs includes an irregular cost (included in Special Items) for the equalisation to Guaranteed Minimum Pension (GMP)  
of £2.8m.

The reduction in UK defined benefit pension liabilities of £25.1m primarily relates to an increase in the discount rate from 2.5% to 2.8% 
(£16.9m) combined with updated membership data (£11.1m reduction) and offset by the GMP equalisation increase of £2.8m.

Acquisition and disposal accounting 
For the acquisition, the assets and liabilities have been included at fair value with the balance of consideration shown as goodwill. KPMG 
LLP were engaged to advise on the fair value of the property, plant and equipment (PPE). Overall their conclusion was that the total 
fair value of the PPE should be increased by £0.6m. KPMG LLP also performed a valuation of the intangibles, which mainly comprised 
of customer relationships. Accordingly on acquisition, the Group recognised goodwill and acquired intangibles of £1.2m and £17.6m 
respectively and the valuation is now final. These intangibles are being amortised over periods of 5 to 15 years.

Stephen Bennett
Chief Financial Officer
4 March 2019

43

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Sustainability

Moving forward on 
Sustainability

We focus on sustainability through our 
Group Sustainability Committee using 
six pillars – our strategy, governance and 
compliance, people, sustainable value 
chain, health and safety and environment. 
In 2018 we focused our sustainability 
activities on broadening our sustainability 
reach more widely across the Group using 
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards. 
This has involved assessing stakeholder 
expectations, building key performance 
indicators against which we can be judged, 
engaging our employees through our ‘We 
Care’ initiative and then communicating  
our progress through our annual 
Sustainability Report.

We strongly believe our sustainability 
activities build shareholder value and will 
drive a positive contribution to our business 
performance and values. 

Tim Hughes
President Corporate Development

Foreword
Synthomer is a specialist chemical 
company and one of the world’s leading 
suppliers of aqueous polymers. We 
produce innovative formulations to support 
customers in a range of industries from 
construction and coatings to healthcare.

Synthomer is built on its reputation and 
the trust and confidence of each of its 
stakeholders – not only our shareholders 
and employees, but also our suppliers, 
customers and the wider community  
and environment in which we operate.  
At Synthomer we hold the highest 
standards and work together to protect  
our values and build an ethical and 
sustainable business. 

Synthomer recognises the significance 
and importance of being a responsible 
company. As a leading speciality chemical 
company, we focus on continuous 
improvement to enhance the sustainability 
of everything we do – from developing less 
energy intensive water-based products to 
helping customers meet more stringent 
regulations, to attracting and retaining 
the best talent in the market through our 
employee brand.

Tim Hughes
President – Corporate Development

Sustainability highlights

 +  Group Sustainability  

Committee established

 +  Launch of new global Code of Conduct

 +  Second best year for recordable injury 
rate on record – 60%+ improvement on 
three year rolling basis

 +  Best ever Process Safety Event rate

 +  Strengthening of our employer brand

 +  Launch of ‘We Care’ initiative – linking 
our employees to our communities

 +  Move to align reporting to GRI 
Standards and completion of 
stakeholder assessment

44

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Non-financial  
information statement

The Company has complied with the Non-Financial Reporting Directive 
contained in sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006.

Pillar

Highlights and achievements

Strategy

 + Sustainability Committee established to coordinate global  

sustainability activities, reporting directly to the executive team

 + Completed programme of work to identify initial set of GRI  

Standards matched to the six key pillars identified by the materiality assessment

 + Stakeholder engagement project completed to validate initial  

materiality assessment

Governance  
and compliance

 + New interactive global Code of Conduct launched across the 

Group, available in thirteen languages

 + New independent whistleblowing helpline established

People

Sustainable 
value chain 

Health and Safety 
(Occupational and 
Process safety)

 + New global ‘SmartHR’ system roll-out completed  

across the Group

 + Successful launch of Synthomer Talent Development Programme

 + Asia HR training and development programme recognised with  

three Malaysian awards

 + Strengthened sustainability assessment within procurement  
processes, implemented revised supplier audit methodology

 + Litex QuickShield technology awarded ‘Best Innovation in Textile  

Chemistry’ at Future Textile Awards 2018 – new formula  
eliminates need for formaldehyde and ammonia

 + Wellness programmes established across several countries

 + SHE Engagement – global site management and SHE  

management conferences

 + Completion of main phase of Process Hazard Revalidation exercise

 + Process safety event rate reduced 

 + Development of new internal process safety training programme

Environment 

 + No environmental reportable incidents – best year on record

 + 1.8% reduction in GHG (greenhouse gases) emissions per tonne  

of production

45

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Sustainability continued

Progress against 2018 
targets and objectives

Target Year

Progress

Strategy
Complete materiality assessment review

Formalise data gathering and monitoring of relevant GRI disclosures

Align sustainability reporting against GRI ‘Core’ Standards

Achieve and sustain ‘Gold’ rating from EcoVadis

Governance and compliance
Launch updated Code of Conduct

Introduce externally hosted ethical whistleblowing helpline (phone/web)

People – employment conditions /  
diversity and development
Implement global HR information system

Deploy global, market aligned, role and compensation framework

Design and launch new executive leadership global people report

Develop the Synthomer diversity and inclusion plans

Launch an enhanced Synthomer leadership development programme

Sustainable Value Chain
Revise supplier audit process to include sustainability requirements

Define sustainability criteria for product and technology development projects

Undertake initial assessment of active R&D projects against sustainability criteria

2018

2018

2019 onward

by 2020

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2018

2019

Complete five key supplier audits for each procurement function (at least one per region)

2021

Complete desktop sustainability assessment of top ten key suppliers (in each region)

2022

Health and safety
0.25 Recordable Case Rate (incidents per 100,000 working hours)

0.20 Process Safety Event Rate (incidents per 100,000 working hours)

Environment
The first four metrics below are based on revised 2017 baseline

>30% site emissions calculated using market-based emissions factors

6% reduction in specific energy consumption (GJ/t production)
9% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions (t CO2e /t production)
6% reduction in water consumption (m3 / t production)
7.5% reduction in waste to land (metric ton / metric ton production)

2018

2018

2018

end 2021

end 2021

end 2021

end 2021

46

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sustainability activities

Strategy 

Synthomer recognises the significance 
and importance of being a responsible 
company, taking into consideration the 
complete life cycle of our products and the 
impact our operations have on people and 
the environment.

Synthomer considers issues that are 
material to its business and seeks to 
respond to them in a manner appropriate to 
the interests of all its stakeholders. We are 
committed to approaching our business 
in an ethical and environmentally sound 
manner.

Our work in this area has been highlighted 
through the Group’s inclusion in the 
FTSE4Good Index since 2004. The 
FTSE4Good Index is operated by FTSE 
Russell and highlights the performance 
of stock market listed companies against 
a range of environmental, social and 
governance criteria. To be eligible for 
inclusion in the index, companies must 
demonstrate a high level of commitment 
in areas such as climate change, 
environmental management and  
human rights.

The Group’s risk management processes 
described earlier in the Strategic report 
include consideration of the potential 
impact of corporate responsibility issues 
on Synthomer’s performance. The 
Group’s investment decisions take into 
account appropriate evaluations of the 
potential consequences for its employees, 
customers, suppliers and the environment.

The Group also recognises the impact 
that M&A activities can have on its overall 
sustainability profile and performance. In 
2018, Synthomer introduced changes to 
its assessment approach to strengthen our 
processes for evaluating these potential 
impacts, risk and opportunities.

2018 saw the acquisition of an SBR 
latex production facility in Pischelsdorf, 
(Austria) from BASF, and its impact on our 
environmental performance, alongside, 
full year impact of the Speciality Additives 
(Belgium) plant purchased from Perstorp  
in March 2017, is discussed later in  
this section.

Stakeholder

Customers

Employees

Supplies

Shareholders

Legislators

Authorities

Communities

Pillar

Strategy

Company

Topic /Aspect

Organic growth

Risk management

Ethics and integrity

Governance and Compliance

Stakeholder involvement

Responsible and involved management

Compliance

Employment conditions

People

Employee diversity and inclusion

Employee development, training and education

Communities support

Quality

Sustainable value chain

Manufacturing excellence

(Products and processes)

Procurement

Health and safety

Environment

Customers satisfaction

Occupational H&S

Process Safety

Product Safety

Energy consumption

Water consumption

Emissions to the air

Waste generation

R&D

Survey

Materiality assessment

Materiality assessment 
review and Global 
Reporting Initiative  
(GRI) alignment
A key commitment made in early 2018 
was to begin alignment of our corporate 
reporting to the international GRI Standards.

During 2018, a detailed review of the GRI 
reporting requirements was made, gaps 
were identified and a plan to address 
them was prepared and accomplished. 
Alongside this a project was undertaken to 
develop further the materiality assessment 
work described in the 2017 CSR Report 
that identified a first pass list of key 
sustainability aspects for Synthomer and 
relevant stakeholder groups.

The initial materiality assessment was 
reviewed to better identify the key 
sustainability aspects for Synthomer and 
relevant stakeholder groups and to align 
with the principles defined by GRI.

In order to collect the relevant stakeholder 
groups’ feedback in a more systematic 
way, a survey tool was designed. Using 
the survey, the seven main stakeholder 
groups previously identified were 
questioned to determine the importance 
of the 22 sustainability topics sitting 
in the six sustainability pillars selected 
by the Company. Approximately 400 
stakeholders were surveyed worldwide 
representing all business areas.

The survey resulted in eighteen topics 
rated as very important and four topics 
as important. All the topics within the 
environment, safety, and governance  
and compliance areas were rated as  
very important. 

More details will be provided in the 
Sustainability Report at www.synthomer.com

47

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Sustainability continued

Plan for 2019 and beyond

During 2019, the Group will use the stakeholder engagement findings 
to identify where further engagement or action is required. Internally 
this will include more engagement with employees in the form of a 
pilot culture survey.

In addition, we will continue to look at opportunities for improving 
the systems used for reporting and data gathering / analysis to give 
greater confidence and provide more transparency and clarity around 
the identified key material risk areas.

A key commitment made last year was to 
seek to align our sustainability reporting 
to the internationally recognised Global 
Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards. Our 
2018 Sustainability Report (previously 
CSR Report) will be published early in Q2 
2019 and will be aligned to meet the GRI 
‘Core’ reporting level. An overview of the 
work undertaken across the six identified 
pillars is presented here, with more 
comprehensive data provided in the 2018 
Sustainability Report.

The Group also remains committed to both 
the global chemical industries’ Responsible 
Care® (RC) initiative and to the principles 
of sustainable development (SD) as set out 
in the UK Chemical Industries Association 
(CIA) SD guiding principles, to which we 
have been a signatory since 2005.

This commitment was re-asserted in 2017 
when the Chief Executive Officer endorsed 
the updated UK CIA Responsible Care® 
Guiding Principles.

To ensure the safe management and use 
of its products, Synthomer is committed 
to sharing relevant health and safety 
information throughout the value chain. 
To achieve this, we work closely with 
our suppliers and customers to fully 
understand the environmental impact of 
our raw materials, processes and products 
on the overall product life cycle. We identify 
potential improvement areas and focus 
efforts on delivering those improvements. 
Growing sustainably is a challenge, but it is 
one that we are committed to taking on.

The Group’s international operations fulfil 
their responsibility to record, monitor and 
make publicly available the potential impact 
of its activities. In pursuing its corporate 
strategy, Synthomer’s aim is to adopt 
business practices that are economically, 
socially and environmentally sustainable, 
and to promote these to its stakeholders 
in order to strengthen relationships, share 
knowledge and encourage best practice.

In 2017, a review of sustainability 
management and reporting mechanisms 
was undertaken, with a view to identifying 
how to move the Company forward in 
meeting both its own and its stakeholders’ 
expectations in this area. This led in 
early 2018 to the establishment of a new 
Sustainability Committee which meets at 
least three times a year. This is led by the 
President – Corporate Development who 
sits on, and reports back to, the executive 
committee, with membership made up of 
functional department heads representing 
areas such as HR, R&D, procurement and 
corporate governance, as well as senior 
members of the corporate SHE network. 
There is also active engagement with the 
wider business across the Group.

48

Governance  
and compliance

Ensuring and demonstrating a high 
standard of effective and compliant 
corporate governance is a key priority 
of the Group and expectation of our 
stakeholders. Our governance structures 
are covered in more detail on pages 62 
to 66.

Code of Conduct
2018 saw significant activity in this area 
as Synthomer published its new Code 
of Conduct, drawing together all its 
key policies in one easy-to-read and 
interactive document.

Our code

Our code reflects both how we work 
together and with third parties and 
exemplifies our beliefs and values. All 
employees have been issued with the 
code, and it is publicly available on our 
website at: www.synthomer.com/code-
of-conduct/

The policies are in place to ensure 
our daily business is conducted in a 
sustainable and responsible manner. 
These policies play a key role in 
maintaining our reputation with our 
internal and external stakeholders. They 
also set out the standards to which we 
hold ourselves, our employees and our 
business partners.

Our values are visible in all corporate 
communications and are prominently 
displayed at all Synthomer sites. Around 
the globe we have multiple ways in 
which we communicate our values in an 
engaging way and bring our values to life 
including induction processes, training 
interventions, communications and 
awards and recognition campaigns.

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018All the Group’s employees are 
encouraged to measure their activities 
against our long-term goals and to work 
towards achieving them. Managers in 
particular are expected to use these goals 
when setting targets for themselves, for 
their teams and for the staff who report 
to them.

Corruption and  
anti-competitive behaviour
Synthomer is committed to complying 
with the laws and regulations of all the 
countries in which it operates (including 
those covering corruption and anti-
competitive behaviour). This applies 
whether Synthomer is acting directly in a 
country through employees, or indirectly 
through agents, distributors or other 
intermediaries. Alongside the Code of 
Conduct roll-out, new guidance was 
published on Bribery, Corruption and Tax 
Evasion and Competition Law. All relevant 
employees are required to complete 
online training modules.

Whistleblowing helpline
At Synthomer we always encourage 
people to speak up about any concerns 
they may have about unlawful or  
unethical behaviour.

2018 saw the launch of a third party 
hosted helpline (available both online 
and via telephone) for employees and 
other stakeholders to report unlawful or 
unethical behaviour or concerns and to 
raise queries regarding the application of 
the Code of Conduct.

Human rights
The Group is committed to operating 
a culture that values meritocracy, 
openness, fairness and transparency  
and encourages a safe and trusting  
work environment. 

The new Code of Conduct reasserts our 
commitment to diversity, human rights, 
equal opportunities and respect in the 
workplace, and includes links to our most 
recent Modern Slavery Act statement, 
available here: https://www.synthomer.
com/company/corporate-responsibility/
group-policies/ 

People

Diversity and human rights
Diversity is one of Synthomer’s core 
values, and we remain focused on 
increasing diversity within the Group. We 
continue to attract and retain employees 
from a wide variety of national and cultural 
backgrounds, and in the UK, where we 
have around 500 employees, we have 
people from over 20 different countries 
represented within our workforce. The 
rate at which we are attracting female 
talent continues to increase. New recruits 
to our European Graduate Scheme and 
participants in our Synthomer Talent 
Development Programme comprised 
approximately an equal proportion female 
and male employees.

As part of national ‘Girls and Boys Day’ 
during 2018, children of employees in 
Germany came to our Marl office and 
Chemical Park to experience a workplace 
in the chemical industry. We are proud 
to support this initiative aimed at school 
children aged between 10 and 15. 
The event included time spent in our 
laboratories and manufacturing facilities.

Attraction, retention and 
employee development
We were pleased to appoint Holly A. 
Van Deursen to our Board of Directors in 
2018, as a non executive director. Holly 
brings a wealth of chemical industry 
experience having worked for BP and 
boardroom experience from various 
executive and non-executive roles.

Synthomer’s Asian HR function was 
formally recognised by a number of 
external agencies for the key initiatives 
supporting continuous commitment to 
the development of its human talent. 
Throughout the year, there were a range 
of HR key initiatives delivered and it was 
good opportunity to externally benchmark 
these against other industries in the 
country. This year, the HR Team has 
participated in three external HR awards 
which were organised by the Ministry  
of Human Resource, IChemE and  
MIHRM respectively.

In 2018, we continued to offer a bonus 
scheme that extends to all levels in our 
organisation, not just to senior leaders. 

Given our global focus on delivering and 
sustaining world class levels of Safety, 
Health and Environment (SHE) all employees 
have some elements of their bonus based 
on safety performance measures which pay 
out, if targets are met, irrespective of Group 
financial performance.

To support a more global approach to 
HR, 2018 saw the launch of our SmartHR 
system, empowering employees and 
managers to work together more effectively. 

Leadership Development
In 2018 we relaunched and expanded 
our European graduate scheme with 
thirteen new recruits joining our 2018 
cohort orientation event in October. 
Scheme participants have joined us in 
several functions including manufacturing, 
engineering, finance, R&D, procurement 
and commercial.

This year also saw the launch of our new 
Synthomer talent development programme: 
a twelve month structured development 
programme aimed at providing existing 
employees at an early stage of their 
management career with an accelerated 
development experience that includes 
workshops, virtual learning events, 360 
degree feedback and an opportunity to 
work with a mentor drawn from our senior 
leadership team.

Jennifer Peake, as one of our talent 
development programme members, won 
the Prestigious National Chemical Industry 
Association’s (CIA) Young Ambassador 
of the Year Award in June and will lead 
the CIA’s Future Forum for 12 months 
from September 2018, playing a vital role 
in representing the ideas, concerns and 
aspirations of young people in the chemical 
industry.

Male

Female

Total

Board

Senior 
management

7

43

2

4

9

47

Employees

2,301

606

2,907

49

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Sustainability continued

People continued

We Care about  
our communities

Amongst the activities supporting our 
communities in 2018 were:

 + Our Head Office charity auction 
raised £20,000 for the Make a  
Wish Foundation

 + Collections for several charities and 

day care centres, including 
hundreds of items collected in a 
‘reverse Advent Calendar’ appeal in 
Harlow and a ‘Wish Tree’ campaign 
across our German sites supporting 
local hospitals

 + Kuala Lumpur Office members 
engaged in several fund-raising 
activities to support the ‘Lend a 
Hand’ programme in Malaysia, 
supporting shelters for abandoned 
or neglected children

‘We Care’
Synthomer engages with its employees 
and communities in various ways on sites 
around the world. In order to heighten 
awareness, visibility and promotion of these 
activities, the Group launched its ‘We Care’ 
initiative. CSR/sustainability ambassadors 
rolled out the campaign on several sites, 
aimed at creating engagement, inspiring 
opportunities and empowering Synthomer 
employees who are passionate about 
making a difference to those around them to 
reach out and champion work in this area.

In 2019, ‘We Care’ will be expanded 
as a key part of our sustainability 
identity externally as well as internally, 
highlighting promotion not just of our 
community engagement but our focus 
on more sustainable and environmentally 
friendly products.

Our commitment to science and 
education
We continue to be active supporters of the 
SCI (Society of Chemical Industry) with 
Robin Harrison, Global Innovation Director, 
on the Board of Trustees and several of our 
senior leaders active committee members.

In 2019, we will again be a lead sponsor of 
the Bright SCIdea Challenge, having been 
a sponsor of the launch of this initiative in 
2018. This competition is aimed at university 
students developing entrepreneurial 
skills. The competition asks participants 
to develop innovative scientific ideas 
and present them as part of a business 
presentation to a panel of industry experts.

We are active in supporting the SCI ‘mid 
careers workstream’, a group of industry 
leaders looking at ways to develop the 
careers of scientists mid-way through 
their careers.

Our CEO, Calum MacLean, is a member 
of the SCI’s Chemistry Council, a group 
comprising some of the most senior 
leaders in the UK Chemical sector with a 
focus on understanding and advancing the 
strategic needs of the industry in the UK. 

In 2018 we continued to support academic 
study in the form of sponsorship of PhD and 
Masters students in the UK and Malaysia.

Our business in Malaysia hosted 38 
undergraduate industrial placements 
in 2018 and our R&D staff worked with 
several Malaysian universities to contribute 
to the development of their syllabus and 
in delivering lectures. We supported 
universities, colleges and secondary 
schools across Malaysia by supplying latex 
gloves for use by staff and students.

As the polymer industry technical 
representative, we were appointed by 
Malaysia Institute of Chemistry to join 
the JTC-IKM Working Committee under 
instruction of the Malaysia Qualification 
Agency, (MQA) to draft Malaysia chemistry 
degrees program standards, which 
will serve as a primary reference for all 
universities in Malaysia when they form their 
syllabus for chemistry degree programmes. 
The standard will be used as a mandatory 
reference for the accreditation of chemistry 
degree programmes by the MQA. 

Synthomer once again participated in the 
Chemistry at Work showcase in the UK. 
This has now become an annual event in 
the Essex local section of the Royal Society 
of Chemistry Outreach programme, with 
members of R&D presenting on Synthomer 
products and processes, and actively 
promoting science, technology, engineering 
and mathematics (STEM) careers.

50

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Sustainable 
value chain

Following our materiality assessment, 
product safety has now been included 
within the value chain pillar, reflecting its 
fit within the R&D and regulatory affairs 
organisational structure in Synthomer.

Supply chain engagement
Synthomer requires any individual or 
entity acting on its behalf, whether as 
a consultant, representative, agent or 
distributor to know, understand and abide 
by the laws and regulations applicable in 
the country or countries in which they act 
for Synthomer. The requirements are set 
out in detail within the Business Policies in 
our Code of Conduct described earlier.

Before a vendor is on-boarded and 
approved for purchase and use, Synthomer 
employs multiple assessment processes. 
A periodic review of key suppliers is carried 
out to assess performance of the supplier 
against criteria covering technical support, 
commercial performance, reputation 
including REACh, and local regulatory 
compliance. We also carry out periodic 
supply chain risk reviews and continually 
build and improve the raw materials and 
vendor on-boarding processes  
and procedures.

Following a review of our practices and 
identification of areas for improvement in 
relation to our CSR rating from EcoVadis, in 
2018 we undertook an exercise to improve 
how we assessed the performance of 
suppliers with regard to sustainability. This 
included changes to audit processes and 
questionnaires, and the initial roll-out of a 
supplier audit schedule as per the targets 
and objectives described in our 2017 CSR 
Report. The 2018 Sustainability Report 
will provide more details on the status of 
this work.

R&D and new product development
Synthomer prides itself on its innovative 
product development, and in 2018 
successfully launched new formaldehyde 
free SBR binders for textile (Litex AlkaShield 
1543 and Litex QuickShield 1545), with 
the new products being awarded ‘Best 
Innovation in Textile Chemistry’ at the 
Future Textile Awards 2018.

In addition in 2018, a comprehensive 
life cycle analysis was undertaken on 
our SyNovus® glove product, which 
demonstrated that we deliver significantly 
lower environmental impact than previous 
products, driven by lower energy use on 
the glove dipping line.

Product safety
The majority of Group products are water-
based emulsions that are not deemed to be 
hazardous chemicals.

However, for those that are hazardous, 
Synthomer is committed to providing its 
customers with comprehensive and legally 
compliant safety data sheets in all the 
markets we serve.

Our central regulatory affairs department 
also manages our ongoing REACh 
compliance activities through our supply 
chain and has been active in preparing for 
the potential impact of Brexit on chemicals 
registered within and transported to the UK.

51

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Sustainability continued

Health and safety, 
and environment

Management of Safety, Health and the 
Environment is the most mature aspect 
of the Group’s sustainability activities and 
remains a critical material aspect for both 
internal and external stakeholders.

In line with our SHE Policy, the Board, Chief 
Executive Officer and executive committee 
are fully committed to improving SHE 
performance and engaging and involving 
employees at all levels in all locations 
in our SHE programmes. Effective SHE 
leadership to deliver SHE performance 

is a primary duty and expectation of 
management at all levels in the Group, 
aligned to our three long term goals:

1.  To have no accidents or incidents; 

2.  To have no adverse impact on the 

health of those who work in, or live near 
our operations, nor on the health of 
those who use our products; and

3.   To minimise any environmental burden 

created by our activities.

Key practices and programmes
The table below highlights some of the 
SHE management practices and activities 
undertaken in 2018 and planned for 2019.

Key measures, SHE performance indicators 
and SHE audit results are reported to the 
Board, the executive committee and to 
the regional management meetings on a 
monthly basis.

Environmental work programmes are 
focused on ensuring both legal compliance 
and driving continual improvement as 
part of our commitment to our matrix ISO 
14001 certification (all operating sites now 
certified) and ISO 50001 certification in the 
UK, Germany and Czech Republic.

Embedding of SHE routines
Following the 2017 implementation of our 
Permit to Work (PTW) and Management of 
Change (MOC) improvement programme 
in 2017, 2018 saw increased focus on 
tracking and learning from ‘Fundamental 
Issues’ identified during monitoring, and 
the establishment of standardised monthly 
and quarterly routines to formally monitor 
progress at site level.

Key SHE programmes

2018 SHE key actions

2019 SHE key focus

Group’s Safety, Health and 
Environment Management 
System (SHEMS) standards  
and policies

Completion of revised Lock-Out Tag-Out 
guidance; development of self-assessment 
questionnaires to assist internal  
audit process.

Supporting sites in meeting our 
standards through generation of 
‘Statements of Essential Requirements’ 
– setting out in more detail what good 
compliance looks like.

Group SHE audits

New cycle of auditing with continued 
process safety focus; move to risk based 
frequency of auditing. 

Continuing Self Assessment 
Questionnaires audit activity and 
increased networking / cross-site 
auditing to share best practice.

The Group Accident  
and Incident Management 
System (AIMS)

Effective use of lessons learnt and site 
review of high potential incidents to help 
prioritise where to focus resource to 
improve performance.

Continuous improvement including 
reviews and audit input.

SHE training,  
communication  
and support

Development of modular in-house process 
safety training tailored to our technologies 
and processes.

Full roll-out of internal process safety 
training, linked to bowtie and barrier 
analysis of sites’ own identified 
significant hazards.

Increased level of support vs. audit 
to achieve targeted improvements in 
performance based on findings from last 
audit cycle.

Working with sites to develop a programme 
of standardised SHE routines to back-up all 
other major SHE initiatives.

Process Hazard  
Assessment (PHA)

Continuation of PHA revalidation process 
across lower risk profile sites.

Completion of high priority PHA actions.

KPI tracking of significant actions 
from 2017 PHAs as high priority SHE 
improvement plan items – >50% all high 
priority actions completed.

52

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Alongside further evolution of our web 
based KPI dashboard, more structured 
and regular reviews are allowing sites and 
the Group to quickly identify performance 
trends and potential areas of weakness, as 
well as showing positive improvements as 
the effects of some of our actions – such as 
‘Fundamental Issues’ lessons learned, and 
improved training on specific risk hazards – 
are realised.

Health and wellness
As part of our health management 
programme in Germany, we offered twelve-
week running coaching for beginners and 
advanced runners. A total of 33 employees 
signed up to take advantage of the 
opportunity to start running or improve their 
running training under the guidance of an 
expert running coach.

As part of our SHE Principles ‘Look 
After Yourself’ and ‘Look After Each 
Other’ this year we promoted the ‘Be 
Supported’ campaign, which aims to 
support employees and their families 
facing difficulties by providing a confidential 
helpline, and useful information via a 
website. In partnership with AXA PPP 
Healthcare we aim to give every UK 
employee access to information, support 
and counselling to help with any aspects of 
daily work and home life that have become 
challenging. The service includes guidance 
when experiencing a medical issue as 
well as practical impartial information 
and support on everyday matters such 
as dealing with debt, buying a house and 
consumer rights.

We also continued to run health and 
wellness sessions in Germany for our 
shift based manufacturing staff on topics 
selected by the employees beforehand, 
including nutrition and meal design 
during shift work, sleeping and relaxation. 
Sessions included input from external 
experts and practical learning.

Be supported
Information 
Support 
Counselling

Confidential support from AXA PPP Healthcare

These events will continue to be revisited 
on an annual or bi-annual basis to ensure 
we embed the learning and strengthen 
corporate memory.

Black Book

Synthomer has always been committed to 
ensuring that we learn lessons from both 
external and internal incidents.

In 2018 we introduced our ‘Black Book’,  
a collection of lessons learned from across 
the Group highlighting 20 incidents and 
significant near misses from the past 
two decades, using the bowtie format to 
highlight which barriers, that should have 
been in place, were either missing  
or failed.

All operating site managers were issued 
with copies and on the anniversary 
of these incidents have been tasked 
with revisiting the events and, where 
applicable, the response that they made to 
any original lessons learnt to validate that 
the actions taken have been embedded.

53

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Sustainability continued

Sustainability performance

The following performance data predominantly covers the health, safety 
and environmental areas – progress against some of the new KPIs for the  
other pillars, aligned with the GRI Standards, will be covered in the  
Sustainability Report.

Health and safety
Occupational safety
 +  Recordable injury case rate (RCR)  
of 0.23 per 100,000 hours worked

 +  >3 day lost time injury rate of 0.14  

per 100,000 hours worked

The Group’s main lagging indicator of SHE 
injury performance is the recordable injury 
rate for accidents involving more than first 
aid treatment. 2018 regrettably saw an 
increase in the number of recordable injuries 
up to sixteen, from the record low of nine in 
2017. The associated frequency rate of 0.23 
per 100,000 hours worked was the second 
best rate in the Company’s history.

Our objective is to have no accidents or 
injuries on our sites, and analysis of the 
injuries reported found a significant number 
related to ‘line of fire’ incidents involving 
contractors. In 2019, we will be looking 
to improve our contractor management, 
induction and permit systems, focussing 
on permit acceptor training, including our 
‘line of fire’ and high hazard work guidance, 
now expanded to include videos on hot 
work and confined space entry work.

There were no reported cases of disease 
attributed to occupational factors during 
the year.

Process safety
 + Best ICCA Process Safety Event rate 
since tracking started of 0.14 per  
100,000 hours

 + No incidents resulting in serious injury  

or damage

Ensuring the safety of our operations is 
of paramount importance to the Group. 
Since 2015 we have recorded, rated and 
tracked process safety events (PSE) using 
a 4-tier scoring system where tier 1 and 2 
incidents (tier 1 being more severe) meet 
the definition for a ‘Reportable PSE’ from 
the International Council of Chemical 
Association’s (ICCA).

There was a 23% improvement in the 
PSE rate, with ten incidents reported 
compared to thirteen in 2017. Ongoing 
focus on improving engineering standards 
and addressing human factors issues will 
help us continue to drive this rate lower. 
More information will be provided in our 
Sustainability Report.

Environment
2018 was a challenging year with regard to 
meeting our environmental performance 
targets. The figures reported below 
reflect the new acquisition in Austria (from 
February 2018) and the full year impact 
(compared to ten months in 2017) of the 
Specialities site in Belgium.

Achieving the 2021 targets set last year 
remains our objective, with continued focus 
on the ‘Tier 1’ sites contributing most to the 
overall figures.

As noted earlier, the Group has better 
awareness and recognition of the impact 
that M&A activities can have on its overall 
sustainability profile and performance. 
In 2018, it introduced changes to its 
assessment approach to strengthen our 
processes for evaluating these potential 
impacts, risk and opportunities.

Several adjustments to the 2017 baseline 
data have been made following internal 
review and verification – in particular, all 
intensity figures have been revised following 
a review of how the Czech plant’s production 
sales volumes had been accounted for in the 
calculations. This has led to an increase in the 
intensity factor numbers for 2016 and 2017. 
Other changes are noted in the following 
sections where relevant.

Energy
 + Overall primary energy consumption 

increased 3.9% to 5,560,467 GJ

 + Specific energy consumption  
decreased 0.5% to 3.524 GJ  
per tonne sales production

The increase in absolute consumption is 
related to increased production volumes 
on larger sites, high production of low 
monomer conversion grades in Malaysia, 
as well as the BASF Pischelsdorf  
(Austria) acquisition.

Several projects that have both energy 
and emissions improvement benefits 
are in the pipeline that will improve 
performance, targeted on the six sites 
with the largest energy and carbon 
footprint, but achievement in 2018 was 
slightly behind target. More information on 
current and planned activities will be in the 
Sustainability Report.

Water withdrawal
 +  Water withdrawal increased 7.4%  

to 6,159,664 m3

 +  Specific water withdrawal rose 2.9%  

to 3.904 m3 per tonne 

In previous years Synthomer has reported 
‘water usage’ as metered water totals 
excluding river water used for once through 
cooling on several sites, and ‘water 
consumption’ as all metered water.

To align properly with GRI Standards 
definitions moving forward, metrics on 
‘water withdrawal’ will cover all metered 
usage (as per the previous “water 
consumption” figure), and we will also look 
to report water usage / consumption in our 
sustainability report.

The absolute increase in 2018 is related to 
both production increases on some larger 
sites in Asia, commissioning activities and 
in particular increased requirement for 
cooling water (once through) on one of 
our German sites owing to high river water 
temperatures. There were also significant 
reductions in water withdrawal on other 
sites as a result of process optimisation 
and reduced demands for cleaning.

Variance is expected year to year since the 
majority of our products are water based 
dispersions with some changes down to 
product mix and volumes. As with energy, 
opportunities to improve water efficiency 
will be built in to sites’ manufacturing 
strategies and environmental targets on a 
prioritised basis in order to bring us back 
on track with the longer term targets.

54

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Waste
 + Total waste generated increased 21%  
to 34,190 tonnes and waste to landfill 
increased 49% to 8,018 tonnes

 + Specific waste generation rose 16% to 

0.022 tonnes per tonne sales production 
and specific waste to landfill 42% to 
0.005 tonnes per tonne

An expectation of increased one off waste 
levels was highlighted in last year’s CSR 
Report, with significant one-off waste 
quantities associated with major capital 
projects in Malaysia and Germany, removal 
of old waste materials and asbestos.

Part of the increase is associated with 
production, where some sites have 
had quality issues that resulted in non-
hazardous coagulum waste levels 
increasing. Process improvement projects 
and quality control work is focused on 
reducing these figures, and we continue to 
seek opportunities to divert waste streams 
away from landfill.

Greenhouse gas emissions
The Group reports environmental KPIs 
in the format recommended by the 
Department of Environment, Food and 
Rural Affairs (DEFRA), with Annual Reports 
containing data for each year since 2005 
on a three year rolling basis.

Reporting parameters
The 2018 financial year reporting includes 
all manufacturing operations, all office 
locations co-located with manufacturing 
and those listed as contact locations in 
the Annual Report or on the Company’s 
website. It does not include some very 
small locations such as home offices. 
These locations will have no material effect 
on the Group’s overall GHG emissions, 
being estimated at considerably less than 
0.1% of the Group total.

All known emissions from manufacturing 
processes have been included. Specifically 
this covers direct energy usage and the 
indirect energy costs of heating, cooling 
and other site services where these are 
provided by a third party. They include 
estimates for the effects of the release 
of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) 
and refrigerant gases. The only known 
emissions which have not been included 
are direct emissions of CO2 from on-site 
waste treatment facilities that have not 
currently been quantified, but which are not 
believed to have significant material impact 
on the overall figures reported.

The Group has no known uses or 
releases of perfluorocarbons or sulphur 
hexafluoride. All releases of NOx are 
associated with energy production and 
are not separately quantified. The Group 
continues to report Scope 1 & 2 emissions. 
No estimate has been made of Scope 
3 emissions owing to the complexity of 
the company supply chain. The Group 
continues to use emissions per production 
tonne as its intensity ratio.

Calculation methods
Data sources for emissions factors (CO2e) 
are DEFRA (dataset with published in  
June 2018) and the IEA (International 
Energy Authority.

All direct energy production from fossil fuels 
has been aggregated on a Group-wide 
basis and converted to CO2e by using the 
appropriate DEFRA emissions factors. No 
allowance has been made for possible 
country to country variation in calorific value 
or CO2 emission factors for primary fuels.

Electricity has been converted to CO2e 
on a country by country basis. Emissions 
factors from DEFRA were used for UK grid 
electricity and for overseas grid electricity 
from the relevant IEA “World CO2 Emissions 
from Fuel Combustion” databases. In 
accordance with UK government guidance, 
factors used for 2018 reporting are based 
on 2016 validated data.

Several sites within the Group purchase 
certified ‘green’ electricity. Electricity for 
these locations has been given a CO2e 
emissions factor of zero in calculating 
energy related emissions totals. These 
include the sites in the Netherlands, Marl 
(Germany) and all sites in the UK. For this 
year’s reporting, we have also sought to 
obtain market-based emissions factors 
for electricity from suppliers of standard 
grid fuel mix tariffs. This data is still under 
review so was not available in time for 
publication of this report – however, we 
remain confident that we can obtain this 
data for all our European operations as  
a minimum.

Synthomer’s site in Stallingborough (UK) 
takes most of its electricity from an exclusive 
contract with an adjacent waste incinerator 
operated by Newlincs. This electricity is 
certified as ‘green’ by the UK government. 
As a mixture of waste is deemed both 
renewable and non-renewable, it does not 
have a zero emission factor. For 2018, the 
applied emission factor for electricity from 
Newlincs is based around that determined 
for the site’s Climate Change Agreement 
(CCA) reporting of around 0.50 kg CO2e per 
kWh. The site is also provided with indirect 
heating in the form of hot water  
from Newlincs.

Figure 1 Recordable Injury Case Rates
(Injuries per 100,000 hours)

Recordable Injury Case Rates

Figure 2 Total Net Primary Energy Usage 
(Giga Joules per production tonne)

Figure 3 Total Water Withdrawal 
(m3 per production tonne) 

1.40

1.20

1.00

0.80

0.60

0.40

0.20

0.00

1.32

1.04

Recordable Case Rate

0.70

0.51

0.55

0.30

0.13

0.23

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

6.00

5.00

4.00

3.00

2.00

1.00

0.00

3.33

2.83

2.94

2.63

2.59

2.56

2.63

2.62

3.45

3.54

3.52

2007 2008 2009 2010

2011

2012

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

8.000

7.000

6.000

5.000

4.000

3.000

2.000

1.000

0.000

5.612

5.580

4.731 4.600

3.380

3.466

3.223

3.390 3.347

3.963 3.793

3.904

2007 2008 2009 2010

2011

2012

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Figure 4 Total Waste Disposed To Land 
(Tonnes waste per production tonne) 

Figure 5 Global Warming Burden 
(Tonnes CO2 equivalent released per 
production tonne) (Includes CO2 from 
energy generation/use) 

Figure 6 Recordable Process Safety 
Event Rate 
(Incidents per 100,000 hours)

Recordable Process Safety Event Rate

0.0160

0.0140

0.0120

0.0100

0.0080

0.0060

0.0040

0.0020

0.0000

0.0145

0.0116

0.0105

0.0054

0.0044

0.0032 0.0039 0.0037 0.0037 0.0036

0.0031

0.0051

2007 2008 2009 2010

2011

2012

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

0.250

0.200

0.150

0.100

0.050

0.000

0.173

0.176

0.185

0.175

0.170

0.175

0.170

0.157

0.201

0.198

0.199

2007 2008 2009 2010

2011

2012

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

0.00

0.26

Recordable PSE Rate

0.19

0.17

0.14

2015

2016

2017

2018

55

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160The reduction in reported VOC emissions, 
full realisation of some energy related 
projects implemented during 2017 and 
some smaller projects completed in 2018, 
as well as the purchase of “green” grid 
electricity for all UK and Dutch sites, also 
helped us make progress towards our 2021 
target. Whilst year on year we are currently 
slightly behind target, we are confident we 
can achieve the 2021 goals.

Changes in the emissions factors in 
different countries have a significant 
impact over which the Company has no 
control. For 2018, reporting the emissions 
factors for several countries showed an 
improvement, reflecting work done at 
national level to improve the renewables 
proportion of the grid supplies.

Sustainability continued

VOCs have been aggregated on a Group 
basis and converted to CO2e using a factor 
of eleven. This figure has been used by UK 
CIA member companies since 2005 and 
is at the upper end of the range for VOCs. 
Information on the release of refrigerant 
gases has been collected for the past six 
years. Releases of each individual gas have 
been aggregated each year to give a Group 
release total and then converted to CO2e 
using the equivalence factors given by 
DEFRA for each gas. The emissions factors 
applicable to refrigerant release in 2018 
are as per those in 2016 and 2017 as no 
changes were reported by DEFRA–Global 
Warming Potential (GWP) factors from the 
IPCC 4th assessment report.

Performance in 2018
 + Total CO2 equivalent emissions increased 

2.4% to 311,893 tonnes

 + Emissions per tonne sales production 
decreased 1.8% to 0.198 tonnes per 
tonne against the revised 2017 baseline

 + VOC emissions dropped 14% to  

141 tonnes

 + Increase of 33% in reported refrigerant 
losses to 2,355 tonnes / equivalent CO2 
losses rose to 7,627 tonnes

The absolute increase in emissions was 
largely due to higher production and 
therefore demand on our larger sites, 
but this higher output also meant that 
the intensity of our emissions in terms of 
releases per tonne were reduced. 15% of 
the absolute increase related to emissions 
from the plant in the Czech Republic 
that uses brown coal and the Group 
is reviewing options relating to the fuel 
balance on this site.

56

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Energy and GHG KPIs
This table presents environmental KPIs for 2016–18, with a coverage and format in line with DEFRA’s 2013 guidance, to comply with the 
reporting required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Report of the Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013.

Energy consumption1,7

GJ

Gas

Light oil

Heavy oil

Steam (metered)

Electricity (primary basis)

GJ/tonne production

Emissions to air2
Carbon dioxide (CO2) equiv. from energy tonnes3, 8
Tonnes CO2 equivalent/tonne production
Sulphur dioxide (SO2) (tonnes)
Kilos SO2/tonne production
Nitrogen oxides (NOx) tonnes4
Kilos NOx/tonne production

Volatile organic compounds (VOC) tonnes

Kilos VOC/tonne production

Refrigerant releases (HCFC and others) kilos
Tonnes CO2 equivalent
Kilos refrigerant/tonne production
Total Scope 1 CO2 equiv. emissions (tonnes)
Total Scope 2 CO2 equiv. emissions (tonnes)
Total carbon dioxide (CO2) equiv. tonnes5
Tonnes CO2 equivalent / tonne production

2018

2017

2016

% change 
2016 – 20186

% change 
2017 – 20186

5,560,467 5,352,562 5,279,491

1,561,042

1,459,411

1,375,411

22,625

5,533

24,990

4,651

24,933

4,452

751,545

756,890

792,785

2,633,115 2,523,661

2,551,197

3.524

3.541

3.452

302,717

298,163

296,487

0.192

142.5

0.0903

129.97

0.0824

141

0.089

2,355

7,627

0.197

158.3

0.1047

121.33

0.0803

164

0.109

1,773

4,485

0.194

140.6

0.0919

112.54

0.0736

184

0.121

1,681

5,930

0.0015

0.0012

0.0011

147,527

139,285

130,505

164,365

165,170

173,940

311,893

304,454

304,445

0.198

0.201

0.199

5.3%

13.5%

-9.2%

24.3%

-5.2%

3.2%

2.1%

2.1%

-1.0%

1.4%

-1.7%

15.5%

11.9%

-23.6%

-26.0%

40.1%

28.6%

35.8%

13.0%

-5.5%

2.4%

-0.7%

3.9%

7.0%

-10.5%

18.9%

-0.7%

4.3%

-0.5%

1.5%

-2.7%

-10.0%

-13.7%

7.1%

2.6%

-14.3%

-17.9%

32.9%

70.1%

27.3%

5.9%

-0.5%

2.4%

-1.8%

Notes
1.  Data relates to site usage of all fuels, excluding transport of goods to and from site and the movement of these vehicles on site. Internal transport on site 

is included.

2.  Emissions to air have been calculated from the usage of all fuels, excluding transport fuel. They, therefore, include both direct emissions and indirect emissions 
related to bought-in electricity, steam, compressed air, cooling water etc., with the exception of transmission and distribution losses for electricity (these losses 
are in Scope 3, this report is for Scope 1 & 2). 

3.  CO2 equivalent emissions include contributions from CH4 and N2O associated with combustion.
4.  NOx emissions are predominantly those from combustion processes. The CO2 equivalent Global Warming Potential contribution from these releases is already 

included in the CO2 from energy figure above.

5.  The total CO2e figure is the total of the CO2 equivalent from energy + the VOC contribution (assuming an average factor of 11 kg CO2e per kg VOC) + the  

refrigerant contribution.

6.  Percentage changes are calculated from the base data and may differ slightly from changes calculated from the data in the tables because of rounding.
7.  Minor changes to reported energy consumption (gas) made following corrections to reported conversion factors for two sites.
8.  Emissions reported for 2017 have increased after identification of an additional release source at the speciality plant in Belgium where light and heavy end fractions 

are incinerated. This has also led to a correction in the baseline for Synthomer’s targets to 2021.

By order of the Board.

R Atkinson
Company Secretary
4 March 2019

57

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Strategic report  IFC-57Governance  58-92Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Introduction to governance

Proactively focusing on corporate 
governance agenda

Dear Shareholders
I am pleased to report on our corporate 
governance compliance for 2018 in 
what has been a busy year with much 
accomplished by your Board and  
its Committees. 

The Board is also focused on improving 
diversity and a review of its succession plan 
which is underway will take into account 
the need to develop a diverse pipeline as 
well as assessing the skills and experience 
required for its future needs.

This will be our final year of reporting 
against compliance with the 2016 UK 
Corporate Governance Code and we 
were fully compliant throughout the year 
other than in respect of board balance 
which was addressed by the appointment 
of Holly A. Van Deursen in September 
2018. Details of the work of the Nomination 
Committee in carrying out the search 
process which led to the nomination 
of Holly are set out in the Nomination 
Committee report.

The internal performance evaluation of the 
Board and its Committees carried out at 
the end of the year built on the externally 
facilitated evaluation carried out in 2017 
and drew out further ways to improve 
our boardroom processes which we will 
implement in 2019. These improvements 
will increase the effectiveness of the Board 
and the way it operates so that the non-
executive directors can concentrate on 
those areas where they can make the  
most impact.

Our 2018 AGM resolutions all received 
near or above 90% support as did our 
June 2018 EGM resolution to increase the 
Company’s borrowing limit.

Corporate governance developments were 
monitored closely during the year and a 
suite of policies and practices approved 
during 2018 are now being implemented. 
This will ensure we will be well placed 
to be fully compliant with the 2018 UK 
Corporate Governance Code which 
became effective for us from 1 January 
2019. The Company’s culture and values 
was a key governance focus for the Board 
with the launch of a new Code of Conduct 
and independently hosted whistleblowing 
helpline toward the end of the year which 
the Board will assess and monitor on an 
ongoing basis.

Looking ahead the governance agenda 
remains full and will include the triennial 
review of our remuneration policy which we 
will consult shareholders on in the autumn 
ahead of seeking approval at the 2020 AGM.

Further details of the work of the Board and 
its Committees in support of the Group 
strategy during 2018 is contained in the 
following pages of the governance section.

Neil Johnson
Chairman
4 March 2019 

Neil Johnson
Chairman

58

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code
The Board considers that it has complied 
throughout the financial year ended 
31 December 2018 with the provisions set 
out in the 2016 UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the Code)*, other than in respect 
of Code Provision B.1.2 (board balance). 
Further details on how this non-compliance 
was remedied during the year is contained 
in the letter from the Chairman and the 
Nomination Committee report on pages 58 
and 72 respectively.

Application of the Code
The main principles of the Code were 
applied as follows:

Leadership and effectiveness
Operation of the board
The activities of the Company are 
controlled by the Board which, during 
2018, comprised two executive directors 
and six non-executive directors until the 
appointment of Holly A. Van Deursen in 
September 2018 when the number of 
non-executive directors increased to seven. 
The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive 
Officer are clearly divided between Neil 
Johnson who heads the Board in his 
capacity as non-executive Chairman and 
Calum MacLean who has responsibility for 
the running of the Company’s business as 
Chief Executive Officer. The non-executive 
directors all have wide business and 
boardroom experience gained in a broad 
range of business sectors, details of which 
are given on pages 60 and 61.

The Board has reserved to itself a schedule 
of matters which includes setting long-term 
objectives for the Group and the strategies 
to be employed in achieving them. The 
Board has delegated to the Chief Executive 
Officer responsibility for the development 
and preparation of the business plan and 
the annual budget for recommendation to 
the Board. As the senior executive director, 
the Chief Executive Officer is responsible 
for all aspects of day-to-day operational 
control of the Group and execution of the 
Group strategy. The Chief Executive Officer 
has established and chairs an Executive 
Committee (whose other members are 
the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief 
Counsel and Company Secretary, and the 
operational and functional presidents for the 
Group) to assist him in the performance of 
his duties and which meets once a month. 

The Chairman has available to him the 
minutes of the Executive Committee and all 
directors receive a monthly management 
report comprising business, financial and 
safety, health and environmental reviews 
from the Chief Financial Officer.

Governance snapshot
Board diversity – nationality

1

4

3

2

1  British 
2  Dutch 
3  Malaysian 
4  American 

Board diversity – gender

1

2

The Board has established Audit, 
Nomination, Remuneration and Disclosure 
Committees which are discussed on 
page 65.

1  Male 
2  Female 

Note
*  A full version of the Code can be found on the 
Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC) website 
www.frc.org.uk.

Board tenure

3

1

2

1  0-5 years 
2  5-10 years 
3  >10 years 

6
1
1
1

7
2

4
3
2

59

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Board of Directors

N A Johnson
Chairman
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Chairman of 
the Board and the Nomination and Disclosure 
Committees. Neil joined the Board in 2011 and was 
appointed Chairman in May 2012.
Key appointments: Neil is Chairman of Motability 
Operations Group plc (retiring April 2019), Centaur 
Media plc and Electra Private Equity plc and the 
senior independent non-executive director of the 
Business Growth Fund.
Skills and experience: Neil held senior executive 
positions at British Aerospace and in the UK motor 
manufacturing industry before becoming Chief 
Executive of RAC Holdings from 1995-1999.  
Neil has considerable experience as an 
independent non-executive director and public 
company chairman gained in multiple sectors  
and geographies.

C G MacLean
Chief Executive Officer
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Chief Executive 
Officer since January 2015; member of the 
Disclosure Committee.
Key appointments: Calum was appointed as a 
non-executive director of Saudi Basic Industries 
(SABIC) headquartered in Riyadh in October 2017 
and of Clariant Limited, an associated company of 
SABIC, in October 2018.
Skills and experience: Calum was previously a 
senior board executive of INEOS and was a founder 
member of the business in 1998. At INEOS he was 
executive chairman of INEOS Olefins and Polymers 
Europe and chairman of Styrolution, INEOS’s joint 
venture with BASF, and Petroineos Refining, INEOS’s 
joint venture with PetroChina. Calum had been Chief 
Executive of a number of its principal business units 
and actively involved in merger and acquisitions 
strategy and implementation. Prior to INEOS, he 
spent six years at Inspec (International Speciality 
Chemicals), a publicly listed company on the London 
Stock Exchange that was originally formed through a 
management buyout of BP Chemicals.

Dato’ Lee Hau Hian
Non-executive director
Nationality: Malaysian
Position and date of appointment:
Non-executive director since 2002; first joined the 
board in 1993 and stood down in 2000 to become 
an alternate director.
Key appointments: Hau Hian is a director of Kuala 
Lumpur Kepong Bhd and is the president of the 
Perak Chinese Maternity Association. He also 
serves as a director of Yayasan De La Salle.
Skills and experience: Hau Hian is the managing 
director of Batu Kawan Bhd, a listed Malaysian 
investments holding company, with interests in 
plantations and chemicals manufacturing.

Dr J J C Jansz
Independent non-executive director
Nationality: Dutch
Position and date of appointment: Independent 
non-executive director since April 2012; member of 
the Audit and Remuneration Committees.
Key appointments: Just is founder and managing 
director of Expertise Beyond Borders BV, an 
independent business and technology 
management consultancy providing services to the 
global chemical industry. He is Chairman of Econic 
Technologies Limited and a senior advisor at 
Natrium Capital Limited.
Skills and experience: Just has over 30 years 
chemical industry experience at Shell, Basell and 
LyondellBasell. Until July 2010 Just was president, 
Technology Business, and a member of the 
management team of LyondellBasell, overseeing 
process technology licensing, polyolefin catalysts 
and new ventures. Just has extensive experience in 
the polyolefin industry and related value chains, in 
commercialising innovation and in monetising IP. 
Just has previous experience as a non-executive 
director in the US and as an advisor in Saudi Arabia.

C A Johnstone 
Independent non-executive director
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Independent 
non-executive director since March 2015; Chair of 
the Audit Committee; member of the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees.
Key appointments: Caroline is Chair of Reece 
Group Limited, non-executive director and Chair of 
the Audit Committee of Shepherd Building Group 
Limited and is a member of the governing council of 
the University of Leeds. She was appointed as a 
non-executive director of Spirax-Sarco Engineering 
plc with effect from 1 March 2019. She also 
provides consulting services to a range of global 
chemical and industrial organisations. 
Skills and experience: Caroline is a chartered 
accountant and member of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants of Scotland. She was a 
partner in PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) until 
2009, having worked extensively with large global 
organisations on turnaround, culture change, 
delivering value from mergers and acquisitions and 
cost optimisation programmes. She sat on the 
board of the Assurance practice of PwC in the UK.

60

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018The Hon. A G Catto
Non-executive director
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: 
Non-executive director since 1981.
Key appointments: Alex is managing director of 
CairnSea Investments Limited, a private investment 
company, and a non-executive director of several 
early stage companies that have been backed by 
CairnSea. His current other directorships include 
Neptune Investment Management Limited.
Skills and experience: Prior to the establishment of 
CairnSea Alex was a director of Morgan Grenfell & 
Co and then Lazard Brothers & Co Ltd.

S G Bennett
Chief Financial Officer
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Chief 
Financial Officer since May 2015; member of 
the Disclosure Committee.
Key appointments: No external appointments.
Skills and experience: Stephen was previously at 
INEOS where he had been Chief Financial Officer at 
Petroineos Refining since 2006. In addition to this 
role, Stephen had acted as Chief Financial Officer 
of INEOS Upstream Limited, a start-up oil and gas 
exploration business, and of INEOS Olefins and 
Polymers South and INEOS Phenol. He joined 
Coopers & Lybrand in 1986 and is a qualified 
chartered accountant. He was at Full Circle 
Industries plc as company secretary  
and group controller before moving to 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) in 1997  
as a director in transaction services. At PwC, he 
specialised in public and private equity transactions 
across a variety of sectors including chemicals.

B W D Connolly
Senior Independent Director
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Independent 
non-executive director since January 2014; Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee; member of the 
Audit, Disclosure and Nomination Committees. 
Senior Independent Director since April 2015. 
Key appointments: Brendan is a non-executive 
director of Victrex PLC and two private equity 
backed companies, one of which he chairs.
Skills and experience: Brendan has over 30 years’ 
experience in the oil and gas industry. Until June 
2013 Brendan was a senior executive at Intertek 
Group plc and had previously been chief executive 
officer of Moody International (which was acquired 
by Intertek in 2011). Prior to Moody, he was 
managing director of Atos Origin UK, and spent 
more than 25 years of his career with Schlumberger 
in senior international roles over three continents. 
Brendan has previous experience as chairman of the 
remuneration committee of a UK listed company.

R Atkinson
Chief Counsel & Company 
Secretary
Nationality: British
Position and date of appointment: Company 
Secretary since 1998; Group Chief Counsel.
Key appointments: No external appointments.
Skills and experience: Richard qualified as a 
solicitor in 1988 practising as a corporate lawyer 
before moving into industry.

H A Van Deursen
Independent non-executive director
Nationality: American
Position and date of appointment: Independent 
non-executive director since September 2018; 
member of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees from 1 March 2019. 
Key appointments: Holly is a non-executive 
director of Bemis Company, Capstone Turbine 
Corporation and Actuant Corporation.
Skills and experience: Until 2005, Holly was Group 
Vice President, Petrochemicals, at BP. She has 
worked in the global chemical industry for over 
25 years and held senior positions across North 
America, Europe and Asia. In addition, Holly has 
11 years’ experience as a non-executive director  
in the USA.

61

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Corporate governance

Division of Responsibilities

Chairman

 + primarily responsible for the working and effectiveness of the Board
 + facilitating an effective contribution from the non-executive directors and a constructive relationship with the 

Chief Executive  
Officer

executive directors

 + ensuring the balance of membership of the Board is appropriate
 + ensuring that the Board is in full control of the Group’s affairs and has an effective dialogue with its shareholders
 + leading on all aspects of corporate governance

 + senior executive responsible for operational management of the Group 
 + development, preparation and implementation of the Group’s strategy as approved by the Board
 + communication of the Group’s culture and values
 + communicating the Group’s financial performance to investors in conjunction with the Chief Financial Officer
 + keeping the Board fully informed of all material issues

Senior Independent 
Director

 + to be available to shareholders when concerns have not been resolved through normal channels
 + to lead the annual appraisal of the Chairman
 + to develop a balanced understanding of the issues and concerns of major shareholders
 + to provide a sounding board for the Chairman

Non-executive 
Directors

Board reserved 
matters

 + to bring an independent and objective judgement to bear on issues of strategy, performance and resources of 

the Group 

 + to challenge constructively and scrutinise management performance

 + setting of long term objectives and strategies to be employed in achieving them including the approval  

of annual budgets

 + policy setting for safety, health and environmental matters, business conduct, diversity and human rights, 

recruitment and employment, risk management and treasury

 + material decisions on capital raising, financial commitments, capital expenditure, acquisitions and disposals 

and the prosecution, defence and settlement of litigation 

 + approval of information contained in communications to shareholders
 + the review and monitoring of performance

Board structure

Board

Audit Committee

Disclosure Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

 provides advice and services to the Board and its Committees 

 supports the Chairman in all governance matters

Company Secretary

CEO  
Executive 
Committee

Chief Financial 
Officer

Company Secretary 
& Chief Counsel

President – 
Performance 
Elastomers

President – 
Functional Solutions 

President – Industrial 
Specialities, M&A 
and Global HR

President – 
Corporate 
Development

President – 
Operations

62

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018During 2018 the Board held nine meetings with an additional 
half day dedicated to an annual strategy development review. 
The directors receive in advance full information on all matters 
to be discussed at Board meetings as well as a detailed review 
of performance. The non-executive directors met once without 
the Chairman to appraise his performance. The Board met once 
without the executive directors to appraise their performance.

In addition, arrangements are made each year for the Board to 
visit up to two of the Group’s operational sites and meet local 
management. Ad hoc site visits are facilitated for individual non-
executive directors on request. During 2018 the Board held one 
of its meetings in Malaysia and in conjunction with that meeting 
attended the opening ceremony for the latest phase of the Group’s 
Nitrile latex capacity expansion in Pasir Gudang. Presentations 
were given by local senior management on strategic issues relating 
to the Group’s Asian businesses during the visit.

Board activity in 2018

Safety,  
health and  
environment 

Innovation

Investing in 
organic growth

Internal control  
and risk  
management

Growth through 
acquisition

Governance  
and stakeholder 
relations

Financial  
performance

Leadership  
and people

Board activity in 2018 – Framework focused on strategy 

Safety, health and environment (SHE)
SHE performance and initiatives are 
reviewed at every meeting supported by 
a written report and presentation by the 
President for Operations.

Investing in organic growth
Material capital expenditure projects are 
subject to Board review and approval. 
During the year investment in a new 
innovation centre for the Asian region 
located in Johor Bahru, Malaysia, and 
capacity expansion projects at sites in the 
UK, France, and the USA were approved. 
Progress on the major capacity expansion 
projects approved in 2016 at sites in 
Malaysia and Germany were monitored 
throughout the year.

Growth through acquisition
The final review of the integration 
and synergy achievement of the PAC 
(Dispersions) acquisition which completed 
in June 2016 was carried out. Reports 
were received on the integration of the 
Speciality Additives and BASF Pischelsdorf 
acquisitions. Several acquisition 
opportunities were reviewed and the ‘deal 
log’ was considered at each meeting.

Financial performance
Financial, operational performance 
and strategic initiatives are reviewed at 
every meeting supported by reports and 
presentations from the executive directors 
and presidents. Detailed reviews of specific 
business areas were provided by the 
responsible president or functional head 
in conjunction with budget and strategy 
discussions and capital expenditure project 
reviews. Proposals for the refinancing of 
the Group’s main borrowing facilities were 
reviewed and approved.

Leadership and people
Succession planning processes and 
progress were reviewed with support from 
the Global HR Director. Regular reports 
were received from the Chief Executive 
Officer on planning for the introduction 
of the new global business structure 
which was implemented with effect from 
1 January 2019. The recommendation of the 
Nomination Committee for the appointment 
of an additional independent non-executive 
director was approved. 

Governance and stakeholder relations
Routine reports on governance and 
investor relations matters were given 
at each meeting. The progress and 
implementation of UK legislative and 
regulatory corporate governance reforms 
during the course of the year were 
monitored and the Board’s response was 
developed. An internal evaluation of the 
Board and its Committees was carried out. 

Internal control and risk management
As well as receiving regular reports from 
the Audit Committee on the Company’s 
internal control and risk management 
processes particular attention was paid to 
Brexit contingency planning.

Innovation
As a core pillar of business growth the 
global innovation function and its resources 
together with the product development 
pipeline was reviewed at the annual 
strategy development meeting. 

Site visits
The Board visited the Group’s Nitrile latex 
plant at Pasir Gudang (Malaysia). A visit was 
also made by some of the non-executive 
directors to the Group’s plants in Italy.

63

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Corporate governance continued

Board membership and balance
The Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and 
Senior Independent Director together with Chairs and members of 
the Audit, Nomination, Remuneration and Disclosure Committees 
are identified on pages 60 and 61. The Board considers that Holly A. 
Van Deursen, Caroline Johnstone, Just Jansz and Brendan Connolly 
are independent in accordance with the provisions of the Code. 
The Board composition remained unchanged until the appointment 
of Holly A. Van Deursen on 21 September 2018 which addressed 
the imbalance between the number of independent and non-
independent directors which had pertained since 1 January 2018. 

Non-executive directors are appointed for one-year terms. All 
directors submit themselves for annual election at each Annual 
General Meeting. 

The table below sets out the number of meetings of the Board, 
Audit, Remuneration, Nomination and Disclosure Committees 
held during the year and the number of meetings attended by 
each director. Where a director is unable to attend a Board 
or Committee meeting his or her views on agenda items are 
canvassed in advance of the meeting and incorporated into the 
discussions. The non-executive directors disclose to the Board 
their other significant commitments.

Number of meetings held

Number of meetings attended

Stephen Bennett

Alex Catto

Brendan Connolly

Holly A. Van Deursen

Just Jansz

Neil Johnson

Caroline Johnstone

Lee Hau Hian

Calum MacLean

Board

Committees

Scheduled

Called at 
short notice

Audit Remuneration

Nomination

Disclosure

6

6/6

6/6

6/6

1/1

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

3

3/3

3/3

3/3

N/A

3/3

3/3

3/3

1/3*

3/3

4

N/A

N/A

4/4

N/A

4/4

N/A

4/4

N/A

N/A

3

N/A

N/A

3/3

N/A

3/3

N/A

3/3

N/A

N/A

1

N/A

N/A

1/1

N/A

N/A

1/1

1/1

N/A

N/A

6

6/6

N/A

6/6

N/A

N/A

6/6

N/A

N/A

6/6

*  Two Board meetings were called at short notice to consider the terms of the refinancing of the Group’s main borrowing facilities which Lee Hau Hian was unable 
to join. He was however fully briefed and provided with relevant supporting papers and documentations and his views on the matters discussed were obtained in 
advance of both meetings.

Induction and training
Induction arrangements are in place in order to ensure 
new directors receive a full formal and tailored induction on 
appointment. Following the appointment of Holly A. Van Deursen, 
induction requirements were discussed and agreed and 
commenced in November 2018 with briefings from the Company’s 
lawyers and auditors on the UK regulatory regime for listed 
companies and governance and corporate reporting requirements 
respectively. Meetings were also arranged with members of the 
Executive Committee and functional leaders to give an overview 
of the Group’s operations, markets and head office departments. 
Arrangements will be made with Holly in 2019 for selected 
site visits. The Chairman reviews and agrees the training and 
development needs of the directors and the skills and knowledge 
of the Board as a whole are updated by briefings provided by 
the Company’s internal resources and materials, workshops and 
seminars offered by external advisers. During 2018 briefings were 
delivered to the Board on developments in corporate governance 
reporting and to the Remuneration Committee on governance and 
best practice in remuneration. The Audit Committee was provided 
with updates on governance and corporate reporting by PwC and 
a UK pensions workshop was held by Lane Clark & Peacock LLP. 

Performance evaluation
Following the externally facilitated evaluation of the performance 
of the Board, its Committees and directors carried out in 2017 the 
performance evaluation carried out in 2018 involved the following 
internal processes:

 + the performance of the executive directors was reviewed against 
their personal objectives for 2018 by the non-executive directors 
and the Chairman; 

 + a meeting of the non-executive directors (in the absence of the 

Chairman) chaired by the Senior Independent Director was held 
to evaluate the performance of the Chairman, taking into account 
the views of the executive directors;

 + the effectiveness of the Board and its Committees (Audit, 

Nomination, Remuneration) was evaluated by way of an internal 
self-assessment questionnaire process; and

 + an assessment of the performance of individual non-executive 

directors was carried out informally by the Chairman.

64

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018The Chief Executive Officer reports on shareholder relations at 
each Board meeting. Communications with shareholders relating 
to corporate governance matters are conducted by the Chairman 
with the assistance of the Chairs of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees. Reports on all meetings between non-executive 
directors and institutional shareholders and their representative 
bodies are given to the Board at the first opportunity following such 
meetings, as is all correspondence with them.

The Senior Independent Director is available to shareholders if they 
have concerns and where contact through the normal channels of 
the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer has failed to resolve or 
for which such contact is inappropriate.

The Board seeks to encourage participation of all shareholders, 
and in particular private investors, at the Company’s Annual 
General Meeting and endeavours to ensure all Board members 
are in attendance. In particular, the Chairs of the Audit, Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees are available to answer questions.

The Company makes use of its website www.synthomer.com to 
communicate with its shareholders and also publishes half and full 
year results, Company announcements, share price and corporate 
governance and other investor information there.

Information on the Company’s major shareholdings and share 
capital is included in the Report of the Directors on pages 89 to 91.

Accountability
An explanation of the directors’ responsibilities for preparing the 
financial statements, their report that the business is a going 
concern, a viability statement, a responsibility statement and their 
statement as to disclosure of information to the auditor are set out 
on pages 90 to 92. Statements by the auditor about its reporting 
responsibilities are set out on pages 93 to 99. 

A report on the approach to internal control is set out on the 
next page. The directors endeavour to make the Annual Report 
and financial statements as informative and understandable 
as possible.

Board and Committee evaluation process 
The effectiveness of the Board and its Committees was assessed 
internally in 2018. Questionnaires were developed and produced 
by the Company Secretary in conjunction with the Chairman 
of the Board and the Chair of each of the Audit, Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees. The questionnaire comprised 
open questions on the workings and effectiveness of the Board 
and its Committees. All directors were requested to complete 
questionnaires relating to the Board and each of the Committees. 
In addition regular attendees from management at the Audit 
Committee meetings were also requested to complete the 
questionnaire relating to that Committee. A report was prepared 
by the Company Secretary for the Chairman of the Board and the 
Committee Chairs and the results of the evaluations were reviewed 
and discussed at the Committee and Board meetings held in 
February 2019. The outcome of that process is reviewed in the 
Chairman’s letter on page 58.

Board Committees
The Board has formally established Audit, Nomination, 
Remuneration and Disclosure Committees, each with their own 
terms of reference which set out their respective roles and the 
authority delegated to them by the Board. Copies of the terms of 
reference are available upon request from the Company Secretary 
and can also be downloaded from the Company’s website. 
All non-executive directors have a standing invitation to attend 
Committee meetings unless they are notified otherwise.

The Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committee reports are 
set out at the end of this Corporate Governance report.

Relations with shareholders
Dialogue with institutional investors is conducted on a regular 
basis by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and 
the President – Corporate Development and meetings take place 
following the announcement of half and full year results and at 
other times according to circumstances. In addition to half and full 
year reporting, the Board has decided to continue with the practice 
of providing interim management statements notwithstanding that 
it is no longer a regulatory requirement to do so. 

The Board has adopted a set of shareholder communication 
principles in order to ensure that Board members develop an 
understanding of the views of the Group’s major shareholders. 
These principles require the Chairman to be present with the 
Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer at sufficient 
shareholder presentations and meetings that he fully understands 
the issues and concerns of major shareholders. Alternatively, the 
Chairman is also available for meetings with major shareholders at 
their request.

65

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Corporate governance continued

Risk management and internal control 
The Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility for the Group’s 
systems of risk management and internal control and for reviewing 
their effectiveness and sets appropriate policies to ensure that 
the Code requirements are met. The systems of risk management 
and internal control deployed within the Group are designed 
to reduce the risks of failure to meet business objectives, but 
these risks cannot be eliminated. The risk management and 
internal control systems adopted can therefore only provide 
reasonable, not absolute, assurance about meeting such business 
objectives or against material misstatement or loss. The Group 
risk management framework is set out on pages 32 to 37. Risks 
associated with safety, health and the environment are, by the 
nature of the Group’s business, always of the utmost concern 
and the Sustainability report on pages 44 to 57 reviews the 
Group’s performance in this regard in 2018. The Board confirms 
that a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group 
has been carried out and that it has monitored and reviewed the 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control 
systems in 2018.

The Group’s internal controls over the financial reporting and 
consolidation processes are designed under the supervision of the 
Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair 
presentation of the Group’s published financial statements for 
external reporting purposes in accordance with IFRS.

The processes which are used by the Board either directly or, 
where appropriate, through the Audit Committee to review the 
effectiveness of the internal control and risk management systems 
in relation to the financial reporting process and the process for 
preparing consolidated accounts include the following:

 + a review of the external and internal audit work plans;

 + consideration of reports from management and external parties, 
including the internal and external auditors, on the system of 
internal financial control and any material control weaknesses;

 + discussion with management of the actions taken on any 
possible problem areas for the business that are identified.

In addition, the Board:

 + receives copies of the minutes from all Audit Committee 

meetings;

 + receives regular written and oral reports from management  
on all aspects of production, operations, financial and risk 
management matters.

Safety, health and environmental matters
The maintenance of high standards of environmental (together with 
health and safety) protection is central to the Group’s business. 
A separate statement on safety, health and environmental (SHE) 
matters has been a feature of the Annual Report for a number of 
years and is contained in the Sustainability section of the Strategic 
Report on pages 44 to 57.

Code of Conduct
During 2018 the Group’s explanation and communication of its 
standards for conducting business, people policies and corporate 
citizenship responsibilities were reviewed leading to the launch 
of a consolidated and updated Code of Conduct toward the 
end of the year. The revised Code of Conduct was published in 
thirteen languages in interactive online and hard copy formats 
and delivered to all of the Group’s employees by e-mail and/
or hard copy. Code of Conduct “champions” were appointed 
in each country in which the Group operates to assist with the 
launch at a local level. In order to support the values contained in 
the Code of Conduct and promote the Group’s open culture, an 
externally hosted whistleblowing helpline, which can be accessed 
by telephone and online, was put in place in conjunction with the 
launch of the Code of Conduct. The whistleblowing helpline offers 
all Group employees and stakeholders an anonymous platform 
(where legally able to do so) available at all times to report unlawful 
or unethical behaviour, workplace incidents or concerns and to 
raise any queries regarding the application of the Code of Conduct. 
During 2019 workshops will be held across the Group to reinforce 
the importance of applying the highest ethical standards set out in 
the Code of Conduct. 

The Code of Conduct (which also contains details of how  
to access the whistleblowing helpline) is available at  
www.synthomer.com. In accordance with the 2018 UK  
Corporate Governance Code the Board will undertake a regular 
review of the operation of the helpline, the reports arising from 
it and the arrangements in place for their investigation and any 
follow-up actions. 

Further details of the standards, policies, practices and 
responsibilities contained in the Code and their application are 
contained in the Sustainability section of the Strategic Report on 
pages 48 and 49. 

66

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018business is developing and any issues faced by our people. We 
are also pleased to hear how all levels of the business are involved 
in understanding and managing our business risks. Feedback on 
these visits is provided to the Audit Committee and Board and we 
ask management to consider or address matters raised during our 
visits. In 2019, Group management will reflect on the support given 
by Group procurement to some of our smaller sites as a result of 
feedback received. 

During the year, the Group introduced a new Code of Conduct 
across all geographies and launched a new external Code of 
Conduct and Ethics (whistleblowing) helpline (which is outlined in 
more detail on page 66) and the Committee had oversight of this 
work. The new arrangements were rolled out in December 2018 
and the Board will monitor the implementation and use of the Code 
of Conduct and helpline during 2019.

In 2019, the Committee will focus on the Group’s internal control 
and risk management processes as well as reviewing our recent 
acquisitions and capital investments, with a focus on payback 
from these investments. We will also have a general review of our 
key accounting controls across the business and site reporting, 
particularly around costs. 

We set out further details of our work in the following pages.

On 1 March 2019, we added to the Committee and welcomed our 
new independent non-executive director, Holly A. Van Deursen, 
who brings significant industry experience. 

I am happy to answer any questions the shareholders may have at 
any time and look forward to meeting those who attend the AGM.

Caroline Johnstone
Audit Committee Chair
4 March 2019

Audit Committee report

Caroline Johnstone
Audit Committee Chair

Audit Committee Membership
Since 1 January 2018

Caroline Johnstone

Just Jansz 

Brendan Connolly

Holly A. Van Deursen

Position

Chair 

Appointment 
date

Number of 
meetings 
attended

April 2015

4/4

Independent non-
executive director 

Senior independent 
non-executive director

Independent non-
executive director

May 2012

4/4

March 2014

4/4

1 March 2019 n/a

Other attendees – by invitation

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Company Secretary (secretary to the 
Committee)

Group Operational Review Manager

Director of Group Finance

External Auditors

Dear Shareholders
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee report for the year 
ended 31 December 2018. 

As part of our core remit, the Committee has continued to focus on 
our oversight of the Group’s internal control and risk management 
processes and the development of our finance, internal audit 
and other control functions. This is particularly important as we 
realign our group structure from a regional to a global focus and 
as the risk environment continues to evolve, both in the UK and 
overseas. In 2018, senior management from the Europe, Americas 
and Asia regions as well as Group procurement and trading, IT 
and manufacturing met with us to present the risks identified in 
their business area using the Group’s risk management approach 
together with mitigating controls to manage the risks. We also 
asked for regular updates to the Board on particular aspects from 
the developing procurement and trading function. 

Alongside our formal meetings, members of the Committee visited 
our facility in Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) with the rest of the Board 
and had the opportunity to meet both staff and customers of the 
Asia business. Members of the Committee also separately visited 
our Filago and Sant’Albano sites in Italy as part of an ongoing 
programme of engagement with the business. These visits enable 
us to meet with a wide range of employees to hear directly how the 

67

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Audit committee report continued

Committee membership and meetings
The Committee is made up of myself (Chair), Brendan Connolly 
and Just Jansz – our experience is set out on pages 60 and 
61. In March 2019, Holly A. Van Deursen joined the Committee. 
I have recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes 
of Provision C.3.1 of the UK Corporate Governance Code as a 
Chartered Accountant, my roles chairing other Audit Committees 
and my previous position as a partner at PwC. Together, the 
Committee members have a wide range of financial, operational 
and commercial experience across the chemicals and engineering 
sectors and the Board has agreed that the Committee has 
experience relevant to the sectors we operate in.

In order to address our remit effectively, I believe it is important 
to have those with the technical or business knowledge in our 
meetings and I am pleased that the Chief Executive Officer and 
the Chief Financial Officer both attend our Committee meetings as 
well as other senior members of the Group finance team and the 
Group Operational Review Manager (who leads the Internal Audit 
function). PwC, led by audit partner Matthew Mullins, also attend 
our meetings. Other senior managers have regularly attended 
Committee meetings in 2018, at our request. Other members of the 
Board have a standing invitation to attend meetings unless notified 
otherwise and we regularly have the full board in attendance. 

Activities during the year
The Committee met formally four times during 2018 with the following principal activities:

Feb

Apr

Aug

Nov

Financial reporting

Full year results preliminary announcement and Annual Report

Half year results and interim announcement

Significant accounting judgements and estimates

Going concern and viability statements

Fair, balanced and understandable statement

FRC updates and guidance

Alternative Performance Measures

Update on new accounting standards

Internal controls and risk management

Update and specific areas of risk review*

Formal review – internal controls & risk assessment processes

External audit

Assessment of external auditor’s independence, objectivity and effectiveness

Reappointment of external auditor

Management representation letter

Non-audit fees and services policy

External audit plan

Internal audit

Reviewing internal audit reports, progress to plan, actions implementation

Assessment of internal audit effectiveness

Internal annual audit programme discussion and approval

Other

Interest rate risk review and refinancing

Update on implementation of GDPR

Review of mandatory training across the Group

Revision of the Code of Conduct and whistleblowing helpline

Tax strategy review and approval

Report on whistleblowing, bribery & fraud prevention

Review and update on the funding arrangements of the Group’s pensions “teach-in”  
and update on global pension arrangements

Review of transfer pricing arrangements across the Group

Audit Committee workplan, report and terms of reference update

Audit Committee evaluation and actions arising

*    Specific areas of risk management review during the year included:
  Working capital, 

Business continuity planning
Capital expenditure reviews, 
IT, including manufacturing control systems, 
Procurement 

The Group refinancing proposals were also presented at full Board meetings. 

68

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
The Committee also meets on a regular basis with PwC and 
with the Group Operational Review Manager separately without 
management present. The Committee meets privately as required 
to discuss our views on matters such as how we see the company 
culture developing and forthcoming agendas.

satisfied with the assumptions used and with the way that the 
schemes had been accounted for. The Committee reviewed the 
assumptions and methodology used by management, including 
comparisons to those used by other companies and concurred 
with their conclusions.

In addition, outside of the formal meetings, I meet regularly on 
a one to one basis with the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief 
Financial Officer, other senior members of the Group finance team 
and PwC to develop the Committee’s programme of work as well 
as review progress in addressing actions agreed by  
the Committee. 

I also focus on ensuring that we have sufficient time to address key 
issues in Committee meetings.

As set out in my introductory comments, members of the 
Committee visited Pasir Gudang (Malaysia) and also the 
manufacturing sites in Italy during the year as part of an  
ongoing programme of engagement with the business.

The role and responsibilities  
of the Audit Committee
The Committee has a detailed remit focused on the integrity of our 
financial reporting, internal controls and risk management, with 
oversight of both external and internal audit. 

The full terms of reference, reviewed and updated during the year, 
are available on the Company’s website www.synthomer.com. 

Addressing our remit
Significant areas of judgement and estimate 
As part of our monitoring of the integrity of the financial statements, 
the Committee assesses whether suitable accounting policies have 
been adopted and considers particular areas where management 
has had to exercise judgement or make estimates. The main areas 
which we reviewed during the year ended 31 December 2018, 
together with a summary of our work, are set out below: 

 + Taxation: 

With operations across eighteen countries, significant judgement 
has to be exercised by management, with advice from appropriate 
tax advisors, to arrive at tax provisions, given that the final tax 
outcome is uncertain and may not be known for several years.  
The Group Head of Tax presented to the Committee the basis for 
calculating the effective tax rate including whether any local tax 
audits were ongoing, and the rationale and judgement for each of 
the provisions. The Committee reflected on the provisions in the 
light of our Group tax strategy and also reflected on the work done 
by the external auditor who also reviewed the judgements that had 
been made, using tax specialists as appropriate, and provided the 
Committee with their assessment of the appropriateness of 
management judgements. The Committee concurred with 
management’s view.

 + Pensions: 

The Group operates a number of defined benefit schemes 
(particularly in the UK and Germany) which have significant 
liabilities as outlined in note 26 to the Group financial statements. 
Although the UK schemes were closed to future accrual during 
2009, they are still sensitive to changes in actuarial assumptions. 
The Group uses appropriately qualified external actuarial advisers 
to help establish the actuarial assumptions used in the valuation of 
the Group’s pension liabilities. During their audit, the external 
auditor evaluated the assumptions and methodologies used by 
the Group’s actuarial advisers and management and assessed 
whether the assumptions made were appropriate and not 
materially different from external benchmarks for similar types of 
schemes. The external auditors reported to us that they were 

 + Purchase of business: 

The accounting for the acquisition of the BASF Pischelsdorf SBR 
business (Austria) is shown in the note 31 to the accounts. For 
the acquisition, the assets and liabilities have been included at 
fair value with the balance of consideration shown as goodwill. 
KPMG LLP were engaged to advise on the fair value of the 
property, plant and equipment (PPE). Overall, their conclusion 
was that the total fair value of the PPE was marginally higher than 
the carrying value, mainly in relation to Land and Buildings. 
KPMG LLP also performed a valuation of the intangibles, of 
which the only one of significant value was the customer 
relationships. The external auditors reviewed the work 
undertaken by KPMG LLP. The Committee reviewed the 
methodology used by KPMG LLP along with their conclusions 
and discussed them with the external auditor. The Committee 
concurred with management’s view on the fair value of the 
acquired business.

During the year, we had regular updates on the likely impact of new 
accounting standards. Several new accounting standards were 
adopted in the year:

 + IFRS 9 (Financial Instruments) had no material impact on our results;
 + IFRS15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) – 

management undertook a complete review of revenue 
recognition in 2017, with a detailed questionnaire sent to all sites 
and concluded that no material changes were required to how 
the Group accounts for revenue; and 

 + IFRS 16 (Leases) will be adopted by the Group on 1 January 

2019 using the modified retrospective implementation method 
which was deemed the most appropriate and the required 
disclosure is contained in the notes to the financial statements.

Fair, balanced and understandable
The work undertaken by management (and reviewed by the 
Committee) to support the Board’s statement included:

 + establishing a working group of key individuals, who are 

appropriately qualified, within the Group to oversee the drafting 
of the Annual Report;

 + the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer confirming 
that, in their opinion, the drafting of the Annual Report was ‘fair, 
balanced and understandable’;

 + where appropriate, requesting that certain key contributors to 

sections of the Annual Report (for example, presidents and chief 
financial officers of business units) sign a declaration confirming 
the accuracy of the information provided;

 + arranging for Deloitte LLP, the Company’s remuneration 

consultants, to review the Directors’ Remuneration Report and 
having our design agency, Luminous, proofread drafts of the 
whole Annual Report; 

 + an audit trail was completed by the Director of Group Finance for 

material data underpinning non-financial information in the 
Annual Report;

 + circulating drafts of the Annual Report to PwC, the Committee 

and the Board for review; and

 + discussing material disclosure items at a meeting of the 

Committee held in February 2019.

The Committee discussed the ‘fair, balanced and understandable’ 
statement at a meeting in February 2019 in the light of the above 
and, having done so, recommended that the Board provide it in 
the form set out on page 92.

69

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Audit committee report continued

Going concern
The process conducted by management was reviewed by  
the Committee to support the Board’s statement – the  
process included:

 + Reviewing the Group’s available sources of funding and, in 
particular, testing the covenant and assessing the available 
headroom using a range of sensitivities.

 + Reviewing the short, medium and long-term cash flow forecasts 

in various severe but plausible scenarios.

 + Assessing the level of available facilities, which are considered 
necessary to support the Group’s ability to trade and deliver 
future growth.

 + Assessing the Group’s current and forecast activities, including any 
long-term contracts and order books, and those factors considered 
likely to affect its future performance and financial position.

The Committee discussed the going concern statement at a 
meeting in February 2019 and, having done so, recommended that 
the Board provide it in the form set out on page 91.

Viability statement
The Board has chosen to consider the prospects of the Group 
over a five year period ending 31 December 2023, consistent with 
the five year Strategic Plan of the Group, as they consider it to be 
a period over which the Group actively focuses on its long term 
product development and capital expenditure investments.

The Committee’s robust assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Group included a review of the potential impact of severe but 
plausible scenarios that could threaten the viability of the Group 
and the potential mitigations that management believes would be 
available. These scenarios included trading volatility, increased 
competition, disruption as a result of Brexit, delays in capacity 
improvement, failure of new products and the temporary loss of a 
manufacturing site. They also included significant foreign currency 
exchange rate and interest rate movements, which are deemed to 
be outside the control of the Group. The Committee discussed the 
viability statement at a meeting in February 2019 and, having done 
so, recommended that the Board provide it in the form set out on 
page 37.

External audit
At its meetings in November 2018 and February 2019, the 
Committee discussed the 2018 audit process:

November 2018

PwC’s audit plan 

Outcome/action taken  
by the Committee

Challenged and agreed by  
the Committee

The Chair of the Committee was in regular discussion with PwC’s 
lead audit partner to discuss the progress of the audit. Ahead of 
and following the conclusion of the February 2019 meeting, the 
Committee met PwC without management being present: no 
significant issues were raised.

Systems of risk management and internal 
controls effectiveness 
Each year, the Board is required to conduct a review of the 
effectiveness of the Group’s systems of risk management and 
internal control. The Board’s statement about this review is set 
out on page 66. At a meeting in February 2019, the Committee 
reviewed management’s assessment of the key elements of these 
systems and confirmed their overall effectiveness. In forming its 
conclusion, the Committee reflected on matters such as:

 + The internal audit programme completed during 2018 and the 

progress in implementing actions arising therefrom. 

 + Our own programme of risk reviews and discussions with senior 

managers across the Group throughout the year.

 + Assurance (Committee papers, Board and Committee 

presentations and discussions) that management continued to 
review the Group’s key financial controls to ensure that they 
supported the Group’s continued growth.

 + The key controls questionnaire, which is completed and signed 
by each operating unit across the Group on a quarterly basis.

 + Half yearly representations from financial and commercial 
management in the business to the Chief Financial Officer.

Whistleblowing
At each Committee meeting during the year, the Committee was 
provided details of the issues reported during the period and how 
management had investigated them, together with any update 
on ongoing investigations. No material issues were reported 
during the year. As discussed above, a new Code of Conduct 
and a new external (whistleblowing) helpline was implemented in 
December 2018.

Internal audit
The Group Operational Review Manager (who leads the internal 
audit function) was appointed in 2016. We have a dedicated and 
focused in-house internal audit function, which draws on specialist 
resources as required. At each meeting, the Committee reviewed 
progress against the internal audit annual plan and explored areas 
identified for action. The Committee also reviewed completed 
audit reports, focusing on recurring themes, which might require 
group actions, and areas where there was divergence from self-
assessments prepared. 

PwC’s audit risk assessment (discussed 
with key function and group managers)

Discussed with PwC (including  
the approach to identified risks) 

To assess the effectiveness of internal audit, the Committee 
reflected on:

 + Internal audit reports during the year.
 + Feedback from operational and finance functions on the quality 

of the internal audit reports and activities in the form of a 
questionnaire, which was circulated to key managers.
 + Compliance with appropriate internal audit professional 

standards.

 + Implementation of internal audit recommendations.

Materiality level for the audit

PwC’s resources

Audit fee and terms of engagement 

February 2019

Confirmation of PwC’s audit plan 

Agreed with PwC  
(at a similar level to 2017), after reviewing 
local materiality, local statutory accounts 
required and site visits by PwC group team

Reviewed and discussed with PwC,  
in particular, the experience of PwC  
audit partners in our key territories

Reviewed, challenged and  
approved by the Committee

PwC confirmed no material  
changes made to agreed plan

Audit findings, significant issues and other 
accounting judgements

Discussed with PwC and management

Management representation letter

Reviewed and approved by the Committee

PwC’s independence and objectivity and 
quality control procedures

Independence and objectivity confirmed; 
quality control procedures reviewed

70

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Responses to the questionnaire included positive feedback around 
planning and quality of internal audit and there was a request 
to engage local language resources to make the audits more 
efficient. In the coming year, the function will focus on concluding 
the audit reporting process and ensuring implementation of 
recommendations on a timely basis. On the basis of our review, the 
Committee concluded that the function was operating effectively 
although we continue to review the resources required for the 
developing Group.

The internal audit plan for 2019 was reviewed at our meeting in 
November 2018 and includes auditing areas which account for more 
than 85% of operating profit as well as certain key central functions 
such as capital expenditure approval processes and compliance. 
Specialists will be included in a number of audits as appropriate.

External audit relationship
Auditor objectivity and independence and  
non-audit services provided by the auditor 
With effect from 1 January 2018, the Committee adopted a revised 
policy on the provision of non–audit services by the external 
auditor. We have more clearly defined the very limited non-audit 
services which can be provided by the external auditors. Services 
can only be provided if approved by the Committee and subject to 
a cap of 70% of the average of audit fees for the preceding three 
years – with discretion to exceed this until January 2020. The 
policy is in compliance with the FRC Ethical Standard for Auditors 
effective from April 2017 and a full copy of our policy on the 
provision of non-audit services by the external auditor is available 
on the Company website. www.synthomer.com

Details of audit and non-audit fees paid to the auditor in 2018 are 
set out in note 8 on page 117. Non-audit fees principally relate 
to reporting accounting work on the aborted bond offering and 
to the interim review at the half year. The Committee concluded 
that PwC’s independence and objectivity was not compromised 
by providing these services and that, as a result of its knowledge 
of the Group and its financial statements, it was in the Group’s 
interests to engage PwC to do so. 

As part of the 2018 audit, PwC confirmed that it was independent 
within the meaning of applicable regulatory and professional 
requirements. Taking this into account and having considered 
the steps taken by PwC to preserve its independence and the 
approach to non-audit services set out above, the Committee 
concluded that PwC continues to demonstrate appropriate 
independence and objectivity.

Effectiveness of the external audit
During the year the Committee evaluated the performance and 
effectiveness of the external auditors, PwC and Matthew Mullins, 
our audit partner. Feedback was obtained from people across 
the business who were involved with the external audit and the 
Committee reflected on the effectiveness of Matthew Mullins and 
team members, both in Committee meetings and in discussions 
with the Audit Committee Chair.

The Committee assessed the robustness of the audit, the  
quality of delivery of the audit against the agreed plan and the 
competence with which the auditors handled key accounting 
estimates and judgements. 

We also reviewed the FRC’s report highlighting their conclusions 
from a review of a selection of PwC audits. 

Having considered all of these factors the Committee concluded 
that the external auditors were effective.

Re-appointment of the auditor
PwC was re-appointed external auditor in 2016, following a 
full retender process, having been the Group’s auditors since 
2012. Having assessed the effectiveness of the external audit 
referred to above and the independence of PwC, the Committee 
recommends the re-appointment of PwC at the 2019 Annual 
General Meeting. 

Statement of compliance
The Committee confirms that, during the year ended 31 December 
2018, the Company complied with the applicable provisions 
of the Competition and Markets Authority’s Statutory Audit 
Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory 
Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee 
Responsibilities) Order 2014.

Committee evaluation
In 2018, we undertook a thorough internal evaluation of the 
Committee’s performance using a questionnaire process, with 
input from regular attendees as well as the Committee members. 
We covered all aspects of the Committee’s agenda and approach, 
including composition, remit and culture of the Committee. The 
feedback was positive about our progress in overseeing and 
challenging the systems of risk management and supportive of 
continuing to develop this in 2019. Like most businesses, we continue 
to consider the appropriate level of internal audit resource and this will 
be closely monitored as we continue to grow and develop.

71

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Nomination Committee report

Neil Johnson
Nomination Committee 
Chair

Nomination Committee
Since 1 January 2018

Neil Johnson

Brendan Connolly

Caroline Johnstone

Position

Chair 

Appointment 
date

Number of 
meetings 
attended

May 2012

1/1

Senior independent 
non-executive director

Independent non-
executive director

March 2014

1/1

April 2015

1/1

Role
The Committee’s remit includes responsibility for: 

 + The regular review of the structure, size and composition 

(including the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity) of 
the Board and the making of recommendations with regard to 
any changes; 

 + leading the process for Board appointments and nominating 

candidates for non-executive positions; and 

 + considering succession planning for directors and senior 

executives and reviewing the succession plans put forward for 
ensuring the executive leadership needs of the Company are met.

Activities in 2018
The Nomination Committee held one formal meeting during 2018 as 
well as meetings in combination with other formal meetings of the 
Board where it was appropriate to do so. In addition, a number of 
informal meetings and telephone calls plus several interviews took 
place in connection with the nomination process referred to below. 

The Committee reviewed progress against the 2018 management 
succession action plan presented to the Board at the start of the 
year and initiated a review of the Board succession plan which 
will be completed during 2019. Following Jinya Chen’s retirement 
from the Board at the end of 2017 the Committee commenced a 
search for a replacement independent non-executive director. The 
Committee led the process for nominating Holly A. Van Deursen as 
an independent non-executive director which involved a thorough 
review of a range of candidates put forward by an independent 
recruitment consultancy, Egon Zehnder (with which the Company 
has no other connection). The consultancy conducted an extensive 
search exercise and were briefed on the Board’s policy on 
diversity. The Board’s approval of the Committee’s nomination of 
Holly A. Van Deursen addressed outcomes from previous Board 
evaluation processes regarding the Board composition and was 
also in accordance with the Board’s diversity policy. 

Diversity
The Board adopted its current policy on diversity in 2014 in 
recognition of the importance of diversity in strengthening 
decision making and competitiveness. This policy seeks to 
ensure that diversity in its broadest sense is taken into account in 
the process of making appointments on merit against objective 
selection criteria. Gender and ethnicity are acknowledged as 
significant elements of diversity and the Committee is mindful 
of the recommendations of the Hampton-Alexander, Parker and 
McGregor-Smith Reviews but has not recommended to the Board 
the setting of quotas for female or other representation at this time. 

A copy of the diversity policy is available at www.synthomer.com. 
Further details on the Company’s approach to, and reporting on, 
diversity are contained within the Strategic report.

Neil Johnson
Chair
4 March 2019

72

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Directors’ Remuneration report

Variable pay outcomes: 

Plan

Bonus

Brendan Connolly
Remuneration Committee 
Chair

Remuneration Committee membership 
Since 1 January 2018

Appointment 
date

Number of 
meetings 
attended

March 2014

3/3

Total (% of maximum opportunity)

LTIP

EPS Growth

24.5p to 28.6p

Relative TSR Median to Upper quartile

Position

Chair 

Independent non-
executive director 

Independent non-
executive director 

Independent non-
executive director

Brendan Connolly

Just Jansz 

Caroline Johnstone

Holly A. Van Deursen

Other attendees: 

Chief Executive Officer

President Global HR

Group HR Director

May 2012

3/3

April 2015

3/3

1 March 2019 N/A

Company Secretary 

Deloitte LLP

Dear Shareholders
I would like to thank our shareholders for their continued support 
in 2018, specifically for the Remuneration Report where 97% 
approval was given at the 2018 AGM. Our existing policy was 
originally approved at the 2017 AGM and is still current, and no 
changes have been proposed or made during this reporting 
period. We will present a new policy for approval at the 2020 AGM, 
which means that we will consult with our shareholders during 
2019 on our proposed policy.

Remuneration outcomes in 2018
Base salaries: Salary levels for the Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer were last reviewed with effect from 
1 January 2016, and were frozen at that level for a three year 
period. From 1 January 2019, the Chief Executive Officer’s salary 
was increased by 3.0%, in line with the average pay increase 
for the Group’s UK employee population. The Chief Financial 
Officer’s salary was increased by 4.8% from 1 January 2019, 
following careful consideration by the Remuneration Committee. 
This adjustment has been made to reflect a combination of 
performance in the role since his appointment in May 2015  
and the increasing size and complexity of the business.

KPI

Range

2018 
Performance

Achieved

Underlying 
PBT

£123.5m to £143m

£135.5m

SHE RIR

0.20 or less

SHE PSER

0.20 or less

Strategic 
goals

Includes; M&A activity, 
the development of  
risk management  
processes and controls  
and strengthening  
of organisational  
capabilities.

61.5%

0.0%

5.0%

10.0%

76.5%

40.0%

32.0%

0.23

0.14

Met in full

32.8p

Between  
median  
and upper 
quartile

15% to 20%

21%

10.0%

£31.7m to £63.4m

£39.2m

4.2%

Strategic 
– New  
product  
sales (by 
volume)

Strategic 
– M&A 
cumulative 
underlying PBT

Total (% of maximum opportunity) 

86.2%

Bonus plan: 76.5% of maximum opportunity achieved.

The bonus plan consists of three parts: Financial (80% on 
Underlying PBT); SHE (10%); and Strategic Personal Goals (10%).

 + Financial: 61.5% achieved. Underlying PBT of £135.5m (PY 

£121.1m) was achieved against an on-target goal of £130m with 
adjustments related to currency and M&A activity. We saw strong 
organic growth from the Asia and Rest of the World segment 
which more than compensated for headwinds in Europe and 
North America. 

 + SHE: 5% achieved. This goal is split equally between Reportable 

Injury Rate (RIR) and Process Safety Event Rate (PSER). The 
journey towards a ‘best in class’ culture continues in SHE and 
though we understood that the 2017 result was exceptional, we 
challenged Management to continue the downward long-term 
trend in safety incidents, which they have done despite not 
hitting the RIR target but achieving the PSER goal.

 + Personal Strategic goals: 10% achieved. Both the Chief 

Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have delivered 
excellent performance against their specific personal goals in 
2018, leading to significant progress in a number of key strategic 
areas. These include:

 – delivery of strengthened risk management processes  

and controls 

 – continued drive in the M&A area, with sound scrutiny and 

discipline shown in the selection and rejection of opportunities, 
as well as the acquisition processes undertaken

 – the strengthening of Synthomer’s people structure

 – the design and implementation of a new global organisational 

structure focused on customers and markets.

73

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Directors’ Remuneration report continued

LTIP: 86.2% achieved. 

The plan consists of EPS growth (40%), Relative TSR (40%) and 
Strategic goals (20%). 

Alignment to Group strategy
In line with the prior year, the strong link and alignment between 
the remuneration structure and the Group strategy of innovation, 
excellence and growth is a key focus for the Committee. 

 + -EPS growth: 40% achieved. The 21.5p EPS base from 2015 has 
grown substantially during the last three years and the outcome 
of 32.8p is above the maximum target of 28.6p.

 + Relative TSR: 32% achieved. The Group performance against 
the FTSE 250 (excluding investment and financial services) 
landed at just below the Upper Quartile.

 + Strategic goals: 14.2% achieved. New Products as a % of Group 
sales (by volume) was 21%, over the 20% maximum, excluding 
turnover attributable to acquisitions made subsequent to the 
setting of the performance condition where there is no scope for 
new product development. The cumulative PBT (over 3 years) from 
M&A was £39.2m, and therefore fell short of the maximum.

When stepping back and reviewing the bonus and LTIP outcomes 
versus the overall performance of the Group, the Committee 
considered whether the outcomes were aligned to the ‘look and 
feel’ of what we have observed during the year and felt that they 
were an accurate reflection of the overall performance.

Innovation: using R&D and process engineering to deliver 
new and improved products in the medium and long term to 
successfully compete in the speciality chemical sector is reflected 
in the LTIP where the management and all the LTIP participants are 
challenged to deliver a percentage of volume from new products 
over a five year period.

Excellence: safety, health and environmental performance is 
critical for risk management and being able to deliver a safe and 
environmentally controlled workplace, avoiding potential physical 
and reputational damage. Measures for both personal and process 
safety are captured in the bonus plans of the Chief Executive Officer, 
the Chief Financial Officer and the wider organisation. Excellence 
also includes operational processes, efficiency, cost management, 
utilisation, product quality and an array of other measures which are 
all captured through objectives for the key operational executives 
and those directly involved in managing the plants.

Chairman’s Fee: The Chairman’s fee was reviewed for the 
first time in two years. Based on the continued increase in the 
complexity of the business and time commitment in the role, 
as well as external market positioning for equivalent roles, a fee 
increase from £170,000 p.a. to £180,000 p.a. was agreed with 
effect from 1 January 2019.

Activities during the year 
The introduction of the 2018 Governance Code and new corporate 
governance reporting requirements has been discussed and 
appropriate training has been given to the Committee and wider 
Board, with the Committee’s terms of reference updated to reflect 
the changes. Below is a brief list of the discussions held and 
decisions taken in 2018 during the Committee’s three meetings. 

Activity of the Committee in 2018

Approval of participants in LTIP

Approval of KPI components of the LTIP

Approval of bonus plan outcomes for 2018

Approval of LTIP outcomes for 2018

Approval of salary increases for executive directors

Approval of salary increases for senior management

Review of remuneration structure for the wider Group

Review and approval of Gender Pay Gap data

Evaluation of Committee performance

Review of EC styrene investigation

Training in corporate governance and reporting developments

Review of market practices and trends

Review and approval of Chairman’s fee

Review and updating of terms of reference

Review and gap analysis on guidance from Proxy agencies

Review and gap analysis on new governance regime

Discussion on ‘employee voice’ to take to the Board

Discussion of post – employment shareholding and pension 
payments under the new Code

Review of training and development within the Group

Interaction with remuneration consultants on various topics

74

Growth: organic year on year growth, M&A and internal capital 
investment remain important strategic initiatives to drive financial 
growth, increase capacity and a wider speciality product base 
to achieve increased market share. The bonus plan and the LTIP 
through PBT, EPS, TSR and specific expansion objectives are 
aligned and weighted heavily towards driving a healthy growth. 
Due to the large amount of investment in projects in 2017 and 
2018, we have added a ROIC measure to the LTIP seeking 
quantified returns on specific projects.

UK Corporate Governance Code  
and other regulatory changes 
As noted above, the Committee is closely monitoring 
developments in the corporate governance and regulatory 
environment, including areas such as post-employment 
shareholding requirements and executive pension alignment. 
We will present a new policy for approval at the 2020 AGM, and 
will consult with our shareholders on all aspects of our proposed 
remuneration policy during 2019.

Following the 2018 announcement of the regulations around the 
methodology to be used in respect of CEO to employee pay ratio 
disclosures, the Group is working on collating the appropriate data 
needed to meet the new requirements, and will comply with the full 
regulations in our 2019 Annual Report.

Remuneration Report
The Directors Remuneration report will not require a binding vote 
for the policy at the 2019 Annual General Meeting, however the 
Annual Report on Remuneration, will, as in previous years, be 
subject to an advisory vote.

I would like to thank the Committee for their work, debate and 
input during the year and look forward to interacting with our 
stakeholders during the policy renewal process in 2019.

Brendan Connolly
Chair
4 March 2019

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018At a glance
2018 outcomes:

 + Base salaries were increased for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer by 3.0% and 4.8% respectively from 1 January 

2019. Salary levels had been frozen from 1 January 2016 for a three year period.

 + Annual bonus plan – 76.5% of maximum opportunity achieved. 

 + 2016 LTIP award vested at 86.2% of maximum opportunity.

Directors’ remuneration – policy principles
The key principles for executive directors’ remuneration at Synthomer are as follows:

 + Sufficient to attract and retain executive directors of the ability and expertise necessary to achieve the strategic goals of the Company.

 + Incentivise executive directors by rewarding performance and driving the right behaviours.

 + Align executive director reward with the experience of shareholders. 

In setting executive directors’ remuneration, the Committee takes account of pay and conditions throughout the Group. The Committee 
also considers corporate governance requirements and best practice in terms of remuneration structures and the process of setting 
executive remuneration. 

The Committee reviews performance targets regularly to ensure that they do not encourage or motivate inappropriate risk taking. 
Furthermore, the Committee, when necessary, will take into account any environmental, social and governance (ESG) events and the 
Audit Committee’s reviews of the effectiveness of internal controls and risk management when assessing performance.

The following diagram provides an overview of the key elements of reward for executive directors and the performance measures used.

Key elements of reward

Base  
salary

Pension  
& benefits

Annual  
bonus

Performance 
Share Plan

At least 70%
Profit before tax

At least 80%
Based on financial measures

Up to 30%
Strategic and operational 
measures, including personal 
objectives

2019 awards:
80% Profit before tax
10% SHE
10% Individual strategic  
and operational goals

Up to 20% 
Strategic measures

2019 awards:
40% Relative TSR
40% EPS growth
20% Strategic measures

Directors’ remuneration – policy summary
Set out in the table below is a summary of our Directors’ Remuneration Policy (“the Policy”) as it applies to executive directors. 

The Policy was put forward, and received shareholder approval, at the Company’s 2017 AGM in accordance with section 439A of the 
Companies Act 2006. The Policy has been effective from 27 April 2017 and is available in full at www.synthomer.com.

75

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Policy table

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

None, although individual  
and Company performance 
are factors taken into account 
when considering salary 
increases.

Base salary

Supports the recruitment 
and retention of 
executive directors.

Salary levels are generally 
reviewed annually by the 
Committee.

Reflects the individual’s 
skills, experience, 
performance and role 
within the Company.

When reviewing salary  
levels the Committee  
takes into account:

 + the individual’s skills, 

experience and 
performance; 

 + the size and scope of the 

individual’s responsibilities; 

 + pay and conditions 

elsewhere in the Group;

 + pay at companies of  

similar size; and

There is no overall maximum 
for salary opportunity or 
increases. Salary increases 
will normally be in-line with the 
increases awarded to other 
employees within the Group. 

Larger increases may 
be made under certain 
circumstances, including, but 
not limited to:

 + an increase in the scope 

and/or responsibility of the 
individual’s role; 

 + the development of the 
individual within the role;

 + alignment to market levels; 

 + the complexity and 

and

international scope of  
the Group.

 + corporate events such  

as a significant acquisition 
or Group restructuring 
which impacts the scope  
of the role.

For 2019, executive director 
salaries are as follows: 

 + C G MacLean: £551,565 

(increase of 3.0% on 2018 
salary of £535,500)

 + S G Bennett: £350,600 

(increase of 4.8% on 2018 
salary of £334,560).

The executive directors had 
previously had their salaries 
frozen at 2016 levels. 

76

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Pension

Provide a competitive 
level of retirement 
benefits to support 
both retention and 
recruitment of executive 
directors.

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Element

Benefits

Provided to support 
the retention and 
recruitment of  
executive directors.

None

There is no overall maximum 
for benefits, as the cost 
of insurance benefits may 
vary from year-to-year 
depending on the individual 
circumstances and the level 
of any relocation benefits, 
allowances and expenses 
will depend on the specific 
circumstances.

Maximum of 25% of base 
salary.

None

Allowances for current 
executive directors are:

C G MacLean: 25% of salary

S G Bennett: 20% of salary

Benefits to executive 
directors may include 
private health insurance, 
life insurance and a fully 
expensed car or car 
allowance. From time to time 
the Committee may review 
the benefits provided. The 
Committee may remove 
benefits that executive 
directors receive or introduce 
other benefits if it considers 
it is appropriate to do so. 
Any other benefits will be 
proportionate with the 
current benefits provided.

Where executive directors 
are required to relocate or 
complete an international 
assignment, the Committee 
may offer additional benefits 
or vary benefits according to 
local practice.

Executive directors may 
participate in any all-
employee share schemes or 
other benefit arrangements 
on the same basis as other 
employees.

Executive directors are 
eligible to participate in the 
Group personal pension 
plan.

Executive directors may 
receive payments as a cash 
allowance which they may 
use either in conjunction  
with that plan and/or to 
enable them to make  
their own arrangements.

77

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

The maximum opportunity is 
up to 125% of salary. 

Opportunities for current 
executive directors are:

 + C G MacLean: 125% 

of salary

 + S G Bennett: 115% 

of salary

At least 70% of awards are 
subject to Underlying profit 
before tax (or other relevant 
financial measure) targets.

Up to 30% of awards are 
subject to strategic and 
operational measures, including 
personal objectives.

For 2019 awards, performance 
measures will be 80% 
Underlying profit before 
tax, 10% SHE objectives, 
10% personal strategic and 
operational objectives. 

The award for threshold 
performance is normally  
0% of maximum.

Annual bonus Incentivises the delivery 

of financial, strategic and 
operational objectives 
selected to support  
our business strategy 
within the year.

Performance targets will 
be determined by the 
Committee at the beginning 
of the annual performance 
period. 

The Committee will assess 
performance against these 
targets following the end of 
the performance period.

The Committee may adjust 
awards upward or downward 
to reflect the overall 
performance of the  
Company or the individual. 

The Committee may 
reduce or defer the level of 
payment of an award to take 
into account exceptional 
business circumstances. 

A proportion of any bonus 
earned is deferred for two 
years. For current executive 
directors this is 

 + C G MacLean: 20% of  

any bonus 

 + S G Bennett: 13% of  

any bonus

The Committee may claw 
back awards up to three 
years after payment if the 
Group’s accounts have 
been materially misstated, 
there has been an error 
in the calculation of any 
performance conditions 
which results in over 
payment or if there are 
circumstances giving rise to 
material reputational damage 
to the Group.

78

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

2011 
Performance 
Share Plan 

Approved by 
shareholders  
at the 2011 
EGM

Incentivises executive 
directors to deliver 
sustained performance 
and sustainable returns 
for shareholders over the 
longer term,

The vesting of awards is 
conditional on the Group’s 
performance against 
long-term targets over a 
performance period of at 
least three years.

The Committee may reduce 
or defer the level of vesting  
of an award where an event 
has occurred, such as a 
material SHE incident.

The Committee may claw 
back awards up to three 
years after vesting if the 
Group’s accounts have 
been materially misstated, 
there has been an error 
in the calculation of any 
performance conditions 
which results in overpayment 
or (for awards from 2017 
onwards) if there are 
circumstances giving rise  
to material reputational 
damage to the Group. 

Vested awards relating to 
grants made from 2017 
onwards are subject to a 
holding period post vesting 
of an additional two years.

Under the plan rules 
approved by shareholders, 
the value of shares awarded 
to an individual in respect 
of any one year may not 
normally exceed 150%  
of salary. 

Annual awards to current 
executive directors are:

 + C G MacLean: 150% 

of salary

 + S G Bennett: 120% 

of salary 

Under the plan rules 
approved by shareholders 
there is the ability to 
make additional awards in 
exceptional circumstances.

Additional awards may 
be made in the case of a 
transformative Group event. 
Any such awards would 
be subject to additional 
shareholding guidelines 
or holding periods to 
be determined by the 
Committee.

Any additional award would 
be subject to the overall plan 
limit of 300% of salary.

 + At least 80% based on 

financial measures. This may 
include TSR, EPS, Return on 
Invested Capital (ROIC) or 
any other measure 
considered appropriate by 
the Committee. Any change 
to the financial measures 
used would be subject to 
prior shareholder 
consultation.

 + Up to 20% based on 

performance measures  
linked to the delivery of the 
business strategy. 

 + No single measure will 

constitute more than 50%  
of an annual award.

For 2019 awards, performance 
measures will be 40% Relative 
TSR. 40% EPS and 20% 
strategic measures, including 
ROIC.

A maximum of 25% of  
each element will vest for 
threshold performance.

The Committee may amend the 
final vesting level under the TSR 
element if it does not consider it 
to be reflective of the underlying 
performance  
of the Group. 

Any additional awards made 
in exceptional circumstances 
will be subject to performance 
conditions and vesting 
schedules as determined  
by the Committee at the time 
of award.

Shareholding 
guidelines

The Company operates shareholding guidelines for executive directors to strengthen the alignment between the interests 
of the executive directors and the shareholders. The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are required to 
build interests in shares of at least 200% and 150% of salary respectively. 

All vested awards under the 2011 Performance Share Plan (net of tax if applicable) must be retained by executive 
directors until this requirement is met. If the requirement is not met within three years of appointment, the executive 
directors would be required to defer 50% of any bonus to buy shares until the guidelines are met.

Provisions to withhold or recover sums paid under incentives are as detailed in the table above. No other elements of remuneration are 
subject to recovery provisions.

79

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Illustrations of application of remuneration policy
The following charts illustrate the different elements of the executive directors’ remuneration under three different performance scenarios: 
‘Minimum, ‘Target’ and ‘Maximum’. The assumptions used are provided below the charts. The illustrations are based on annual bonus 
awards for 2019 and Performance Share Plan awards to be made in 2019.

C G Maclean 

2,500,000

2,000,000

1,500,000

1,000,000

500,000

0

£2.22m

37%

S G Bennett

1,500,000

1,200,000

900,000

31%

600,000

£0.44m

£1.27m

33%

32%

£0.79m
13%

31%

£1.32m
16%

31%

£0.70m

100%

53%

32%

Minimum

Target

Maximum

300,000

0

100%

56%

35%

Minimum

Target

Maximum

 Fixed Pay     Annual Bonus     Performance Share Plan

 Fixed Pay     Annual Bonus     Performance Share Plan

Fixed

Component

Base salary

Pension

Benefits

Minimum

Target

Maximum

Base salary for 2019

Value of cash supplement for 2019

Taxable value of annual benefits provided in 2018

Variable

Annual bonus

0% of maximum

60% of maximum 

2011 Performance  
Share Plan1

0% vesting

25% vesting

C G MacLean 125% of salary 
S G Bennett 115% of salary

C G MacLean 150% of salary 
S G Bennett 120% of salary

Note:
1.  The value for the Performance Share Plan is based on the face value of annual PSP awards under the Policy and base salaries for 2019. The calculation excludes 

share price growth or dividends during the performance period.

80

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2018
Operation of the executive director Remuneration Policy for 2019
The current Policy has been in force since 27 April 2017. The specific remuneration arrangements for 2019 are described below

Base salary

Following two years of no increase being given, and accordingly salaries remaining at 2016 levels through to the end 
of 2018, increases were awarded with effect from 1 January 2019 of 3.0% for the Chief Executive Officer and 4.8% 
for the Chief Financial Officer giving 2019 salaries as follows: 

 + C G MacLean: £551,565
 + S G Bennett: £350,600

The Chief Executive Officer’s salary was increased by 3.0% in line with the average pay increase for the Group’s UK 
employee population. The Chief Financial Officer’s salary was increased by 4.8%, following careful consideration 
by the Committee. This adjustment has been made to reflect a combination of performance in the role since 
appointment in May 2015 and the increasing size and complexity of the business.

Pension and 
benefits

No changes. Executives receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions, a fully expensed car or car 
allowance and private health insurance. 

2019 cash allowances in lieu of pension contributions:

 + C G MacLean: 25% of salary
 + S G Bennett: 20% of salary

Annual bonus

For 2019, performance under the annual bonus will be measured on the following basis:

 + 80% subject to performance against Underlying profit before tax targets.
 + 10% subject to performance measures against key SHE targets.
 + 10% subject to performance against individual strategic and operational goals.
 + Targets and objectives for 2019 are, by their financial and commercial nature, considered by the Board  
to be unsuitable for disclosure in advance. However, the Committee will provide information on targets  
and objectives retrospectively.

2019 maximum award opportunity:

 + C G MacLean: 125% of salary
 + S G Bennett: 115% of salary

Performance 
share plan

For awards to be made in 2019, performance will be measured on the same basis as for awards made in 2018  
as follows:
 + 40% based on relative TSR performance versus FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts and financial  

services companies):
 – 25% of this element will vest for median performance.
 – 100% vesting for upper quartile performance.
 – Vesting on a straight-line basis between these points.

 + 40% based on Underlying EPS growth:

 – 25% of this element will vest for EPS growth of 4.5% per annum.
 – 100% vesting for EPS growth of 10% per annum. 
 – Vesting on a straight-line basis between these points.
 – This target range was set following consideration of the long-term strategy and the outlook for the markets in 

which we operate.

 + 20% based on performance against three equally weighted measures directly linked to the delivery of the  

business strategy:
 – Proportion of Group Sales (by volumes) from new products together with products covered by patents and 

patent applications derived from new products launched in the five years to the end of the performance period 
– incentivising greater innovation through new product development.

 – Cumulative Underlying profit before tax growth in respect of acquisitions in line with the strategic plan as 

approved by the Board – incentivising the delivery of profitable growth. 

 – ROIC generated from the most significant growth projects being commissioned/to be commissioned in 2018/2019 

measured in the third year of the performance period – incentivising the delivery of profitable organic growth.

 – For each of these measures, 25% will vest for threshold performance.

 – The targets for these measures, and the level of performance achieved, will be disclosed following the end of the 

performance period.

2019 maximum award opportunity:

 + C G MacLean: 150% of salary 
 + S G Bennett: 120% of salary

Shareholding 
guidelines

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are required to build interests in shares of at least 200% 
and 150% of salary respectively. The Committee will keep the level under review.

81

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Directors’ Remuneration report continued

The following information is audited:

Single figure of remuneration for executive directors

Executive directors

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

Base
salary
£

535,500

535,500

334,560

334,560

Year

2018

2017

2018

2017

Benefits1
£

13,200

13,200

22,730

22,397

Annual
bonus
£

Long-term 
 incentives2
£

Pension
£

Total
£

512,072

728,581

133,875 1,923,228

669,375

1,163,614

133,875 2,515,564

294,329 

364,149

66,912 1,082,680

384,744

343,887

66,912

1,152,500

Notes
1.  This is the total taxable value of benefits received by each executive director during the year. The table below provides details of the main component of the relevant 

benefits paid to executive directors.

2.  For 2018 the values relate to awards granted under the 2011 PSP and made in 2016 and which vest in April 2019. Further information about the level of vesting is 

provided in this report.

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

Car
expenses/benefit 
 £

13,200

21,549

Others
£

–

1,181

Total
£

13,200

22,730

Additional information for single figure remuneration
Base salary
Base salaries for the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer were last reviewed with effect from 1 January 2016 and were 
frozen at that level for a three year period. 

From 1 January 2019 salaries were increased as set out below. The Chief Executive Officer’s salary was increased by 3.0% in line with 
the average pay increase for the Group’s UK employee population. The Chief Financial Officer’s salary was increased by 4.8%, following 
careful consideration by the Committee. This adjustment has been made to reflect a combination of performance in the role since 
appointment in May 2015 and the increasing size and complexity of the business.

Executive directors

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

2018 base salary

2019 base salary

% change

£535,500

£334,560

£551,565

£350,600

3.0%

4.8%

Annual bonus 
2018 award
For 2018 the Company operated a cash bonus plan for the executive directors related to the achievement of Underlying profit before tax 
targets, SHE targets and individual strategic and operational goals. 

The achievement of the Underlying profit before tax target represented up to 80% of the maximum bonus opportunity achievable of 125% 
and 115% of annual basic salary for C G MacLean and S G Bennett, respectively.

The SHE targets were given a 10% weighting of the maximum achievable with the balance of 10% relating to individual strategic and 
operational goals.

Overall bonuses for the year ended 31 December 2018.

Executive directors

C G MacLean 

S G Bennett

Maximum bonus as a 
 % of salary

Total bonus as a 
 % of maximum

125

115

76.5

76.5

Total bonus 
£

512,072

294,329

82

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Further information of the three elements of the bonus are as follows: 

1. Underlying profit before tax (80%)
The Underlying profit before tax targets set and achievement are set out below:

Level of award (% of element)

Underlying profit before tax1

Threshold

0%

£123.5m

Target

60%

£130.0m

Maximum

100%

£143.0m

Achieved2

76.8%

£135.5m

Notes
1.  Targets are set by reference to the Board approved internal budget for the Group and measured on a constant currency basis.
2.  For the purposes of calculating achieved Underlying profit before tax adjustments were made for currency, and the contribution from the acquisition of BASF 

Pischelsdorf (Austria) was deducted from 2018 Underlying profit before tax.

2. SHE (10%)
Targets with an aggregate weighting of 10% related to improvements in recordable injury and process safety.

Target

Level of award

Rate achieved

Award outcome

Recordable injury 
(measured as injury 
rate)

Process safety 
(measured as process 
safety event rate)

0.20 or less

0.20 or less

0% for a rate 
greater than 0.20
5% for a rate 
less than 0.20

0% for a rate 
greater than 0.20
5% for a rate 
less than 0.20

0.23

0%

0.14

5%

Further details of the definition and measurement of the recordable injury rate and the process safety incident rate are given on page 54.

3. Individual strategic and operational goals (10%)
Individual goals and achievements against them considered by the Remuneration Committee with an aggregate weighting  
of 10% included:

Target

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

1. Development and embedding of risk management 
processes and controls.
2. Identification and where appropriate execution of 
acquisition opportunities. 
3. Strengthening of leadership and organisational 
capability. 

1. Development and embedding of risk management 
processes and controls. 
2. Ensure compliance with Base Erosion and Profit Shifting 
(BEPS) tax legislation. 
3. Management of investor relationships. 

Level of award

Up to 10%

Up to 10%

Performance  
against targets

1. Strengthened risk management processes 
implemented by CEO and CFO with improved and more 
frequent reviews of risk topics. 
2. Focused and disciplined selection, review  
and as appropriate, rejection or execution of  
acquisition opportunities. 
3. Implementation of new global structure supported  
by external appointment to leadership team. 

1. Strengthened risk management processes implemented 
by CEO and CFO with improved and more frequent 
reviews of risk topics. 
2. Sponsor of project to implement transactionally the 
existing European operational model in line with BEPS. 
3. Strengthened investor relationship programme 
rolled out. 

Award outcome

10%

10% 

The maximum opportunity was awarded.

83

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Directors’ Remuneration report continued

2011 Performance Share Plan
The awards made on 8 April 2016 for C G MacLean and for S G Bennett under the 2011 PSP were subject to relative shareholder  
return performance condition, an absolute earnings per share performance condition and a strategic measures condition as follows:

Relative total shareholder return condition

EPS condition

Company relative TSR performance 
against the FTSE 250 Index (excluding 
investment trusts and financial services 
companies) over 3 year period ended 
31 December 2018

EPS for the 2018 financial 
year 

Percentage of award that vests

Performance achieved

Upper quartile

28.6 pence or more

40%

Between median and upper quartile

Between 24.5 pence and 
28.6 pence

On a straight-line basis between 
10% and 40% 

Median

Below median

24.5 pence

Less than 24.5 pence

10%

 0%

EPS of 32.8 pence gives full 
vesting for that condition. 
TSR performance at the 32nd 
percentile gives vesting of 32%  
for that condition.

A further 20% of the award was subject to two equally weighted strategic measures:

 + Percentage of Group sales (by volume) in the 2018 financial year derived from new products launched in the five years ended 

31 December 2018.

New product percentage*

Percentage of award that vests

Percentage achieved

< 15%

15% – 20%

> 20%

0%

2.5% – 10%

10%

21% gives vesting of 10% of award.

Note
*  Excluding volume attributable to acquisitions made subsequent to the settling of the performance condition where there is no scope for new product development.

 + Cumulative Underlying PBT added through acquisitions for the three years ended 31 December 2018.

Cumulative PBT added through acquisitions

Percentage of award that vests

Percentage achieved

< £31.7m

£31.7m – £63.4m

> £63.4m

0%

2.5% – 10%

10%

In aggregate 86.2% of the 2016 award vested.

The 2016 award will vest for C G MacLean and S G Bennett in April 2019 as follows:

£39.2 million gives vesting  
of 4.2% of the award.

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

No. of shares 
in original 
award

No. of shares 
that lapse

No. of shares 
that vest

182,416

91,173

25,173

12,582

157,243

78,591

2018 award
The awards made on 8 March 2018 to C G MacLean and S G Bennett were as follows:

Scheme

Basis of award

Number of 
shares

Face value

Percentage 
vesting at 
 threshold
 performance

Performance 
period 
 end date

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

2011 PSP – nil-cost options

150% of salary

164,479

£803,250

25% 31/12/2020

2011 PSP – nil-cost options

120% of salary 

82,208

£401,472

25% 31/12/2020

The face value of the awards was calculated using a share price of 488.36 pence per share, the average share price on the five dealing 
days prior to the date of grant.

84

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018The awards made on 8 March 2018 under the PSP are subject to the following performance conditions:

Relative total shareholder return condition

EPS condition

Company relative TSR performance against the FTSE 250 
Index (excluding investment trusts and financial  
services companies) over three year period ending  
31 December 2020

EPS for the 2020 financial year 

Percentage of award that will vest

Upper quartile

40.9 pence or more

40%

Between median and upper quartile

Between 35.0 pence and 40.9 pence

On a straight-line basis  
between 10% and 40%

Median

Below median

35.0 pence

Less than 35.0 pence

10%

0%

A further 20% of the award is subject to strategic measures as referred to on page 79, the targets for which will be disclosed following the 
end of the performance period.

Pension entitlements 
Both executive directors receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions. No additional benefit is receivable in the event of a 
director retiring early.

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

Single figure of remuneration for non-executive directors

Non-executive directors

N A Johnson

The Hon. A G Catto

B W D Connolly1

Dr J Jansz

C A Johnstone

Dato’ Lee Hau Hian

H A Van Deursen2

Base fee

170,000

170,000

40,000

40,000 

45,000

45,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

11,000

–

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

Cash allowance  

(% salary)

25

20

Committee
 membership
 fee

Committee 
chair fee

–

–

–

–

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5,000

5,000

–

–

5,000

5,000

–

–

–

–

Total

170,000

170,000

40,000

40,000

60,000

60,000

50,000

50,000

55,000

55,000

40,000

40,000

11,000

–

Notes
1.  Base fee includes an amount of £5,000 per annum for role as Senior Independent Director.
2.  Appointed to the Board on 21 September 2018.

The fees to be paid in 2019 to the Chairman and the non-executive directors were reviewed in November 2018 and January 2019 
respectively and as a result:

 + the Chairman’s fee was increased from £170,000 p.a to £180,000 p.a with effect from 1 January 2019;

 + the committee membership fee for the independent non-executive directors was increased from £10,000 p.a to £15,000 p.a with effect 

from 1 January 2019.

 + the base fee for the non-independent non-executive directors was increased from £40,000 to £41,200 p.a with effect from 1 January 2019.

85

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Directors’ Remuneration report continued

Directors’ shareholding and share interests (number of shares/options)

Vested
 unexercised 
performance 
related 
options 
31 December 
2018

Total
unfettered 
interests in 
shares and 
vested  
options
 31 December
2018

Unvested 
performance 
related 
options 
31 December 
20181

Share
options
 exercised
 during
2018

Share
ownership
 requirements
(% of salary) 2

Interests
in shares at 
31 December
 2018 
(% of salary)

–

–

365,356

508,539

223,152

93,548

254,172

165,949

200%

150%

244%

100%

Directors

C G MacLean

S G Bennett

The Hon. A G Catto

B W D Connolly

Dato’ Lee Hau Hian

Dr J J C Jansz

N A Johnson

C A Johnstone

H A Van Deursen

Interests in
 Company
 shares 
 31 December
 2018

365,356

93,548

1,492,392

6,697,500*

2,200

44,763

10,000

100,000

–

–

Notes
*  Non-beneficial interest.
1.  Unvested performance related options comprise the awards made under the 2011 PSP in 2016, 2017 and 2018. Details of the performance conditions attaching to 

the: 2016 awards are set out on page 84; 2017 awards are set out below; all 2018 awards are set out on page 85.

2.  Until this requirement is met no sales of shares that vest under long-term incentive plans are permitted other than to satisfy tax liabilities that arise on the exercise 
of share awards under such plans. In addition, if the requirement is not met within three years of the date of appointment as a director, 50% of any annual bonus is 
normally deferred into shares. The Committee considers that unfettered unexercised vested nil-cost awards are economically equivalent to shares and as such that 
they should count (on a net of tax basis) toward compliance with the share ownership guidelines. As a result of the 2018 remuneration outcomes S G Bennett is 
expected to meet his share ownership requirement during 2019.

The performance conditions attaching to the PSP awards granted in 2017 are as follows:

Relative total shareholder return condition

EPS condition

Company relative TSR performance against the  
FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts and  
financial services companies) over three year  
period ending 31 December 2019

Upper quartile

Between median and upper quartile

Median

Below median

EPS for the 2019 financial year 

Percentage of award that vests

37.7 pence or more

40%

Between 32.3 pence and 37.7 pence On a straight-line basis  
between 10% and 40% 

32.3 pence

Less than 32.3 pence

10%

0%

A further 20% of the award is subject to strategic measures as referred to on page 79, the targets for which will be disclosed following the 
end of the performance period.

Payments to past directors
No payments were made to past directors.

Payments for loss of office
No payments for loss office were made during the year.

86

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018The following information is unaudited:

Performance graph and table
The graph and the table below allow comparison of the total shareholder return of the Company and the Chief Executive Officer 
remuneration outcomes over the last ten years.

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

 Synthomer plc         FTSE 250 (excluding investment and financial services companies)

The graph above compares the total shareholder return performance of the Company with that of the FTSE 250 (excluding investment 
and financial services companies) which is considered to be the most appropriate index against which to make a comparison.

CEO total single figure  
of remuneration (£000)

Bonus (% of maximum awarded)

LTIP (% of maximum vesting)

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

786

100

0

1,484

3,934

1,487

100

100

100

100

27

100

923

0

50

967

57.3

0

1,246

1,218

2,516

1,923

96.7

n/a

100

n/a

100

96.3

76.5

86.2

The Chief Executive Officer total single figure of remuneration includes salary, benefits and pension contributions paid in the year together 
with bonuses and long-term incentive awards which vested based on performance in the year.

Percentage change in remuneration of director undertaking the role of chief executive compared with UK  
Group employees
The table below sets out the increase in total remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer and that of the employees of the Group’s main 
UK trading subsidiary. Total employee pay is based on the total salary, benefits and bonuses for employees of that company comprising 
some 370 employees. The directors consider that this employee population is the most relevant for comparison purposes taking into 
account geographical location and remuneration structure.

C G MacLean

Total employee pay, benefits and bonuses

Salary 
% increase

Taxable benefits 
% increase/(decrease)

Annual bonus 
% decrease

0

4.3

0

(2.3)

(23.5)

(11.0)

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the relative importance of the Group’s all employee remuneration expense compared with returns to shareholders 
by way of dividends.

Dividends

Total employee remuneration

2018 
 £m

42.5

123.1

2017
 £m

39.1

116.3

% change

8.7%

5.8%

Dividends are the dividends paid in the year. Total employment remuneration is the consolidated salary cost for all Group employees.

Emoluments*

The total amounts for directors’ remuneration and other benefits were:

Emoluments

Note
*  Emoluments are recognised on a pro-rata basis for the period they were Directors. 

2018 
 £000

2017 
 £000

2,138

2,415

87

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Directors’ Remuneration report continued

External appointments
Executive directors are permitted to accept external appointments with the prior approval of the Board provided that there is no 
adverse impact to their role and duties to the Company. Any fees arising from such appointments may be retained by the executive 
directors where the appointment is unrelated to the Group’s business. SG Bennett does not currently hold any external appointments. 
CG MacLean was appointed as a non-executive director of Saudi Basic Industries (SABIC) headquartered in Riyadh in October 2017 
and receives a board membership fee of US$157,500 per annum and a committee fee of SAR 259,000 per annum. Mr MacLean 
was appointed as a non-executive director of Clariant Ltd on 16 October 2018 following his nomination by SABIC under the terms of 
the governance agreement between Clariant and SABIC and receives a fee of CHF 280,000 per annum in aggregate for board and 
committee roles, in relation to Clariant Limited.

Remuneration Committee
Remuneration Committee membership since 1 January 2018:

Brendan Connolly

Just Jansz

Caroline Johnstone

Holly A. Van Deursen

Chair

Appointed 1 March 2019

Attendance at Committee meetings is set out on page 64.

Key duties of the Committee
During 2018 the Committee was responsible for determining, in agreement with the Board, the Company’s policy on executive 
remuneration and the specific remuneration for the Chairman and each of the executive directors, including pension rights, within the 
terms of the agreed policy. The Committee was also responsible for reviewing the remuneration of senior executives throughout the 
Group. Following the coming into force of the 2018 Governance Code with effect from 1 January 2019 the Committee has agreed the 
expansion of its remit with the Board to include: 

 + Formal responsibility for all senior management remuneration; and 
 + The review of remuneration elsewhere in the Group.

Advisers
The Chief Executive Officer, Company Secretary, President – Global HR and Group HR Director are invited to attend Committee meetings 
to contribute to the Committee in its deliberations. However, no individual is involved in discussions, or is part of any decisions, relating to 
their own remuneration.

The Committee received independent advice from Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) who were appointed as the Committee’s independent 
remuneration advisers in April 2013. 

During the year, Deloitte provided advice on governance and market trends and other remuneration matters that materially assisted the 
Committee. The fees paid to Deloitte in respect of this work were charged on a time and expenses basis and totalled £8,900 for advice in 
2018. Deloitte also provided tax services to part of the Group in the year. The Committee was satisfied that this did not compromise the 
independence of the advice received.

Deloitte is a founding member of the Remuneration Consultants Group, and adheres to its code of conduct. Deloitte was appointed 
directly by the Committee, and the Committee is satisfied that the advice received was objective and independent.

Statement of voting at general meeting
The table below sets out the results of the votes on the Directors’ remuneration at the 2018 AGM. 

Member

Votes for

Number

2017 Annual Report on Remuneration

258,404,499

Votes against

Votes withheld

% of vote

97

Number

8,304,976

% of vote

3

Number

109,980

By order of the Board

R Atkinson
Company Secretary
4 March 2019

88

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Report of the Directors

The Directors submit their Annual Report and the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018. The 
Report of the Directors comprises pages 89 to 91 and the following sections of the Annual Report which are incorporated by reference:

Item

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial instruments and financial risk management

Present membership of the Board

Corporate Governance Report

Strategic Report (including principal activities and principal risks  
and uncertainties and Viability Statement)

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Share capital

Sustainability Report

Location in Annual Report

Page 92

Financial Statements – note 23

Pages 60 to 61

Pages 62 to 66

Pages 2 to 57

Pages 73 to 88

Financial Statements – note 28

Pages 44 to 57

Results and dividends
The profit attributable to shareholders for the year was £99.8m. The interim dividend of 4.0 pence per share was paid on 6 November 
2018. The Directors recommend a final ordinary dividend of 9.1 pence per share payable on 5 July 2019 to those shareholders registered 
at the close of business on 7 June 2019. A dividend reinvestment plan is available to shareholders and this alternative will continue to be 
offered until further notice.

Acquisitions and Disposals 
On 1 January 2018, the Group sold Synthomer Leuna GmbH. and on 28 June 2018 the Group disposed of 51% of its sales entities in 
Dubai. On 31 January 2018 the Group completed the purchase of the BASF Pischelsdorf SBR business and assets. Further details of 
these transactions are contained in notes 32 and 31 respectively to the consolidated financial statements. 

Directors
All the Directors will retire and will be seeking election or re-election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 

None of the Directors seeking re-election has a service contract other than C G MacLean and S G Bennett who each have a service 
contract which contains a twelve month notice period. 

Director indemnity provisions
Under the Company’s Articles of Association, the Directors of the Company have the benefit of a qualifying third-party indemnity 
provision which provides that they shall be indemnified by the Company against certain liabilities as permitted by Sections 232 and 234 of 
the Companies Act 2006 and against costs incurred by them in relation to any liability for which they are indemnified. The Company has 
purchased and maintains insurance against directors’ and officers’ liabilities in relation to the Company.

Share capital and control
During 2018 no shares were issued or repurchased. A total of 160,756 shares were purchased on the open market on behalf of the 
shareholders who elected to participate in the dividend reinvestment plan.

The rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares, being the only class of issued share capital, as well as the powers 
of the Company’s directors, are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association, copies of which can be obtained from Companies 
House or can be downloaded from the Company’s website. There are no restrictions on the voting rights attaching to the Company’s 
ordinary shares or on the transfer of securities in the Company. No person holds securities in the Company carrying special rights with 
regard to the control of the Company. The Company is not aware of any agreements between holders of securities that may result in 
restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights. Unless expressly specified to the contrary in the Articles of Association of the 
Company, the Company’s Articles of Association may be amended by special resolution of the Company’s shareholders.

Other than in relation to its borrowings which, unless certain conditions are satisfied, become repayable on a takeover, the Company is 
not party to any significant agreements that would take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control following a takeover bid. The 
Company does not have agreements with any director or employee that would provide compensation for loss of office or employment 
resulting from a takeover.

All of the Company’s share schemes contain provisions relating to a change of control. Outstanding options and awards would normally 
vest and become exercisable on a change of control, subject to the satisfaction of any performance conditions at that time.

89

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Report of the Directors continued

Major shareholdings
Other than the shareholdings disclosed as Directors’ interests in the Directors’ remuneration report as at 15 February 2019, the Company 
had been notified under Section 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UK Listing Authority of the following significant 
holdings of voting rights in its ordinary shares:

Kuala Lumpur Kepong Berhad Group

Merian Global Investors (UK) Limited 

Standard Life Aberdeen plc

Kames Capital Plc

66,879,401

25,096,134

19,659,714

13,403,772

Ordinary shares 
(number)

Percentage of ordinary 
shares in issue

19.68

7.38

5.78

Nature of holding

Direct interest

Indirect interest

Indirect interest

3.94 Direct and indirect interest

Employment policies and employee involvement
The Group gives every consideration to applications for employment from disabled persons. Employees who become disabled are 
given every opportunity to continue employment under normal terms and conditions with appropriate training, career development and 
promotion wherever possible. The Group seeks to achieve equal opportunities in employment through recruitment and training policies.

The Group encourages employee involvement in its affairs and makes use of an intranet system to promote such involvement and to aid 
communication with employees. Regional management conferences are held annually to bring senior management together to share 
ideas and develop policy, values and behaviours. Dialogue takes place regularly with employees to make them aware of the financial and 
economic factors affecting the performance of the Group. Performance related bonus schemes are in operation throughout the Group. 

Authority to purchase own shares
The Company has a general authority, which expires at the conclusion of the 2019 Annual General Meeting, to make market purchases 
of not more than 33,988,076 of the Company’s ordinary shares in accordance with the terms of the special resolution passed at the 2018 
Annual General Meeting. A resolution will be tabled at the 2019 Annual General Meeting to renew this authority.

Political donations
No political donations were made in the year.

UK pension funds
The Trustees have reviewed the independent investment management of the assets of the Company pension schemes in the UK and 
assured themselves of the security and controls in place. In particular, it is the Trustees’ policy not to invest in Synthomer plc shares nor 
lend money to the Company.

Subsidiaries
All the Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and related undertakings are listed on page 154 to 156.

Statement as to disclosure of information to auditor
Each Director of the Company confirms that, so far as he or she is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s 
auditor is unaware and that he or she has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself 
or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. For these 
purposes, relevant audit information means information needed by the Company’s auditor in connection with preparing their report on 
pages 93 to 99.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

90

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Going concern
The directors have acknowledged the latest guidance on going concern and in reaching their conclusions have taken into account 
factors which include the refinancing in July 2018 of the Group’s main borrowing facilities comprising a committed unsecured four-year 
revolving credit facility of €440 million. After making enquiries and taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, 
the directors are satisfied that, at the time of approving the financial statements, it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements of both the Group and the Company.

Cautionary statement
The purpose of this report is to provide information to the members of the Company. It contains certain forward-looking statements 
with respect to the operations, performance and financial condition of the Group. By their nature, these statements involve uncertainty 
since future events and circumstances can cause results and developments to differ materially from those anticipated. The forward-
looking statements reflect knowledge and information available at the date of preparation of this report and the Company undertakes no 
obligation to update these forward-looking statements. Nothing in this report should be construed as a profit forecast.

Independent auditors
A resolution to appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s auditor will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held at the offices of Canaccord Genuity Limited, 88 Wood Street, London EC2V 7QR  
on 25 April 2019 at 10.00am.

By order of the Board

R Atkinson
Company Secretary
4 March 2019

91

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Statement of directors’ responsibilities

Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared 
the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union and Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework, and applicable law). Under company law the directors 
must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and Company for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
required to:

 + select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

 + state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union have been followed for the Group financial statements and United 

Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, have been followed for the Company financial statements, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

 + make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

 + prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will 

continue in business.

The directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
The directors consider that the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Report of the Directors confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

 + the Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 

Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework, and applicable law), give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Company;

 + the Group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, give a true 

and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; and

 + the Report of the Directors includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group 

and Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces. 

By order of the Board

C G MacLean 
Chief Executive Officer  

S G Bennett
Chief Financial Officer

92

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
Group financial statements

Independent auditors’ report
to the members of Synthomer plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

 + Synthomer plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view of  
the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 31 December 2018 and of the group’s profit and cash flows for the year  
then ended;

 + the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 

adopted by the European Union;

 + the company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and

 + the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group 

financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise: the consolidated and company balance 
sheet as at 31 December 2018; the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the 
consolidated cash flow statement, and the consolidated and company statements of changes in equity for the year then ended; and the 
notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We 
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to 
the group or the company.

Other than those disclosed in note 8 to the financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the group or the company in the 
period from 1 January 2018 to 31 December 2018.

93

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Synthomer plc

Our audit approach
Overview

Materiality

 + Overall group materiality: £6.75 million (2017: £6.5 million), based on 5% of underlying profit before taxation.
 + Overall company materiality: £5.5 million (2017: £5.0 million), based on 2% of total assets.

 + Audit procedures provide coverage of 86% of revenue, 87% of operating profit and 90% of underlying 

Audit
scoping

 + Audit scope covers nine countries, performing procedures over 14 entities
 + Financially significant components in the UK, Germany and Malaysia

operating profit.

 + Valuation of Defined Benefit Pension Schemes.
 + Accounting for the acquisition of Pischelsdorf.
 + Provisions for Uncertain Tax Positions.

Areas of
focus

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In 
particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that 
involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain.

Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud
Based on our understanding of the group/industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related 
to breaches of environmental, health and safety and compliance regulations, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might 
have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial 
statements such as the Companies Act 2006, the Listing Rules, Pensions legislation, UK tax legislation, UK environmental regulations and 
the EU registration, evaluation, authorisation and restriction of chemicals regulations and equivalent local laws and regulations applicable to 
significant component teams. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial 
statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal 
entries to increase revenue or reduce expenditure, and management bias in accounting estimates. The group engagement team shared this 
risk assessment with the component auditors referred to in the scoping section of our report below, so that they could include appropriate 
audit procedures in response to such risks in their work. Audit procedures performed by the group engagement team and/or component 
auditors included:

 + Discussions with management and internal audit, including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws 

and regulation and fraud;

 + Evaluation of management’s controls designed to prevent and detect irregularities;

 + Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation to 

uncertain tax provisions and accounting for the acquisition of Pischelsdorf (see related key audit matters below);

 + Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations or posted by  

senior management.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations 
is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we would become aware of it. Also, the risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

We did not identify any key audit matters relating to irregularities, including fraud. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of 
management override of internal controls, including testing journals and evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the directors that 
represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

94

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, 
were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of Defined Benefit Pension Schemes
As set out in Note 26 on page 133 the Group has significant 
defined benefit pension schemes. These primarily represent the 
Yule Catto Group retirement benefits scheme in the UK and an 
unfunded scheme in Germany, which account for £53.2 million 
and £69.1 million, respectively, of the net pension deficit of £132.5 
million recorded on the Group balance sheet at the year end. We 
focused on the pension liabilities in particular, as the amounts 
reflected in the financial statements for defined benefits schemes 
are sensitive to relatively small changes in a few key assumptions 
such as the inflation rate, mortality tables and most notably, the 
discount rate applied. The Group uses third party actuaries to 
calculate the amounts to reflect in the financial statements in 
respect of these schemes and it is accordingly important for us to 
assess the work they perform and their competency to undertake 
the work in order to conclude on the results of their work.

Accounting for the acquisition of Pischelsdorf
On 31 January 2018 the Group completed the acquisition  
of the BASF Pischelsdorf Styrene Butadiene Rubber business 
(Pischelsdorf) for consideration of £25.8 million, as described in 
note 31.

We obtained external actuarial reports of the UK and German 
schemes which set out the calculations and assumptions 
underpinning the year end pension scheme valuation. We read these 
reports and were satisfied that the scope of their work was such that 
we could use this work to provide evidence for the purpose of our 
audit. We assessed the competency and objectivity of the external 
actuaries commissioned by the Group to perform the year end 
calculations by considering their technical expertise and 
independence from the Group. We identified no concerns over their 
competency or objectivity. We used our own specialist actuarial 
knowledge to evaluate all the key assumptions used in each of the two 
schemes by comparing these assumptions to our expectations for 
similar schemes as at the year end. We found management’s 
assumptions to be within an acceptable range.

We evaluated the process used by management to identify and  
value the assets and liabilities acquired. We assessed the assets  
and liabilities acquired and the fair value adjustments applied.  
The fair value adjustments were considered appropriate.

IFRS 3 “Business Combinations” (“IFRS 3”) requires that all assets 
and liabilities acquired in the business combination are recorded 
at fair values on acquisition. Judgement is required in identifying 
and valuing all the assets and liabilities acquired, in particular 
intangible assets which are recognised on acquisition.

We considered the Directors’ process for identifying the intangible 
assets acquired, considering the rationale for the acquisition and the 
nature of the Pischelsdorf business. Using our valuation specialists, we 
assessed the valuation methodology used by the Directors in valuing 
the identified assets. We evaluated the forecasts and data used and 
the key assumptions made.

Intangible assets totalling £17.6 million were identified relating to 
customer relationships, a licensing agreement and a beneficial 
lease. The key judgements were in determining an appropriate 
methodology to value these assets and appropriate assumptions, 
including forecast revenue and profit, discount rate and rates of 
obsolescence to determine their fair values.

We were satisfied that the fair values of the intangible assets were 
supportable, and that the assumptions used in valuing the assets  
were within an acceptable range.

Provisions for Uncertain Tax Positions
The Group has a wide geographic footprint and is subject to a 
range of tax laws in a number of different tax jurisdictions. In 
determining the amount to record at the year-end for tax liabilities 
there is an element of judgement as to what amounts will 
ultimately be payable for assessed tax exposures. As set out in 
Note 10 at 31 December 2018, the Group has recorded current 
tax liabilities totalling £38.3 million. A significant element of this 
tax liability relates to uncertain tax positions. We focused on this 
area due to the size of the amounts involved and level of 
judgement needed to determine the estimated provisions.

We used our tax specialists to assess the level of provisions held 
against various tax exposures and to consider the appropriateness of 
any provisions. In our assessment we had regard to the nature of the 
individual exposures, including their origin, and any developments in 
the year to assess the rationale for their continued validity at the 
current year end. As part of this work we inspected correspondence 
with tax authorities and the Group’s tax advisors. We challenged the 
judgements made by assessing individual provisions against our 
expectations of potential exposures, having regard to the facts of  
each case. No significant issues arose from this work to suggest that 
the judgements made and amounts recorded were inappropriate.

We determined that there were no key audit matters applicable to the company to communicate in our report.

95

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Synthomer plc

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which 
they operate.

As set out on the inside front cover the Group reports its results as two segments: ‘Europe and North America’ and ‘Asia and the Rest of 
the World’. The Group financial statements are a consolidation of reporting units, being holding companies, intermediate holding companies 
and operating companies, across 21 countries. Three countries, being the UK, Germany and Malaysia, account for the majority for the 
Group’s results. We accordingly focused our work on three of the reporting units in these countries, which were subject to audits of their 
complete financial information. In addition, to increase our coverage of the Group’s revenues and underlying profit before tax we performed 
audit procedures at an additional 11 reporting units located in the UK, Italy, Belgium, Germany, Malaysia, America, Finland, Austria and the 
Czech Republic. These components accounted for 86% of the Group’s revenue, 87% of the Group’s operating profit and 90% of the 
Group’s underlying operating profit.

Where work was performed by component auditors, we determined the level of involvement we needed to have in the audit work at those 
reporting units to be able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the 
Group financial statements as a whole. The key reporting units in the UK, Germany and Malaysia were visited by senior members of the 
Group team during the audit.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on 
the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate 
on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

How we determined it

Rationale for benchmark applied

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

£6.75 million (2017: £6.5 million).

£5.5 million (2017: £5.0 million).

5% of underlying profit before taxation.

2% of total assets.

We believe that underlying profit before tax, 
being profit before tax adjusted for special 
items, is the principal metric against which 
the Group’s financial performance is 
measured in the Chairman’s and CEO’s 
statements within the Annual Report.

We believe that total assets is the primary 
measure used by the shareholders in 
assessing the performance of the company, 
and is a generally accepted benchmark. This 
has been capped at a level below that of the 
group materiality.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was between £450,000 and £5.5 million. Certain components were audited to a local statutory 
audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £337,000 (Group audit) 
(2017: £325,000) and £337,000 (Company audit) (2017: £325,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

96

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Going concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation 
We are required to report if we have anything material to add or draw 
attention to in respect of the directors’ statement in the financial 
statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements and the directors’ identification of any material 
uncertainties to the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern over a period of at least twelve months from the 
date of approval of the financial statements.

Outcome 
We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.

As not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this 
statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern. For example, the terms on which the 
United Kingdom may withdraw from the European Union, which is 
currently due to occur on 29 March 2019, are not clear, and it is 
difficult to evaluate all of the potential implications on the Group’s and 
Company’s trade, customers, suppliers and the wider economy. 

We are required to report if the directors’ statement relating to Going 
Concern in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

We have nothing to report.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report 
thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report,  
any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures 
to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 
2006 have been included.

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 (CA06), ISAs 
(UK) and the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) require us also to report certain opinions and matters as described 
below (required by ISAs (UK) unless otherwise stated).

97

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of Synthomer plc

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 
for the year ended 31 December 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did 
not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. (CA06)

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency or liquidity of the group
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:

 + The directors’ confirmation on page 70 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing 

the group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

 + The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.
 + The directors’ explanation on page 37 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what period 

they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, 
including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the group. Our review was substantially less in scope 
than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the 
statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering whether the 
statements are consistent with the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit. (Listing Rules)

Other Code Provisions
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when:

 + The statement given by the directors, on page 92, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and 
understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the group and company obtained in the 
course of performing our audit.

 + The section of the Annual Report on page 69 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 

communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

 + The directors’ statement relating to the company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant 

provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006. (CA06)

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as  
a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless  
the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

98

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our 
prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 + we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

 + adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

 + certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

 + the company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the directors on 12 July 2012 to audit the financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2012 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 7 years, covering 
the years ended 31 December 2012 to 31 December 2018.

Matthew Mullins (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
4 March 2019

99

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018IFRS
 £m

Underlying 
performance
£m

1,618.9

1,480.2

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Continuing operations

Revenue

Company and subsidiaries before Special Items

Restructuring and site closure

Sale of business

Sale of land

Acquisition costs

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Aborted bond costs

UK Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation

Company and subsidiaries

Share of joint ventures

Operating profit/(loss)

Interest payable

Interest receivable

Fair value of unhedged interest derivatives

IAS 19 interest charge

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) before taxation

Taxation 

Profit/(loss) for the year

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent

Underlying
performance
 £m

 Note

1,618.9

141.7

 3 

 3 

 3 

 3 

 3 

3

3

 19 

 7 

 9 

 9 

3

9

 10 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

141.7

0.4

142.1

(4.9)

1.1

–

(3.8)

(3.2)

(7.0)

135.1

(23.0)

112.1

0.5

111.6

112.1

 2018 

Special
 Items 
£m

–

–

(12.2)

3.8

16.4

(0.5)

(16.4)

(1.7)

(2.8)

141.7

(12.2)

3.8

16.4

(0.5)

(16.4)

(1.7)

(2.8)

(13.4)

128.3

–

0.4

(13.4)

128.7

–

–

(1.4)

(1.4)

–

(1.4)

(14.8)

6.0

(8.8)

3.0

(11.8)

(8.8)

(4.9)

1.1

(1.4)

(5.2)

(3.2)

(8.4)

120.3

(17.0)

103.3

3.5

99.8

103.3

Earnings/(loss) per share 

 – Basic

 – Diluted

13 

13 

32.8p

32.7p

(3.4)p

(3.5)p

29.4p

29.2p

 2017

Special
 Items 
£m

–

–

(11.6)

–

1.3

(2.3)

IFRS
 £m

1,480.2

138.0

(11.6)

–

1.3

(2.3)

(31.0)

(31.0)

–

–

(43.6)

–

(43.6)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(43.6)

13.1

(30.5)

–

(30.5)

(30.5)

–

–

94.4

1.0

95.4

(5.7)

1.0

–

(4.7)

(4.3)

(9.0)

86.4

(11.6)

74.8

0.8

74.0

74.8

(8.9)p

(8.9)p

21.8p

21.6p

138.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

138.0

1.0

139.0

(5.7)

1.0

–

(4.7)

(4.3)

(9.0)

130.0

(24.7)

105.3

0.8

104.5

105.3

30.7p

30.5p

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2018

 Note

 26 

 10 

Profit for the year

Actuarial gains

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Total items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Exchange differences recycled on sale of business 

Fair value of hedged interest derivatives

Losses on a hedge of a net investment taken to equity

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently  
to profit or loss

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

 2018 

Equity 
holders of 
the parent 
£m

Non-
controlling 
interests 
£m

Equity
 holders of 
the parent
 £m

Total 
£m

99.8

15.5

(2.3)

13.2

16.9

(0.4)

(3.9)

(3.2)

9.4

22.6

122.4

3.5

103.3

–

–

–

0.8

–

–

–

0.8

0.8

4.3

15.5

(2.3)

13.2

17.7

(0.4)

(3.9)

(3.2)

10.2

23.4

126.7

74.0

23.6

2.3

25.9

9.2

–

–

(7.8)

1.4

27.3

101.3

 2017

Non-
controlling 
interests
 £m

0.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
£m

74.8

23.6

2.3

25.9

9.2

–

–

(7.8)

1.4

27.3

0.8

102.1

100

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

Hedging 
and 
translation 
reserve
 £m

Retained 
earnings 
£m

Non-
controlling 
interests
£m

Total 
£m

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Note

26

At 1 January 2018

Profit for the year

Actuarial gains

Exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations

Exchange differences recycled on 
sale of business

Fair value of hedged interest 
derivatives

Loss on a hedge of a net 
investment taken to equity

Tax relating to components of 
other comprehensive income

10

Total comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid to shareholders

12

Dividends paid to  
non-controlling interests

Share-based payments

At 31 December 2018

Note

26 

At 1 January 2017

Profit for the year

Actuarial gains

Exchange differences on 
translation of foreign operations

Loss on a hedge of a net 
investment taken to equity

Tax relating to components of 
other comprehensive income

10 

Total comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid to shareholders

12 

Dividends paid to  
non-controlling interests

Share-based payments

At 31 December 2017

Share
 capital 
£m

34.0

Share 
premium
 £m

230.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.9

(3.0)

125.5

387.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16.9

(0.4)

(3.9)

(3.2)

–

9.4

–

–

–

99.8

15.5

–

–

–

–

99.8

15.5

16.9

(0.4)

(3.9)

(3.2)

(2.3)

(2.3)

113.0

(42.5)

122.4

(42.5)

–

(3.9)

–

(3.9)

34.0

230.5

0.9

6.4

192.1

463.9

Share
 capital 
£m

34.0

Share 
premium
 £m

230.5

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m

Hedging 
and 
translation 
reserve
 £m

0.9

(4.4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9.2

(7.8)

–

1.4

–

–

–

Retained 
earnings 
£m

65.2

74.0

23.6

–

–

2.3

99.9

(39.1)

–

(0.5)

Total 
£m

326.2

74.0

23.6

9.2

(7.8)

2.3

101.3

(39.1)

–

(0.5)

34.0

230.5

0.9

(3.0)

125.5

387.9

Total 
equity 
£m

406.2

103.3

15.5

18.3

3.5

–

0.8

17.7

–

–

–

–

4.3

–

(1.5)

–

21.1

Non-
controlling 
interests
£m

18.0

0.8

–

–

–

–

0.8

–

(0.5)

–

18.3

(0.4)

(3.9)

(3.2)

(2.3)

126.7

(42.5)

(1.5)

(3.9)

485.0

Total 
equity 
£m

344.2

74.8

23.6

9.2

(7.8)

2.3

102.1

(39.1)

(0.5)

(0.5)

406.2

101

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Consolidated balance sheet
as at 31 December 2018

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Acquired intangible assets

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Investment in joint ventures

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Assets classified as held for sale

Total assets

Current liabilities

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Current tax liability

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

Derivatives at fair value

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liability

Post retirement benefit obligations

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

Total non-current liabilities

Net assets

Equity 

Called up share capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Hedging and translation reserve

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Note

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

15 

16 

17 

18 

11 

19 

20 

21 

22 

336.5

69.1

5.1

370.0

23.4

8.6

812.7

141.9

232.9

96.9

471.7

329.1

66.2

1.9

322.1

23.3

7.5

750.1

125.1

229.1

89.6

443.8

24 

–

6.8

1,284.4

1,200.7

22 

25 

10 

27 

23

22 

25 

11 

26 

27 

28 

(70.1)

(263.2)

(38.3)

(9.4)

(5.3)

(73.1)

(279.3)

(40.2)

(2.4)

–

(386.3)

(395.0)

(240.8)

(197.0)

(0.7)

(34.3)

(2.3)

(35.4)

(132.5)

(157.2)

(4.8)

(413.1)

485.0

(7.6)

(399.5)

406.2

34.0

230.5

0.9

6.4

192.1

463.9

21.1

485.0

34.0

230.5

0.9

(3.0)

125.5

387.9

18.3

406.2

The financial statements on pages 100 to 144 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 4 March 2019. They are 
signed on its behalf by:

C G MacLean 
Director 

S G Bennett
Director

102

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Operating

Cash generated from operations

Interest received

Interest paid

Net interest paid

UK corporation tax paid

Overseas corporate tax paid

Total tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Investing 

Dividends received from joint ventures

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Sale of property, plant and equipment

Net capital expenditure

Purchase of business

Proceeds from sale of business

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Financing

Ordinary dividends paid

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Settlement of equity-settled share-based payments

Repayment of borrowings

Proceeds of borrowings

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Increase in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts during the year

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at 1 January 

Cash (outflows)/inflows

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts

Foreign exchange and other movements

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at 31 December 

2018

2017

Note

£m

£m

£m

£m

29 

124.9

162.6

1.1

(5.6)

–

(23.0)

(75.7)

17.5

5.6

3.6

(4.5)

(23.0)

97.4

1.1

(58.2)

(25.8)

3.7

(79.2)

(42.5)

(1.5)

(5.4)

(63.5)

103.9

(9.0)

9.2

65.4

9.2

1.6

76.2

19 

31 

32

12 

30

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

30 

1.0

(5.8)

–

(26.1)

(60.3)

2.2

(28.5)

39.2

Reconciliation of net cash flow from operating activities to movement in net borrowings

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Add back: dividends received from joint ventures

Less: net capital expenditure

Less: net purchase of business

Ordinary dividends paid

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Settlement of equity-settled share based payments

Foreign exchange and other movements

Increase in net borrowings

Note

19 

12 

30 

30 

2018
 £m

97.4

1.1

(58.2)

(22.1)
18.2
(42.5)

(1.5)

(5.4)

(2.3)

(33.5)

(4.8)

(26.1)

131.7

2.0

(58.1)

(64.1)

7.6

(112.6)

(39.1)

(0.5)

(3.1)

(102.0)

136.3

(8.4)

10.7

52.0

10.7

2.7

65.4

2017
 £m

131.7

2.0

(58.1)

(56.5)
19.1
(39.1)

(0.5)

(3.1)

(6.6)

(30.2)

103

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements
31 December 2018

1  General information
Synthomer plc is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act. The address of the 
registered office is given on page 160. The Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange.

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in pounds sterling (functional currency of the parent company). Foreign operations are 
included in accordance with the policies set out in note 2.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 
The Group has applied the following standards and amendments for the first time for the annual reporting period commencing 1 January 2018. 

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
IFRS 9 replaced IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. It addresses the classification, measurement and  
de-recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities, introduces new rules for hedge accounting and a new impairment model for 
financial assets. This standard is mandatory for financial years commencing on or after 1 January 2018. 

The adoption of IFRS 9 did not have a material impact on the amounts recognised in the current period or the prior period and it is not 
expected to significantly impact future periods. The Group has chosen to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39  
as permitted by the standard.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
The IASB issued a new standard for the recognition of revenue which is mandatory for financial years commencing on or after 1 January 
2018. This replaced IAS 18 which covered contracts for goods and services and IAS 11 which covered construction contracts. The new 
standard is based on the principle that revenue is recognised when performance obligations are met and control of goods or services 
transfers to a customer. The standard applies a five step approach to the timing of revenue recognition. 

The adoption of IFRS 15 did not have a material impact on the amounts recognised in the current period or the prior period and it is not 
expected to significantly impact future periods.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the 31 December 2018 reporting 
period and have not been early adopted by the Group. The Group’s assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations is 
set out below:

IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS 16 was issued in January 2016. For lessees, it will result in almost all leases being recognised on the balance sheet, as the distinction 
between operating and finance leases is removed. Under the new standard, an asset (the right-to-use the leased item) and a financial 
liability to pay rentals are recognised. The only exceptions are short-term and low-value leases. This standard is mandatory for financial 
years commencing on or after 1 January 2019. 

The standard will primarily affect the accounting for the Group’s operating leases, and the Group has undertaken a review to identify all 
leases in each entity. As at the reporting date, the Group has non-cancellable operating lease commitments of £30.4m (see note 34).  
Work has now been carried out to determine the financial impact on adoption of this accounting standard as at 1 January 2019. Using the 
modified retrospective method of adoption the Group expects to recognise right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities of 
approximately £43m. The approximate impact will be an increase to EBITDA of £7m, an increase to depreciation of £6m and an increase to 
interest payable to give a nil impact on profit before taxation in the year ending 31 December 2019.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or 
future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

2  Significant accounting policies 
Basis of accounting
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the 
European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU), IFRS Interpretations Committee and the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies 
reporting under IFRS. The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial 
instruments at fair value through the Income Statement. As discussed in the Report of the Directors on page 91, the financial statements 
have been prepared on a going concern basis. The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below and have been consistently 
applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company  
(its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December each year. Control is achieved where the Company is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns 
from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

104

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the effective 
date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial 
statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group.

The results of joint ventures are accounted for using equity accounting.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity therein.
Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the original business combination (see below) and the 
non-controlling interest’s share of changes in equity since the date of combination.

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. 

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable 
assets and liabilities of a subsidiary, associate or joint venture at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recognised as an asset and reviewed for 
impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement and is not subsequently reversed. 

Should the fair value of the identifiable assets exceed the cost of acquisition, a “Bargain purchase”, the excess is credited to the income 
statement immediately on acquisition.

For the purpose of impairment testing goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating units expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination. Cash generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more 
frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than the 
carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and 
then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit.

Should the fair value of the identifiable assets exceed the cost of acquisition, the excess is credited to the income statement immediately 
on acquisition.

On disposal of a subsidiary, associate or joint venture, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or 
loss on disposal.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS has been retained at the previous UK GAAP amounts subject to being 
tested for impairment at that date. Goodwill written off to reserves under UK GAAP prior to 1998 has not been reinstated and is not included 
in determining any subsequent profit or loss on disposal.

Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration for each acquisition is 
measured at the aggregate of the fair values (at the date of completion) of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments 
issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquired entity. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in the profit or loss as incurred.

The identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired entity that meet the conditions for recognition under IFRS 3 (2008) 
are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, except that:

 + deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes;
 + liabilities or assets related to employee benefit arrangements are recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 19 Employee Benefits; 

and

 + assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and 

Discontinued Operations are measured in accordance with that standard.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the 
Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during  
the measurement period (see below), or additional assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and 
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts as of that date.

The measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information about facts and 
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, and is subject to a maximum of one year.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer’s previously held investment is 
re-measured to fair value at the acquisition date; any gains or losses from such re-measurement are recognised in the income statement.

105

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

2  Significant accounting policies continued
Acquired intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired through acquisition are measured at their fair value and are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated 
useful lives, on the following bases:

Customer relationships 
Other intangibles 

– between 5 and 15 years
– up to 10 years

Assets with an indefinite life are not subject to amortisation.

Where necessary the fair value at acquisition and estimated useful lives for these intangible assets are based on independent valuation reports. 

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets that are not acquired through a business combination are initially measured at cost and amortised on a straight-line 
basis over their estimated useful lives of between 3 and 5 years.

An internally-generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s product development is recognised only if all of the following conditions in 
IAS 38 are met:

 + an asset is created that can be separately identified (such as software and new processes);
 + it is technically feasible to complete the asset;
 + management intends to complete the development;
 + there is an ability to use or sell the asset once development has been completed;
 + it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits;
 + adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development are available; and
 + the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Where no internally-generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in 
which it is incurred. 

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment. Cost comprises original 
purchase price and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use, including, where appropriate, 
capitalised finance costs. Except for freehold land, which is not depreciated, the cost of property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a 
straight-line basis over its expected useful life as follows:

Freehold buildings 
Leasehold land and buildings 
Plant and equipment 

– 50 years
– the lesser of 50 years and the period of the lease
– between 3 and 10 years

Assets in the course of construction are not depreciated until the assets are ready for their intended use.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets excluding goodwill
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its plant, property and equipment and intangible assets to determine 
whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the 
asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are 
independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of  
the asset (or cash generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement.

When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash generating unit) is increased to the revised 
estimate of its recoverable amount to the extent that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have 
been determined had no impairment loss been recognised in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in the 
income statement.

106

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
Joint ventures
Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method of accounting, interests in joint ventures are initially 
recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses and movements in other 
comprehensive income.

Leases
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred to the Group as the lessee are classified as 
operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to profit or loss on a 
straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour 
costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is calculated 
using the weighted average method. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion and 
costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution. Provision is made for obsolete, slow-moving or defective items where appropriate.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.

Loans and receivables
Trade receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold in the ordinary course of business. They are generally short-term in 
nature and are therefore classified as current assets and their fair value recognised at the consideration due. The carrying value of trade 
receivables are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature. Appropriate allowances for estimated 
irrecoverable amounts are recognised in the income statement based on expected losses

All trade receivables that are factored by third parties are done so on a non-recourse basis. At the point of factoring, the Group forfeits the 
right to future cash flows from these receivables and those amounts are derecognised. The cost of factoring receivables is recognised as a 
finance cost in the period in which the receivable is factored.

Amortised bank borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, including 
premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accruals basis to the income statement 
using the effective interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the 
period in which they arise.

Trade payables
Trade payables are generally short-term in nature and are therefore classified as current liabilities. They are recognised initially at their fair 
value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The carrying value of trade payables are 
considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature.

Impairment of financial assets
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its financial assets to determine whether there is any indication that 
those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to 
determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).

Finance costs
Finance costs of debt are recognised in the income statement over the term of such instruments at an effective interest rate on the carrying 
amount. Finance costs that are directly attributable to the construction of property, plant and equipment are capitalised as part of the cost 
of those assets in accordance with IAS 23.

107

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

2  Significant accounting policies continued
Foreign currencies 
In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency are 
recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities 
that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and 
liabilities carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value 
was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

In order to hedge its exposure to certain foreign exchange risks, the Group enters into forward contracts (see below for details of the 
Group’s accounting policies in respect of such derivative financial instruments).

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s overseas operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance 
sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the relevant average exchange rates for the period. Exchange differences arising,  
if any, are classified as equity and transferred to the Group’s translation reserve. Such translation differences are recognised in the income 
statement in the period in which the operation is disposed of.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and 
translated at the closing rate. The Group elected to treat goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisitions before the date of 
transition to IFRS as sterling-denominated assets and liabilities.

Derivative financial instruments
The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the Board of Directors, which provide written principles on 
the use of financial derivatives, as set out in note 23.

The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk, 
including foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate swaps and foreign currency options.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their  
fair value at each balance sheet date. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a 
negative fair value is recognised as a financial liability. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the income statement immediately unless 
the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in the income statement 
depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. The Group designates certain derivatives as either hedges of highly probable forecast 
transactions or hedges of foreign currency risk of firm commitments (cash flow hedges), or hedges of net investments in foreign operations.

Hedge accounting
The Group designates certain hedging instruments, which include derivatives, embedded derivatives and non-derivatives in respect of 
foreign currency risk as fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of net investments in foreign operations.

Fair value hedges
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together 
with any changes in the fair value of the hedged assets or liabilities that are attributable to the hedged risk. The Group only applies fair value 
hedge accounting for foreign currency exposure associated with the underlying hedged item. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective 
portion is also recognised in the income statement.

Cash flow hedges
At the inception of the hedge relationship the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along 
with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge 
and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is highly effective in 
offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are deferred in equity. 
The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Amounts deferred in equity are recycled in the income statement in the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss, in the 
same line of the income statement as the recognised hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the 
recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity 
and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or non-financial liability.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, 
or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any cumulative gain or loss deferred in equity at that time remains in equity and is 
recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to 
occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

108

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument 
relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in equity in the foreign currency translation reserve. The gain or loss relating to the 
ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks which become fully liquid within three months or less and 
other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement 
because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never 
taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the 
financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit and is accounted for using the balance sheet 
liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to 
the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests 
in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary 
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable 
that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. 
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which 
case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the 
taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Retirement benefit costs
Current and past service costs in respect of the Group's defined benefit pension schemes are charged to the consolidated income 
statement. Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are charged to the income statement as they fall due. Actuarial 
gains on the defined benefit schemes are recognised in full in each period in which they occur. They are recognised outside of the 
consolidated income statement and are presented in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation 
at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually using the projected 
unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows 
using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have 
terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension obligation.

The UK defined benefit scheme is funded, with the assets of the scheme held separately from those of the Group, in separate trustee-
administered funds. For the German schemes, the assets are included within the assets of the respective companies, as permitted under 
local laws. The assets of the other overseas schemes are held separately from those of the Group. 

109

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

2  Significant accounting policies continued
Provisions
Provisions for restructuring costs are recognised when the Group has a detailed formal plan for the restructuring that has been 
communicated to affected parties.

Revenue recognition 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods provided in 
the normal course of business net of discounts, VAT and other sales-related taxes.

Revenue is recognised under the provisions of IFRS 15 when performance obligations are met and control of the goods passes to 
the customer.

Share-based payments
The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Share-based Payments.

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at  
fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a 
straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Group will on occasion, at its own discretion, settle the share-based payments in cash  
rather than equity.

Definitions
Operating profit
Operating profit represents profit from continuing activities before financing costs and taxation. 

EBITDA
EBITDA is calculated as operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and Special Items (as defined below).

Special Items
The following are disclosed separately as Special Items in order to provide a clearer indication of the Group’s underlying performance:

 + Re-structuring and site closure costs;
 + Sale of a business or significant asset;
 + Acquisition costs;
 + Amortisation of acquired intangible assets;
 + Impairment of non-current assets;
 + Fair value adjustment – mark to market adjustments in respect of cross currency and interest rate derivatives used for hedging purposes 

where IAS 39 hedge accounting is not applied;

 + Items of income and expense that are considered material, either by their size and/or nature;
 + Tax impact of above items; and 
 + Settlement of prior period tax issues.

These Special Items are either irregular and therefore including them in the assessment of a segment’s performance would lead to a 
distortion of trends or are technical adjustments which ensure the Group’s financial statements are in compliance with IFRS but do not 
reflect the operating performance of the segment in the year.

Underlying performance 
Underlying performance represents the statutory performance of the Group under IFRS, excluding Special Items.

Net cash/(borrowings)
Net cash/(borrowings) represents cash and cash equivalents less short and long term borrowings, as adjusted for the effect of related 
derivative instruments, irrespective of whether they qualify for hedge accounting, non-recourse factoring arrangements and the inclusion of 
financial assets.

Critical accounting judgements and estimates
The following provides information on those policies that management considers critical because of the level of judgement and estimation 
required which often involves assumptions regarding future events which can vary from what is anticipated. The directors believe that the 
financial statements reflect appropriate judgements and estimates and provide a true and fair view of Synthomer’s performance and 
financial position.

Valuation of goodwill and intangibles on acquisition
Acquired intangibles IFRS 3 (revised) “Business Combinations” requires that goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries is capitalised  
and included in intangible assets. IFRS 3 (revised) also requires the identification of other intangible assets at acquisition. The assumptions 
involved in valuing these intangible assets require the use of estimates and judgements, that may differ from the actual outcome. These 
estimates and judgements cover future growth rates, expected inflation rates and the discount rate used. Changing the assumptions  
selected by management could significantly affect the allocation of the purchase price paid between goodwill and other acquired intangibles).

110

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Post retirement benefit obligations
Included in the actuaries’ calculation of the post retirement benefit obligations are a number of assumptions. Any changes in these 
assumptions will impact the carrying value of the obligations. These are shown in detail in note 26.

Current tax liability and deferred tax
The Group annually incurs significant amounts of income taxes payable to various jurisdictions around the world and it also recognises 
significant changes in deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, all of which are based on management’s interpretations of applicable 
laws, regulations and relevant court decisions. The quality of these estimates is highly dependent upon management’s ability to properly 
apply what can be very complex sets of rules and to recognise changes in applicable rules. 

3  Special Items
The Special Items are made up as follows:

Continuing operations

Restructuring and site closure

Sale of business

Sale of land 

Acquisition costs

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Aborted bond costs

UK Guaranteed Minimum Pension equalisation

Operating loss

Finance costs

Fair value of unhedged interest derivatives

Loss before taxation from continuing operations

Taxation

Loss for the year from continuing operations

Note

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

(12.2)

(11.6)

24 

 31

16 

9

10 

3.8

16.4

(0.5)

(16.4)

(1.7)

(2.8)

(13.4)

(1.4)

(14.8)

6.0

(8.8)

–

1.3

(2.3)

(31.0)

–

–

(43.6)

–

(43.6)

13.1

(30.5)

Restructuring and site closure relates to the natural rubber and polyester resins production lines, in Kluang (Malaysia), which closed in  
Q4 2018, and an increase in the onerous lease and related provisions for the Ossett site due to a change in circumstance relating to the 
subletting of the site. In 2017, it primarily related to the rationalisation of the Ribécourt (France) site and the initial onerous lease provision  
for the Ossett site.

Sale of business relates to the disposal of the Leuna (Germany) site and the disposal of 51% of our sales entities in Dubai. 

Sale of land in 2018 relates to the disposal of the final tranche of Malaysian land at Kluang. The profit on sale of land in 2017 related to a 
disposal of land in Hapton (UK).

Acquisition costs were incurred in relation to BASF Pischelsdorf (2017: BASF Pischelsdorf and Speciality Additives) and for other potential 
acquisitions which will not occur or had not occurred before the balance sheet date. 

Amortisation of acquired intangibles decreased significantly during 2018 due to the full amortisation during the year of the PolymerLatex 
customer relationships acquired during 2011. The amortisation includes £1.4m in respect of intangibles relating to the acquisition of BASF 
Pischelsdorf in 2018. 

Ahead of the Group refinancing during the year, a process was undertaken to issue fixed rate unsecured senior notes. Despite a strong 
response from investors, the Group decided not to complete the transaction due to unfavourable market conditions. The costs of this 
process are not reflective of Underlying performance.

Following a UK High Court ruling during the year in relation to the equalisation of male and female Guaranteed Minimum Pensions (GMP)  
a pension plan amendment is deemed to have occurred. The actuarial estimate of this irregular cost was £2.8m.

As part of the Group refinancing in July 2018 we entered into swap arrangements to fix interest rates on the full value of the €440m 
committed, unsecured revolving credit facility. The fair value of the unhedged derivatives relates to the mark to market of the swap at 
31 December 2018 in excess of the current borrowings of the Group and has been taken through Special Items as it is not reflective  
of the Underlying performance.

111

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

4  Segmental analysis 
The Group's Executive Committee, chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, examines the Group's performance and has identified two 
reportable segments of its business:

Europe and North America (ENA)
These markets are well developed and are typically growing in line with GDP.

Asia and Rest of the World (ARW) 
These markets are characterised by growing at rates generally above GDP coupled with an increased penetration of more sophisticated 
products into wider uses.

The Executive Committee primarily uses a measure of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) to assess the 
performance of the operating segments. No information is provided to the Committee at the segment level concerning interest income, 
interest expenses, income taxes or other material non-cash items.

No single customer accounts for more than 10% of the Group's revenues.

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

1,228.4

1,134.9

390.5

345.3

1,618.9

1,480.2

2017

Share of 
joint 
ventures
 £m

–

1.0

1.0

–

1.0

Total 
£m

77.5

31.2

108.7

(13.3)

95.4

2018

Share of 
joint 
ventures 
£m

–

0.4

0.4

–

0.4

Subsidiaries 
£m

91.8

54.5

146.3

(18.0)

128.3

Total 
£m

91.8

54.9

146.7

(18.0)

128.7

Subsidiaries 
£m

77.5

30.2

107.7

(13.3)

94.4

2018

Total 
assets
 £m

Total 
liabilities 
£m

Capital 
expenditure 
£m

Note

Depreciation 
and 
amortisation 
£m

Amortisation
acquired 
intangibles
£m

61.0
16.3
77.3
–
77.3

24.6
14.0
38.6
0.3
38.9

12.6
3.8
16.4
–
16.4

516.6
226.2
742.8
7.1
749.9
14.0
336.5
69.1
23.4
–
–
1,192.9

19 
15 
16 

26 
22 

(189.6)
(78.4)
(268.0)
(15.4)
(283.4)
(5.4)
–
(13.4)
(59.2)
(132.5)
(214.0)
(707.9)
485.0

Analysis by activity – Revenue

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Analysis by activity – Operating Profit

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Reported segment operating profit

Unallocated corporate expenses

Operating profit

Analysis by activity

Subsidiaries
Europe & North America
Asia & Rest of the World

Unallocated assets and liabilities

Share of joint ventures
Goodwill 
Acquired intangibles and related deferred tax
Current and deferred taxation
Post retirement benefit obligations
Net borrowings

Net assets

112

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Subsidiaries
Europe & North America
Asia & Rest of the World

Unallocated assets and liabilities

Share of joint ventures
Goodwill 
Acquired intangibles and related deferred tax
Current and deferred taxation
Post retirement benefit obligations
Net borrowings

Net assets

Analysis of total revenue by destination 

UK

Germany

Other Western Europe

Western Europe

Eastern Europe

North America

Malaysia

Other Asia

Africa and Middle East

Rest of the World

2017

Total 
assets
 £m

Total 
liabilities 
£m

Capital 
expenditure 
£m

Note

Depreciation 
and 
amortisation 
£m

Amortisation
acquired 
intangibles
£m

36.3
24.3
60.6
–
60.6

23.8
13.1
36.9
0.3
37.2

27.3
3.7
31.0
–
31.0

453.9
224.6
678.5
6.5
685.0
10.9
329.1
66.2
23.3
–
–
1,114.5

19 
15 
16 

26 
22 

(205.2)
(71.8)
(277.0)
(14.6)
(291.6)
(3.4)
–
(16.3)
(59.3)
(157.2)
(180.5)
(708.3)
406.2

2018 
£m

87.0

234.5

556.3

877.8

118.0

92.4

260.1

195.2

45.7

29.7

2017
£m

69.4

225.1

483.8

778.3

102.8

94.9

195.3

228.8

58.2

21.9

1,618.9

1,480.2

Inter-segmental revenue
In addition to the amounts included above, inter-segmental revenue was earned as set out below. This revenue was eliminated on consolidation.

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Total

Europe & 
North
 America 
£m

–

1.1

1.1

2018

Asia & 
Rest of 
World 
£m

18.7

–

18.7

Europe & 
North 
America 
£m

–

0.8

0.8

Total
 £m

18.7

1.1

19.8

2017

Asia & 
Rest of 
World 
£m

16.2

–

16.2

Total 
£m

16.2

0.8

17.0

113

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

5  Underlying segmental performance
The IFRS profit measures show the performance of the Group as a whole and as such includes all sources of income and expenses, including 
both one-off items and those that do not relate to the Group's ongoing businesses. To provide increased clarity on the ongoing trading 
performance of the Group's businesses, management uses "underlying performance" as an alternative performance measure to plan for, 
control and assess the performance of the segments. Underlying performance differs from the IFRS measures as it excludes Special Items.

The definition of Special Items is shown in note 2 and has been consistently applied. Special Items are either irregular, and therefore 
including them in the assessment of a segment's performance would lead to a distortion of trends, or are technical adjustments which 
ensure the Group's financial statements are in compliance with IFRS but do not reflect the operating performance of the segment in  
the year, or both. An example of the latter is the amortisation of acquired intangibles, which principally relates to acquired customer 
relationships. The Group incurs costs, which are recognised as an expense in the income statement, in maintaining these customer 
relationships. The Group considers that the exclusion of the amortisation charge on acquired intangibles from Underlying performance 
avoids the potential double counting of such costs and therefore excludes it as a Special Item from Underlying performance.

Reconciliation of Underlying performance to IFRS 

2018

2017

Europe
 & North
 America
£m

Asia & 
Rest of 
World
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
£m

Note 

Europe 
& North
 America
£m

Asia & 
Rest of 
World
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
£m

Total
£m

Total
£m

Revenue 
Underlying performance and 
IFRS

Operating profit/(loss) – including  
share of joint ventures

Underlying performance
Special Items

Restructuring & site 
closure costs
Sale of business
Sale of land
Acquisition costs
Amortisation of 
acquired intangibles
Aborted bond costs
UK Guaranteed 
Minimum Pension 
equalisation

1,228.4

390.5

1,618.9

1,134.9

345.3

1,480.2

111.2

45.7

(14.8)

142.1

117.1

35.1

(13.2)

139.0

(6.0)
1.0
–
(0.5)

(12.6)
–

(1.3)
(19.4)

(6.2)
2.8
16.4
–

(3.8)
–

–
9.2

–
–
–
–

–
(1.7)

(1.5)
(3.2)

(12.2)
3.8
16.4
(0.5)

(16.4)
(1.7)

(2.8)
(13.4)

(11.3)
–
1.3
(2.3)

(27.3)
–

–
(39.6)

(0.2)
–
–
–

(3.7)
–

–
(3.9)

(0.1)
–
–
–

–
–

–
(0.1)

(11.6)
–
1.3
(2.3)

(31.0)
–

–
(43.6)

IFRS

91.8

54.9

(18.0)

128.7

77.5

31.2

(13.3)

95.4

Finance costs 

Underlying performance
Fair value of unhedged 
interest derivatives
IFRS

Profit before taxation 

Underlying performance
IFRS

9

9
9

(7.0)

(1.4)
(8.4)

135.1
120.3

(9.0)

–
(9.0)

130.0
86.4

114

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
 
 
2018

2017

Europe
 & North
 America
£m

Asia & 
Rest of 
World
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
£m

Note 

Taxation 

Underlying performance
Special Items

Historical issues
Purchase and sale 
of business
Restructuring and 
site closure costs
Amortisation of 
acquired intangibles

IFRS

Profit for the year 

Underlying performance
IFRS

Profit attributable to 
non-controlling interests

Underlying performance
Special Items
Sale of land
Restructuring and site 
closure costs

IFRS

Profit attributable to equity 
holders of the parent

Underlying performance

IFRS

Earnings per share (pence)

Underlying performance

Special Items

IFRS

10

10

10 

10 
10

13

Europe 
& North
 America
£m

Asia & 
Rest of 
World
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
£m

Total
£m

(23.0)

2.5

0.1

0.2

3.2
(17.0)

112.1
103.3

0.5

4.8

(1.8)

3.5

111.6

99.8

32.8p

(3.4p)

29.4p

Total
£m

(24.7)

–

0.4

1.3

11.4
(11.6)

105.3
74.8

0.8

–

–

0.8

104.5

74.0

30.7p

(8.9p)

21.8p

115

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

6  EBITDA
The Group uses EBITDA as an alternative performance measure as it provides an indication of the level of cash being generated by the 
business from its trading activities in the period by excluding the depreciation and amortisation charges and Special Items. This is also the 
principal profit measure used for the financial covenants in the Group's debt facilities.

Europe
& North 
America 
£m

135.8

(24.6)

111.2

(19.4)

2018

Asia & 
Rest of
 World 
£m

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
 £m

59.7

(14.0)

45.7

9.2

(14.5)

(0.3)

(14.8)

(3.2)

Total
 £m

181.0

(38.9)

142.1

(13.4)

Europe
& North 
America 
£m

140.9

(23.8)

117.1

(39.6)

2017

Asia & 
Rest of
 World 
£m

48.2

(13.1)

35.1

(3.9)

Unallocated 
corporate 
expenses
 £m

(12.9)

(0.3)

(13.2)

(0.1)

Total
 £m

176.2

(37.2)

139.0

(43.6)

91.8

54.9

(18.0)

128.7

77.5

31.2

(13.3)

95.4

Note

2018
 £m

2017 
£m

1,618.9

1,480.2

(1,325.1)

(1,195.4)

19 

Note

16 

17 

18 

293.8

(42.9)

(70.3)

0.4

181.0

(38.9)

142.1

(13.4)

128.7

2018
 £m

16.4

1.1

37.8

6.8

3.6

17.1

284.8

(39.1)

(70.5)

1.0

176.2

(37.2)

139.0

(43.6)

95.4

2017
 £m

31.0

0.8

36.4

4.2

3.1

18.3

The definition of EBITDA is shown in note 2.

Reconciliation of EBITDA to IFRS

Note

4 

5 

5 

5 

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Operating profit/(loss) – 
Underlying performance

Special Items

Operating profit/(loss) – 
IFRS

7  Operating profit

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Sales and marketing costs

Administrative expenses

Share of joint ventures

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation – Underlying performance

Operating profit – Underlying performance

Special Items

Operating profit – IFRS

Operating profit is stated after charging the following:

Amortisation: acquired intangibles

Amortisation: other intangibles 

Depreciation

Hire of plant and equipment

Other lease rentals

Research and development expenditure 

116

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 20188  Auditors’ remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for:

audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and the consolidated annual financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and their associates for other services to the Group:

audit of the Company’s subsidiaries’ annual financial statements

Total audit fees

Audit related assurance services

Other assurance services

Other taxation advisory services

Total non-audit fees

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

142

750

892

22

95

3

120

139

661

800

33

–

24

57

Details of the Company’s policy on the use of auditor for non-audit services, the reasons why the auditors were used rather than another 
supplier and how the auditors' independence and objectivity was safeguarded are set out in the Audit Committee section of the Corporate 
Governance Report on page 71. No services were provided pursuant to contingent fee arrangements.

9  Finance costs

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

Less: interest receivable

Pensions – IAS 19 interest charge

Net interest payable

Fair value of unhedged interest derivatives

Total finance costs

2018 
£m

4.9

(1.1)

3.8

3.2

7.0

1.4

8.4

2017
 £m

5.7

(1.0)

4.7

4.3

9.0

–

9.0

The fair value of the unhedged derivatives relates to the mark to market of the swap arrangements at 31 December 2018 in excess of the 
current borrowings of the Group. This has been taken through Special Items as it is not reflective of the Underlying performance.

10  Taxation

Current tax

UK corporation tax

Overseas tax

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Special Items

Current tax:

Historical issues

Purchase and sale of business

Restructuring and site closure costs

Deferred tax:

Restructuring and site closure costs

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Total tax on profit before taxation

2018 
£m

0.1

23.8

23.9

(0.9)

23.0

(2.5)

(0.1)

–

(0.2)

(3.2)

(6.0)

17.0

2017
 £m

–

27.1

27.1

(2.4)

24.7

–

(0.4)

(0.3)

(1.0)

(11.4)

(13.1)

11.6

UK corporation tax is calculated at 19.0% (2017: 19.25%) of the estimated assessable profit for the year. Taxation for other jurisdictions is 
calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions.

117

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

10  Taxation continued
Reconciliation of tax expense to profit before taxation
The differences between the total tax expense shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK corporation 
tax to the profit before tax is as follows.

Profit before taxation 

2018
 £m

120.3

2017
 £m

86.4

Tax on profit before taxation at standard UK corporation tax rate of 19.0% (2017: 19.25%)

22.9

16.6

Effects of:

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Tax incentives and items not subject to tax

Higher tax rates on overseas earnings

Other deferred tax asset not recognised less amounts now recognised

Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior periods

Effect of change of rate on deferred tax

Tax charge for year

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Deferred tax (charge)/credit in respect of actuarial gains

Current tax liabilities

Current tax liabilities

4.8

(11.8)

6.8

(3.2)

(2.4)

(0.1)

17.0

2018
 £m

(2.3)

2018
 £m

4.3

(8.7)

5.3

(1.5)

(0.1)

(4.3)

11.6

2017
 £m

2.3 

2017
 £m

(38.3)

(40.2)

Tax incentives and items not subject to tax mainly comprise profits from the Nitrile latex business in Malaysia, which benefits from pioneer 
status until 28 February 2020, income in relation to the sale of land which is not subject to corporate tax in Malaysia and exemptions from 
capital gains tax available on profits on sale of businesses in Dubai and Germany.

In October 2017 the European Commission opened a state aid investigation into the Group Financing Exemption in the UK controlled 
foreign company legislation. In common with other UK-based international companies, the Group may be affected by the outcome of this 
investigation and is therefore monitoring developments. If the preliminary findings of the European Commission's investigations into the UK 
legislation are upheld, we have estimated the Group's potential liability to be £5.8m. Based on the current status of the investigation, we 
have concluded that no provision is required in relation to this amount.

11  Deferred taxation
Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of all tax losses and other temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets to 
the extent that it is probable that these assets will be recovered. 

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities are shown below.

Deferred tax liabilities
2018

At 1 January

(Charged)/credited to income statement

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Accelerated 
tax
 depreciation
 £m 

Acquired
 intangibles
 £m

(17.7)

(16.3)

(0.4)

(0.6)

3.2

(0.3)

(18.7)

(13.4)

Other
 £m

(1.4)

(0.7)

(0.1)

(2.2)

Total 
£m

(35.4)

2.1

(1.0)

(34.3)

118

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Deferred tax assets
2018

At 1 January

Credited to income statement

Charged to statement of other comprehensive income

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Deferred tax assets not recognised 
The amounts of deferred tax not recognised at the balance sheet dates are as follows:

UK pension liability

Tax losses

Accelerated capital allowances

Other timing differences

Pension 
£m

Other
 £m

18.9

1.0

(2.3)

0.1

17.7

4.4

1.2

–

0.1

5.7

2018 
£m

5.2

13.9

1.8

0.2

21.1

Total 
£m

23.3

2.2

(2.3)

0.2

23.4

2017
 £m

7.0

14.6

2.9

–

24.5

Of the unrecognised tax losses set out above, £0.6m expire at the end of 2019, £0.6m expire at the end of 2020, £0.5m expire at the end of 
2022 and £0.4m expire at the end of 2023.

12  Ordinary dividends

Interim dividend

Proposed final dividend

2018 
Pence 
per share

4.0

9.1

13.1

2018
£m

13.6

30.9

44.5

2017
 Pence 
per share

3.7

8.5

12.2

2017 
£m

12.6

28.9

41.5

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as a liability 
in these financial statements.

Dividends paid

Interim dividend

Prior year final dividend

13  Earnings per share
Number of shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:

Share options

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

Earnings per share

From Continuing operations

Earnings (Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent)

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2018 
£m

13.6

28.9

42.5

2017 
£m

12.6

26.5

39.1

2018
 Number
000s

2017 
Number
 000s

339,766

339,881

1,808

2,258

341,574

342,139

2018

2017

£m

p

p

99.8

29.4

29.2

74.0

21.8

21.6

119

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

14  Employees

The average monthly number of employees during the year by segment was:

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Corporate

The aggregate remuneration of all Group employees comprised:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs (including £2.8m GMP equalisation)

Share-based payments

Directors’ emoluments are disclosed in the Remuneration Report on pages 73 to 88.

15  Goodwill

Cost

At 1 January

Exchange adjustments

Purchase of business

At 31 December

Accumulated impairment losses

At 1 January and at 31 December

Net book value

At 31 December

2018
 Number

2017 
Number

2,089

1,985

799

30

776

28

2,918

2,789

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

123.1

21.5

11.3

1.5

116.3

18.0

8.0

2.8

157.4

145.1

Note

2018 
£m

2017
 £m

439.0

6.2

1.2

446.4

411.3

2.8

24.9

439.0

31 

109.9

109.9

336.5

329.1

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment at the balance sheet date, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might 
be impaired.

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (“CGUs”) that are expected to benefit 
from that business combination. 

The allocation of the carrying value of goodwill is represented below. 

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Total

Net book 
value at 
1 January 
 2017
 £m

268.3

33.1

301.4

Exchange
adjustments
£m

Purchase of
business 
£m

Net book 
value at
 31 December 
2017 
£m

Exchange 
adjustments
 £m

Purchase of 
business
 £m

Net book 
value at 
31 December
 2018
£m

2.5

0.3

2.8

24.9

–

24.9

295.7

33.4

329.1

4.6

1.6

6.2

1.2

–

1.2

301.5

35.0

336.5

The recoverable amounts for CGUs are determined from value in use calculations, based upon discounted cash flows. The key assumptions 
for those discounted cash flow calculations are the discount rate, profitability and growth rate. The discount rate is based on the Group’s 
weighted average cost of capital adjusted, where appropriate, for the risk premium attributable to the particular CGU’s activities and geography 
of operation. Profitability and growth rates are based on past experience combined with management’s expectations for future business 
performance, which is informed by a number of factors including economic growth, internal plans and competitor and customer activity.

120

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Pretax discount rates of 11% (2017: 11%) and 12% (2017: 12%) have been used in the above calculations for Europe & North America and 
Asia & Rest of World respectively. 

The profit used in the cash flows for the first five years is derived from management forecasts; for years six to ten a growth rate is applied.  
Growth rates of 2% (2017: 2%) and 5% (2017: 5%) have been used for Europe & North America and Asia & Rest of World respectively, 
representing management’s best estimate of each CGU’s circumstances, and these do not exceed the long term growth rates for the 
markets concerned. The profit for year ten is then assumed to apply without further growth into perpetuity. 

The directors consider that there is no reasonably possible change in key assumptions that would lead to an impairment.

Of the net book value of goodwill at 31 December 2018, £70.5 million (2017: £70.5 million) is located in the UK.

16  Acquired intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2018

Exchange adjustments

Purchase of business

At 31 December 2018

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2018

Exchange adjustments

Amortisation charge for the year

At 31 December 2018

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

Cost

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Purchase of business

At 31 December 2017

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Amortisation charge for the year

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

Analysis of net book value by segment: 

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

Customer 
relationships 
£m

Note

Other 
acquired 
intangibles
£m

Total 
£m

255.9

5.2

17.6

5.7

0.2

6.9

12.8

278.7

2.5

–

2.2

4.7

189.7

3.5

16.4

209.6

31

250.2

5.0

10.7

265.9

187.2

3.5

14.2

204.9

61.0

8.1

69.1

Customer 
relationships 
£m

Note

Other 
acquired 
intangibles 
£m

204.1

7.2

38.9

250.2

151.2

5.7

30.3

187.2

3.0

0.2

2.5

5.7

1.7

0.1

0.7

2.5

Total 
£m

207.1

7.4

41.4

255.9

152.9

5.8

31.0

189.7

63.0

3.2

66.2

2018 
£m

68.7

0.4

69.1

2017 
£m

62.2

4.0

66.2

121

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

17  Other intangible assets

Cost 

At 1 January 2018

Exchange adjustments

Additions

Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2018

Exchange adjustments

Amortisation charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

Cost 

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Additions

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

At 31 December 2017

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Amortisation charge for the year

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

 £m

3.6

–

4.3

(0.1)

7.8

1.7

–

1.1

(0.1)

2.7

5.1

 £m

1.5

(0.2)

2.5

(0.1)

(0.1)

3.6

1.3

(0.2)

0.8

(0.1)

(0.1)

1.7

1.9

Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

As disclosed in note 2, there are various conditions required by IAS 38 for an internally generated intangible asset to be recognised.

122

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 201818  Property, plant and equipment

Cost 
At 1 January 2018
Exchange adjustments

Additions 
Purchase of business
Sale of business
Disposals

Transfer from assets under construction
Reclassification
At 31 December 2018

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 2018
Exchange adjustments
Depreciation charge for the year 
Sale of business
Assets written down
Disposals
Reclassification
At 31 December 2018
Net book value
At 31 December 2018

Cost 

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Additions 

Purchase of business

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

Reclassification

At 31 December 2017

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 1 January 2017

Exchange adjustments

Depreciation charge for the year 

Transfer to assets held for sale

Assets written down

Disposals

Reclassification

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

Land and buildings

Leaseholds

Freeholds 
£m

Long 
£m

Short
 £m

Plant and
equipment
 £m

Assets under 
construction
£m

104.9
2.8

1.0
1.2
–
(0.9)

–
(0.1)
108.9

31.3
0.6
5.3
–
–
(0.2)
–
37.0

71.9

6.9
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
6.9

3.4
–
0.2
–
–
–
–
3.6

3.3

Land and buildings

Leaseholds

Freeholds 
£m

80.2

2.2

2.2

5.1

(4.3)

(0.7)

20.2

104.9

24.3

–

5.3

(1.0)

(0.4)

(0.7)

3.8

31.3

Long 
£m

6.9

–

0.2

–

–

(0.2)

–

6.9

3.3

–

0.2

–

–

(0.1)

–

3.4

1.2
–

–
–
–
–

–
0.5
1.7

0.3
–
0.3
–
–
–
0.4
1.0

0.7

Short
 £m

20.4

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

(19.1)

1.2

2.6

–

0.3

–

–

–

(2.6)

0.3

Total 
£m

646.1
15.0

73.0
5.4
(0.1)
(2.4)

–
–
737.0

324.0
6.3
37.8
(0.1)
(0.2)
(0.8)
–
367.0

499.3
11.3

34.8
4.2
(0.1)
(1.5)

42.6
(0.4)
590.2

289.0
5.7
32.0
(0.1)
(0.2)
(0.6)
(0.4)
325.4

33.8
0.9

37.2
–
–
–

(42.6)
–
29.3

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

264.8

29.3

370.0

Plant and
equipment
 £m

Assets under 
construction
£m

459.7

9.5

37.5

3.8

(5.4)

(4.7)

(1.1)

15.2

0.4

18.2

–

–

–

–

Total 
£m

582.4

12.0

58.1

8.9

(9.7)

(5.6)

–

499.3

33.8

646.1

258.9

4.7

30.6

(2.0)

(1.0)

(1.0)

(1.2)

289.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

289.1

4.7

36.4

(3.0)

(1.4)

(1.8)

–

324.0

73.6

3.5

0.9

210.3

33.8

322.1

123

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

18  Property, plant and equipment continued

Freehold land which has not been depreciated

Analysis of net book value by location: 

UK

Germany

Malaysia

Other

Analysis of net book value by segment:

Europe & North America

Asia & Rest of the World

2018 
£m

17.6

2018 
£m

43.7

83.0

130.6

112.7

370.0

2018 
£m

233.3

136.7

370.0

2017
 £m

17.4

2017
 £m

39.3

67.5

123.5

91.8

322.1

2017
 £m

192.3

129.8

322.1

19  Investment in joint ventures
Details of the Group’s joint ventures are as follows:

% of ownership

Name of entity

Place of incorporation

Synthomer Middle 
East 

Saudi Arabia

2018

49%

2017

49%

Principal Activity

Segment

Manufacturer and sale of acrylic and 
vinyl resin emulsions

Asia & Rest of the World

Synthomer Functional 
Solutions FZCO

UAE

49%

–

Trading in adhesives and oilfield chemicals

Asia & Rest of the World

Synthomer FZE 
Limited

UAE

49%

100%  

Sales and marketing support for  
Synthomer Group companies

Super Sky Ltd

United Kingdom

50%

50%

Non-trading

Asia & Rest of the World

Unallocated 
corporate expense

The Group reduced its holding in its UAE assets to 49% to align with other arrangements with joint venture partners in the region. 

During the year, the Group transferred certain assets and liabilities to Synthomer Functional Solutions FZCO Limited. On 28 June 2018, 
Group disposed of 51% of its shareholding in Synthomer Functional Solutions FZCO Limited for £1.4m, generating a profit on disposal of 
£0.5m and the Group disposed of 51% of its shareholding in Synthomer FZE Limited for £2.9m, generating a profit on disposal of £2.4m. See 
Sale of business note 32.

These joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method in these financial statements.

Summarised financial information in respect of the joint ventures is set out below. This information represents amounts in the joint ventures' 
financial statements adjusted for differences in accounting policies between the Group and the joint venture (and not the Group's share of 
those amounts).

124

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Summarised balance sheet (100%)

Non-current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Other current assets

Total current assets

Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Net assets

Group share:

Total assets

Total liabilities

Net assets (Group share)

Summarised statement of comprehensive income (100%)

Revenue

Operating profit from continuing operations

Interest

Taxation

Amortisation of intangibles

Profit from continuing operations

Exchange differences on translation

Total comprehensive income

Dividends paid

Movement in retained earnings

Profit for the year (Group share)

Exchange differences on translation (Group share)

Dividends paid (Group share)

The following table reconciles the summary information above to the carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint ventures:

Investment in joint venture

At 1 January

Profit from continuing operations

Exchange differences on translation

Partial disposal UAE business

Dividend paid

At 31 December

2018
£m

7.5

0.4

0.4

1.4

(1.1)

8.6

2018 
£m

5.2

4.7

18.6

23.3

(10.9)

(10.9)

2017
£m

4.6

2.3

15.3

17.6

(7.0)

(7.0)

17.6

15.2

2018 
£m

14.0

(5.4)

8.6

2017 
£m

10.9

(3.4)

7.5

2018 
£m

42.3

2017 
£m

39.6

0.9

2.1

–

–

–

0.9

1.1

2.0

(2.3)

(0.3)

0.4

0.5

(1.1)

–

–

–

2.1

(1.1)

1.0

(4.1)

(3.1)

1.0

(0.5)

(2.0)

2017
 £m

9.0

1.0

(0.5)

–

(2.0)

7.5

125

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

20  Inventories

Raw materials and consumables

Finished goods

Stock written off during the year

2018
 £m

68.1

73.8

141.9

0.7

2017 
£m

54.6

70.5

125.1

0.9

Cost of inventory recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales

1,126.6

1,031.9

There is no material difference between the consolidated balance sheet value of inventories and their net realisable value.

The nature of the chemical reaction necessary to produce finished goods from raw materials is such that ‘work in progress’ is not a material 
part of the Group’s inventory at any given point of time. 

21  Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Receivables excluding prepayments

Prepayments

2018
 £m

196.2

30.6

226.8

6.1

232.9

2017 
£m

196.8

28.8

225.6

3.5

229.1

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Credit risk
Amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of allowances for doubtful receivables, estimated by the Group's management based  
on expected losses. The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk, with exposure spread over a large number of customers.

Before accepting a new customer, the Group uses appropriate procedures to assess the potential customer's credit quality in order to set a 
credit limit.

2018 
£m

171.8

23.8

0.3

1.1

197.0

(0.8)

196.2

2018 
£m

1.6

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.6)

0.8

2017
 £m

167.2

28.6

0.4

2.2

198.4

(1.6)

196.8

2017
 £m

4.1

0.1

–

0.1

(2.7)

1.6

Ageing of trade receivables

Not yet due

0 – 60 days overdue

61 – 120 days overdue

Over 120 days overdue

Less: loss allowance

Provision for impairment of receivables

At 1 January

Exchange adjustments

Sale of business

(Credit)/charge for the year

Amounts written back/off as uncollectable

At 31 December

126

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 201822  Cash and borrowings

Current borrowings

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Unsecured €55m loan expiring 21 November 2018

Unsecured €55m loan expiring 26 July 2019

Non-current borrowings

Bank loans

Unsecured £370m multi currency Revolving Credit Facility expiring 30 July 2019

Unsecured €440m multi currency Revolving Credit Facility expiring 23 July 2022

Less: capitalised costs

2018 
£m

2017
 £m

20.7

24.2

–

49.4

70.1

48.9

–

73.1

–

197.8

242.6

242.6

(1.8)

240.8

–

197.8

(0.8)

197.0

Bank loans and overdrafts are denominated in a number of currencies and bear interest based on LIBOR or foreign equivalents or 
government bond rates appropriate to the country in which the borrowing is incurred. 

The directors calculate the carrying value of the Group’s borrowings as follows:

Analysis of borrowings at carrying value by currency

Sterling 
£m

US dollar
 £m

Euro 
£m

Other
 £m

Total 
£m

31 December 2018

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Capitalised costs

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings

31 December 2017

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Capitalised costs

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings

2.1

–

(1.8)

0.3

13.2

–

(0.8)

12.4

1.2

–

–

17.4

292.0

–

1.2

309.4

–

–

–

–

5.7

–

–

4.3

215.3

–

5.7

219.6

1.0

31.4

–

32.4

20.7

292.0

(1.8)

310.9

(96.9)

214.0

24.2

246.7

(0.8)

270.1

(89.6)

180.5

Cash and cash equivalents are deposited with financial institutions rated as investment grade.

Capital structure
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising the return to 
stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes 
the cash and borrowings, and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings. 

127

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

23  Financial instruments
The Group operates procedures designed to reduce or eliminate financial risk and ensure that funds are available for current and future 
needs. The policies are approved by the Board and the use of financial instruments is strictly controlled. 

Financial assets

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans (less capitalised costs)

Trade and other payables

Derivatives at fair value

2018

2017

Note

21 

22 

Loans and 
receivables
 £m

226.8

96.9

323.7

Fair value 
through 
profit or 
loss 
£m

–

–

–

Loans and
 receivables 
£m

225.6

89.6

315.2

Fair value
 through
 profit or 
loss 
£m

–

–

–

2018

2017

Derivative 
instruments
in designated 
hedge 
accounting
 £m

Amortised 
cost 
£m

20.7

290.2

263.9

–

574.8

–

–

–

5.3

5.3

Note

22 

22 

25 

Derivative 
instruments 
in designated 
hedge 
accounting 
£m

–

–

–

–

–

Amortised 
cost 
£m

24.2

245.9

281.6

–

551.7

Set out below is a comparison by category of book values and fair values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities.

Fair value of financial assets

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

Cash and cash equivalents

Fair value of financial liabilities

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans 

Trade and other payables

Derivatives at fair value

Carrying values at 
31 December

Fair values at 
31 December

Note

2018 
£m

2017
 £m

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

21 

22 

22 

22 

25 

226.8

96.9

323.7

20.7

290.2

263.9

5.3

580.1

225.6

89.6

315.2

24.2

245.9

281.6

–

551.7

226.8

96.9

323.7

20.7

290.2

263.9

5.3

580.1

225.6

89.6

315.2

24.2

245.9

281.6

–

551.7

Fair values have been obtained from the relevant institutions where appropriate. Where market values are not available, fair values of 
financial assets and financial liabilities have been calculated by discounting expected future cash flow at prevailing interest rates and by 
applying year end exchange rates. The carrying amount of short-term borrowings approximates to book value.

The fair values of the Group's financial instruments are measured using inputs other than quoted prices that are directly or indirectly 
observable (Level 2 as defined by IFRS 13).

The main risks arising from the Group's financial instruments are market risk and liquidity risk. The Board reviews and agrees policies for 
managing each of these risks and they are summarised below, together with the related disclosure required by IFRS.

128

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Market risk
The Group's main exposure to market risk is in the form of interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. The policies adopted to address these 
risks are as follows:

Interest rate risk
The Group finances its operations through a mixture of retained profits, loan notes and bank borrowings. The Group monitors interest rate 
trends regularly, through discussion with its banks, and fixes interest rates when it is prudent to do so.

Foreign currency risk
When it is effective to do so the Group uses currency borrowings, forward contracts and currency swaps to hedge overseas net assets, 
which are predominantly denominated in Euro, US dollar and Malaysian Ringgit. Profit translation exposures are not hedged.

The Group hedges currency transaction exposures at the point of confirmed order, using forward foreign exchange contracts. The Group's 
policy is, where practicable, to hedge all exposures on monetary assets and liabilities. Consequently, there are no material currency 
exposures to disclose (2017: none).

Hedge accounting
The Group has interest rate swaps that are used to reduce the exposure to interest rate risk in relation to the ineffective portion of interest 
rate hedges.

These swaps are fully effective at eliminating the risks they address. The Group has reviewed the requirements necessary to permit the 
application of hedge accounting under IAS 39. 

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments to which hedge accounting is not applied or is not effective are recognised in the 
income statement as they arise. £1.4 million has been debited to the income statement in the year (2017: £nil). These changes are shown 
separately as a Special Item in the consolidated income statement.

Interest rate risk profile
Financial liabilities

After taking into account the various interest rate and currency swaps entered into by the Group, the currency and interest rate exposure of 
the Group as at 31 December 2018 was:

Sterling

Euro

US dollar

Other

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings

2018

2017

Floating rate 
borrowings 
£m

Fixed rate 
borrowings 
£m

Total 
borrowings 
£m

Floating rate 
borrowings
 £m

Fixed rate 
borrowings
 £m

Total 
borrowings
 £m

0.3

17.4

1.2

–

18.9

–

292.0

–

–

292.0

12.4

219.6

5.7

32.4

270.1

0.3

309.4

1.2

–

310.9

(96.9)

214.0

–

–

–

–

–

12.4

219.6

5.7

32.4

270.1

(89.6)

180.5

At 31 December 2018 the Group had in place swap arrangements to fix interest rates on the full value of the €440m committed, unsecured 
revolving credit facility.

The effective interest rate for the year was 1.5% (2017: 1.7%) 

129

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

23  Financial instruments continued
Sensitivity analysis
The following table illustrates the effect on the income statement and items that are recognised directly in equity that would result from 
reasonably possible movements in UK and US interest rates and in Euro, US dollar and Malaysian Ringgit to sterling exchange rates,  
before the effect of tax.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

UK interest rate +/- 1.0%

Euro interest rate +/- 1.0%

US interest rate +/- 1.0%

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

Malaysian Ringgit exchange rate -/+ 10%

Euro exchange rate -/+ 10%

US dollar exchange rate -/+ 10%

2018

 2017

Income statement

Equity

Income statement

Equity

Underlying
 -/+ £m

IFRS
-/+ £m

IFRS
-/+ £m

Underlying
 -/+ £m

IFRS
-/+ £m

IFRS 
-/+ £m

–

–

0.1

–

0.6

0.2

–

1.0

0.1

–

0.6

0.2

–

2.9

–

–

1.5

–

–

1.9

0.1

–

0.3

0.2

–

1.9

0.1

–

0.3

0.2

–

–

–

–

15.7

4.0

The interest rate sensitivity analysis has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivative and non-derivative 
instruments at the balance sheet date. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the amount of liability outstanding  
at the balance sheet date was outstanding for the whole year.

For interest rate derivatives the mark to market adjustment, and amount recognised in equity as part of a hedging arrangement is estimated 
using the interest rate sensitivity against the nominal amount.

The foreign currency sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at 
the period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity analysis includes external loans as well as loans to foreign operations 
within the Group where the denomination of the loan is in a currency other than the functional currency of the lender or borrower.

Liquidity risk
The objective of the Group is to meet financial commitments as and when they fall due. The Board closely monitors liquidity through 
monthly management accounts.

At the year end, Synthomer plc had the following principal committed facilities:

2018

2017

Facility 
£m

Drawn at 
31 December 
£m

Headroom
 £m

Facility 
£m

Drawn at 
31 December 
£m

Headroom 
£m

–

–

–

370.0

197.8

172.2

395.4

242.6

152.8

–

49.4

444.8

–

49.4

292.0

–

48.9

–

–

48.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

152.8

418.9

246.7

172.2

Unsecured £370m multi currency  
Revolving Credit Facility expiring 30 July 2019

Unsecured €440m multi currency  
Revolving Credit Facility expiring 23 July 2022

Unsecured €55m loan expiring 21 November 2018

Unsecured €55m loan expiring 26 July 2019

130

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018The following table details the remaining contractual maturity for non-derivative financial assets:

Non-interest bearing

Trade and other receivables excluding 
prepayments

Variable interest rate instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

2018

2017

Amount due

Total

Amount due

Total

within 
one year 
£m

between
 1 and 
2 years 
£m

between 
2 and 
5 years 
£m

after
 5 years
£m

within 
one year 
£m

between 
1 and 
2 years 
£m

between
 2 and
 5 years 
£m

after 
5 years 
£m

£m

226.8

96.9

323.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

226.8

225.6

96.9

89.6

323.7

315.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

£m

225.6

89.6

315.2

The following table details the remaining contractual maturity for non-derivative financial liabilities:

2018

2017

Amount due

Total

Amount due

Total

within 
one year 
£m

between 
1 and 
2 years 
£m

between
 2 and
 5 years
 £m

after
 5 years 
£m

within 
one year
 £m

between 
1 and
2 years 
£m

between
 2 and
 5 years 
£m

after 
5 years 
£m

£m

Non-interest bearing

Trade and other payables

263.2

0.7

–

Variable interest rate instruments

Bank loans and overdrafts

70.1

333.3

–

240.8

0.7

240.8

–

–

–

263.9

279.3

2.3

310.9

574.8

73.1

197.0

352.4

199.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

24  Assets classified as held for sale

Disposal of Synthomer Leuna 

Freehold land located in Malaysia

Assets classified as held for sale

2018 
£m

–

–

–

£m

281.6

270.1

551.7

2017 
£m

6.5

0.3

6.8

The assets held for sale in relation to the disposal of Synthomer Leuna comprise the fixed assets, current assets and current liabilities  
of Synthomer Leuna as at 31 December 2017. As disclosed in note 32, Synthomer Leuna was disposed on 1 January 2018.

131

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

24  Assets classified as held for sale continued 
Malaysia
The Group owns agricultural land in Malaysia, which is operated as a palm oil and natural rubber plantation. The land was owned by Kind 
Action Sdn Bhd, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Revertex Malaysia Sdn Bhd that has a 30% non-controlling interest. The directors 
decided in 2013 to dispose of this land on the open market excluding the 300 acres immediately surrounding the manufacturing facilities.

The status of the disposal programme was as follows:

Sale completed

Contracts exchanged

To be sold

2018

2017

Acres

400

–

–

400

Consideration 
£m

17.1

–

–

17.1

Acres

–

400

–

400

The consideration is shown before deduction of disposal costs, taxation and the non-controlling interest share.

For the sales completed in the year the profit on sale was derived as follows:

Number of acres sold

Gross consideration

Less disposal costs

Less cost of land

Profit on disposal

2018

400

£m

17.1

(0.4)

16.7

(0.3)

16.4

Consideration 
£m

–

17.1

–

17.1

2017 

–

£m

–

–

–

–

–

As at 31 December 2018 there are no more acres of land to be sold and the value of assets held for sale as at 31 December 2018 is £nil.

25  Trade and other payables

Amount due within one year

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals 

Amount due after one year

Other payables

2018 
£m

2017
 £m

204.9

27.7

30.6

263.2

202.6

39.7

37.0

279.3

0.7

0.7

2.3

2.3

Average trade payable days in 2018 was 61 (2017: 60). This figure represents trade payable days for all trading operations within the Group, 
calculated as a weighted average based on cost of sales. 

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables, other payables and accruals approximates to their fair value.

132

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 201826  Post retirement benefit obligations
Charge/(credit) to income statement in respect of the Group’s pension schemes:

Defined benefit

Defined contribution

Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

Actuarial gains

2018

Overseas 
£m

2.3

4.8

7.1

UK 
£m

5.4

2.0

7.4

2018

Overseas 
£m

1.3

UK
 £m

14.2

Total 
£m

7.7

6.8

14.5

Total 
£m

15.5

2017

Overseas 
£m

2.5

4.7

7.2

UK 
£m

3.4

1.7

5.1

UK 
£m

22.4

2017

Overseas
 £m

1.2

Total 
£m

5.9

6.4

12.3

Total 
£m

23.6

Amount included in the balance sheet arising from the Group’s defined benefit scheme obligations

Present value of defined benefit obligations

Fair value of scheme assets

Net liability arising from defined benefit obligations

2018

UK 
£m

Overseas 
£m

(372.3)

319.1

(53.2)

(90.8)

11.5

(79.3)

Total 
£m

(463.1)

330.6

(132.5)

UK
 £m

(410.8)

332.5

(78.3)

2017

Overseas 
£m

(89.7)

10.8

(78.9)

Total
 £m

(500.5)

343.3

(157.2)

UK pension schemes
The Group's UK defined benefit scheme was closed to future accrual in 2009. All pension benefits since that time are provided by way  
of a defined contribution scheme. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the companies concerned.

The triennial valuation of the scheme was performed during 2018 and is in the process of being finalised with the trustees of the scheme.

Defined benefit scheme
The defined benefit scheme is administered by a separate fund that is legally separated from the Company.

The trustees of the pension fund are required by law to act in the interest of the fund and of all relevant stakeholders in the scheme.  
The trustees of the pension are responsible for the investment policy with regard to the assets of the fund.

A full actuarial valuation was carried out as at 6 April 2015 and updated to 31 December 2018 by a qualified actuary.

The Group is committed to a funding deficit recovery plan entered into following the 2015 valuation. This valuation indicated a shortfall, 
when measured against the Scheme's technical provisions of £118.7m. This shortfall is expected to be eliminated in eight years following  
the valuation date. As a result the Group is committed to paying contributions for the period 6 April 2015 to 5 April 2023, increasing from 
£14.0m for the year commencing 6 April 2015 to £18.2m for the year commencing 6 April 2022.

133

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

26  Post retirement benefit obligations continued
The scheme is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are detailed below:

Asset return risk 

Interest rate risk

Longevity risk

The plan liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields; if plan assets 
underperform this yield, this will increase the deficit. The scheme holds a significant proportion of equities which  
are expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long term while providing volatility and risk in the short term. 

A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an increase  
in the value of the plans' bond holdings. 

The majority of the plans' obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life 
expectancy will result in an increase in the plans' liabilities. 

The risk relating to benefits to be paid to the dependants of scheme members (widow and orphan benefits) is re-insured by an external 
insurance company.

The major assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations were as follows:

Rate of increase in pensions in payment

Rate of increase in pensions in deferment

Discount rate

Inflation assumption

2018

2.00%

2.20%

2.80%

3.20%

2017

2.00%

2.00%

2.50%

3.10%

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on actuarial advice in accordance with published statistics. These assumptions translate 
into an average life expectancy in years for a pensioner retiring at 65 as follows:

Retiring today:

Males

Females

Retiring in 20 years:

Males

Females

2018
years

87.1

89.4

88.7

91.2

2017
years

87.2

89.1

88.7

90.6

Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligation are discount rate and mortality. The sensitivity 
analysis below has been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting 
period assuming that all other assumptions are held constant:

Assumption

Discount rate

Rate of mortality

Change in assumption

Increase/decrease by 1%

Increase by 1 year

Impact on scheme liabilities

Decrease/increase by £48m

Increase by £14m

The above sensitivities are based on a change of assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice this is unlikely to occur 
and changes in some of the assumptions may have some correlation. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to 
significant actuarial assumptions, the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit 
method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the balance sheet. 

134

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018The movements in the net liability arising from defined benefit obligation over the year is as follows:

At 1 January

Current service cost

Past service cost

Interest (expense)/income

Amounts recognised in income in respect  
of defined benefit schemes 

Remeasurement:

Return on plan assets excluding amounts  
included in interest income

Gains from changes in financial assumptions 

Amounts recognised in the statement of  
comprehensive income

Contributions:

Employers

Payments from plans

Benefit payments

At 31 December

Plan assets are comprised as follows:

Hedge funds

Equity instruments

Debt instruments

Property

Cash

Total fair value of assets

2018

2017

Present
value of
funded 
defined 
benefit 
obligation 
£m

Net liability 
arising from 
defined 
benefit 
obligation
 £m

Fair value 
of scheme 
assets 
£m

Present
value of
funded 
defined 
benefit 
obligation 
£m

Net liability 
arising from 
defined 
benefit 
obligation
 £m

Fair value 
of scheme 
assets 
£m

(410.8)

332.5

(78.3)

(428.4)

315.9

(112.5)

(0.8)

(2.8)

(10.0)

(13.6)

–

–

8.2

8.2

(0.8)

(2.8)

(1.8)

(0.5)

–

(11.3)

(5.4)

(11.8)

–

–

8.4

8.4

(0.5)

–

(2.9)

(3.4)

–

27.7

(13.5)

–

(13.5)

27.7

27.7

(13.5)

14.2

0.8

15.5

16.3

–

7.1

7.1

0.5

15.3

–

15.3

7.1

15.3

22.4

14.7

15.2

23.6

(372.3)

(23.6)

319.1

–

21.8

(53.2)

(410.8)

(21.8)

332.5

–

(78.3)

2018 
£m

36.2

64.9

192.2

8.2

17.6

319.1

2017 
£m

39.6

69.6

208.8

10.0

4.5

332.5

All investments in Equities, Bonds and Property are quoted.

The weighted average duration of the benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period is 14 years (2017: 16 years).

Contributions from the sponsoring companies are expected to be £16.2 million in 2019.

Overseas pension schemes
The Group operates a number of smaller overseas pension and post-retirement schemes. The assets of these schemes are held separately 
from those of the Group, with the exception of the unfunded German schemes (net liability £71.8 million, 2017: £72.1 million) where in line 
with common practice, the assets are held within the respective companies. 

135

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

26  Post retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit schemes
The aggregated pension disclosure below for the overseas defined benefit schemes has been compiled from a number of actuarial 
valuations at 31 December 2018.

The largest of these schemes accounts for £69.1 million (2017: £68.5 million) of the deficit at 31 December 2018. The major assumption 
used in the actuarial valuation of this scheme are:

Rate of increase in salaries 

Rate of increase in pensions

Discount rate 

Mortality assumptions
The assumed life expectations on retirement at age 65 are:

Retiring today:

Males

Females

Retiring in 20 years:

Males

Females

2018 

 2017 

3.00%

1.75%

2.00%

3.00%

1.75%

1.90%

2018
years

85.0

88.6

87.8

90.8

 2017 
years

84.3

88.3

86.9

90.8

The major assumptions used in the valuation of the other overseas schemes do not differ significantly from the above.

The movement in the net liability arising from defined benefit obligation over the year is as follows:

2018

2017

Present 
value of 
funded 
defined 
benefit 
obligation  

£m

(89.7)

Net liability 
arising from 
defined 
benefit 
obligation
 £m

Fair value
 of scheme 
assets 
£m

10.8

(78.9)

Present 
value of 
funded 
defined 
benefit 
obligation 
£m

(83.2)

(1.0)

0.1

(1.6)

(2.5)

1.4

1.4

2.4

(1.2)

(1.2)

(90.8)

–

–

0.2

0.2

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.1)

0.6

0.1

11.5

(1.0)

0.1

(1.4)

(2.3)

1.3

1.3

2.3

(0.6)

(1.1)

(79.3)

Net liability 
arising from 
defined 
benefit 
obligation
 £m

(74.2)

(1.1)

–

(1.4)

(2.5)

1.2

1.2

2.1

(2.7)

(2.8)

Fair value
 of scheme 
assets 
£m

9.0

–

–

0.2

0.2

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.2)

1.5

0.4

(1.1)

–

(1.6)

(2.7)

1.3

1.3

2.3

(4.2)

(3.2)

(89.7)

10.8

(78.9)

At 1 January

Current service cost

Past service credit

Interest (expense)/income

Amounts recognised in the income statement  
in respect of defined benefit schemes 

Remeasurement:

Gains/(losses) from changes in financial assumptions 

Amounts recognised in the statement  
of comprehensive income

Contributions less payments from plans

Obligations of acquired entities

Exchange adjustments

At 31 December

136

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Multi-employer schemes
In addition to the overseas defined benefit schemes included in the above, the Group participates in the Degussa Pensionskasse in Germany, 
which is a multi-employer defined benefit pension scheme. Regular contributions are payable to the scheme by each participating employer 
for new benefits accruing. The assets of all participating employers are pooled, and contributions are calculated based on aggregated 
demographic experience. Therefore sufficient information is not available to identify the Group’s share of the assets on a consistent and reliable 
basis and the Group accounts for the scheme on a defined contribution basis. The Group expects to make regular contributions of £2.3m to 
the scheme in 2019.

To the extent that there is underfunding in the scheme deficit contributions are payable. Based on the latest actuarial assessment each 
participating employer’s share has been determined according to the value of its future benefit accrual and it has been determined that the 
Group is liable for total deficit contributions of €4.6m in three instalments payable in January 2017, 2018 and 2019. As a result an accrual of 
£1.3m (2017: £2.7m) has been included at 31 December 2018.

27  Provisions for other liabilities and charges

Environmental 
restoration 
£m

0.6

–

(0.6)

–

At 1 January 2018

(Credited)/charged to the income statement

Utilised during the year

At 31 December 2018

Analysis of provisions

Non-current

Current

Analysis of (credit)/charge to the income statement

Underlying performance

Special Items

Legal and 
customer 
claims 
£m

2.5

(2.5)

–

–

Restructuring 
£m

6.7

9.3

(2.0)

14.0

Liability
 arising on
 a business 
combination 
£m

0.2

–

–

0.2

Total
 £m

10.0

6.8

(2.6)

14.2

31 December 
2018 
£m

31 December 
2017
 £m

4.8

9.4

14.2

2018 
£m

(2.5)

9.3

6.8

7.6

2.4

10.0

2017 
£m

–

4.0

4.0

Environmental restoration
The provision for the restoration of land which is no longer being used as a manufacturing site was fully utilised in the year and no further 
obligation remains. 

Legal and customer claims
This amount represented a provision for certain legal and customer claims brought against the Group. During the year the time passed for 
which these claims could be settled and the amounts were credited to the income statement.

Restructuring
The Group has additionally provided for an onerous lease and related costs on the closed site in Ossett, and as part of the post PAC 
acquisition restructuring programme, the Group has planned the demolition of buildings at the site in Ribécourt, France. The Group also 
closed its natural rubber and polyester resins production lines in Kluang in 2018. The cost of all these restructuring programmes is charged 
to the income statement when permitted by the Group's accounting policy within Special Items. The provision reflects the amount that has 
been charged but not yet spent.

Liability arising on a business combination
As part of the acquisition of PolymerLatex in 2011, the Group acquired a leasehold interest in an empty property. The provision reflects this 
onerous contract.

The provisions are expected to be fully utilised over the next five years with the exception of the Ossett overseas lease provision which is 
expected to be utilised over 50 years.

137

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

28  Called up share capital

Issued and fully paid

339,880,769 (2017: 339,880,769) ordinary shares of 10 pence each

Ordinary shares carry no right to fixed income. 

2018 
£m

2017
 £m

34.0

34.0 

Share options (see note 36)
The outstanding share options were all issued under the Executive share option scheme. These are discussed further in note 36 –  
Share-based payments. 

As at 31 December 2018 the following options were outstanding:

Executive share options

Exercisable between 2016-2023

Exercisable between 2017-2024

Exercisable between 2018-2025

Exercisable between 2019-2026

Exercisable between 2020-2027

Exercisable between 2021-2028

The total exercise price for all the above grants is £nil.

29  Reconciliation of operating profit to cash generated from operations

Operating profit – continuing operations
Less: share of profits of joint ventures

Adjustments for:
Depreciation 
Amortisation 
Share-based payments
Restructuring and site closure – Special Items
Sale of business – Special Items
Sale of land – Special Items
Acquisition costs – Special Items
Amortisation of acquired intangibles – Special Items

Aborted bond costs – Special Items
GMP equalisation – Special Items

Cash impact of restructuring and site closure
Cash impact of acquisition costs
Cash impact of aborted bond costs
IAS 19 interest charge
Pension funding in excess of IAS 19 interest charge
Movement in working capital
Cash generated from operations

Reconciliation of movement in working capital
Increase in inventories
Increase in trade and other receivables
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables
Movement in working capital

138

Number

11,879

20,009

138,734

634,219

497,405

505,717

1,807,963

2018
 £m

128.7
(0.4)
128.3

37.8
1.1
1.5
12.2
(3.8)
(16.4)
0.5
16.4

1.7
2.8
(3.3)
(0.5)
(1.2)
(3.2)
(13.8)
(35.2)
124.9

(13.5)
(5.6)
(16.1)
(35.2)

2017
 £m

95.4
(1.0)
94.4

36.4
0.8
2.8
11.6
–
(1.3)
2.3
31.0

–
–
(6.0)
(2.1)
–
(4.3)
(12.5)
9.5
162.6

(13.3)
(24.0)
46.8
9.5

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 201830  Analysis of changes in net borrowings

Current borrowing – Bank overdrafts

Current bank borrowings – Other

Non-current borrowings

Total borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings

Proceeds of borrowings

1 January 
2018 
£m

Cash 
inflows/
(outflows) 
£m

Exchange 
and other
movements
 £m

31 December 
2018
 £m

(24.2)

(48.9)

(197.0)

(270.1)

89.6

(180.5)

3.6

–

(40.4)

(36.8)

5.6

(31.2)

(0.1)

(0.5)

(3.4)

(4.0)

1.7

(2.3)

2018
£m

(20.7)

(49.4)

(240.8)

(310.9)

96.9

(214.0)

2017
£m

(63.5)

(102.0)

103.9

40.4

136.3

34.3

31  Purchase of business
On 31 January 2018 the Group acquired the BASF Pischelsdorf Styrene Butadiene Rubber (SBR) business for a total consideration of 
£25.8m, to complement the Group’s existing SBR markets and customers. 

The consideration paid in respect of this acquisition and the fair value of net assets acquired is summarised as follows:

Net assets acquired

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Post retirement benefit obligations

Fair value of net assets acquired

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Total consideration

Satisfied by

Cash consideration

Fair value 
£m

17.6

5.4

2.2

(0.6)

24.6

1.2

25.8

25.8

The goodwill arising on the acquisition of the business represents the premium the Group paid to acquire companies which complement 
the existing business and create significant opportunities for cross-selling and other synergies.

Acquisition costs expensed:

In 12 months to 31 December 2017

In 12 months to 31 December 2018

In the period from acquisition to 31 December 2018 the business contributed the following to the Group's results:

Revenue of:

Operating profit of:

£m

0.9

0.1

1.0

£m

42.7

2.6

If the acquisition had been completed on the first day of the financial year, the following would have been included in the Group's result:

Revenue of:

Operating profit of:

£m

46.3

2.8

139

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

32  Sale of business
Sale of Synthomer Leuna
On 1 January 2018, the Group disposed of 100% of the share capital of Synthomer Leuna GmbH for £7.1m.

The consolidated net assets of the companies at the date of disposal were as follows:

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Trade receivables

Post retirement benefit obligations

Net assets disposed of

Total consideration (net of disposal costs)

Less net assets disposed off

Profit on sale of business before recycling of foreign exchange

Recycling of foreign exchange

Profit on disposal

Total consideration satisfied by:

Cash (net of disposal costs)

Cash flow: 

Cash (net of disposal costs)

Cash consideration received in 2017

2018 net cash inflow arising on disposal

In the period from 1 January 2018 to the date of disposal, Synthomer Leuna contributed the following to the Group's results:

Revenues of:

Operating profit of:

£m

6.4

0.3

0.1

(0.3)

6.5

7.1

(6.5)

0.6

0.4

1.0

7.1

7.1

(7.6)

(0.5)

£m

–

–

Partial sale of UAE business
The Group reduced its holding in its U.A.E assets to 49% to align with other arrangements with joint venture partners in the region. During 
the year, the Group transferred certain assets and liabilities to Synthomer Functional Solutions FZCO Limited. On 28 June 2018, the Group 
disposed of 51% of its shareholding in Synthomer Functional Solutions FZCO Limited for £1.4m, generating a profit on disposal of £0.5m 
and the Group disposed of 51% of its shareholding in Synthomer FZE Limited for £2.9m, generating a profit on disposal of £2.4m.

The subsequently created joint ventures are accounted for under the equity method of consolidation.

Company name

Date of sale

Purchaser

Division

Sale type

Synthomer FZE Limited

28 June 2018

Third party trade

Asia and Rest of the World Share

Synthomer Functional 
Solutions FZCO Limited

28 June 2018

Third party trade

Asia and Rest of the World Share

140

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018The share of net assets of the companies at the date of disposal were as follows:

Inventories

Trade receivables

Trade payables

Net assets disposed of

Total consideration (net of disposal costs)

Less net assets disposed of

Profit on disposal

Total consideration satisfied by:

Cash (net of disposal costs)

Cash flow:

Cash consideration 

2018 net cash inflow arising on disposal

£m

0.5

2.4

(1.5)

1.4

4.2

(1.4)

2.8

4.2

4.2

4.2

In the period from 1 January 2018 to the date of disposal, the disposed businesses (100%) contributed the following to the Group's results:
£m

Revenues of:

Operating profit of:

33  Related party transactions

8.2

0.5

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not included 
in this note. Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries are disclosed in the Company's financial statements where appropriate.

The UK defined benefit scheme is a related party, see note 26.

Key management compensation

Short-term employee benefits

Post retirement benefit obligations

Share-based payments

The key management figures given above include the directors and members of the Executive Committee.

34  Commitments

Capital expenditure authorised but not provided for in the financial statements

PPE Contracted

Commitments under operating leases are as follows

Payments under operating leases which fall due:

Within 1 year

Between 2 and 5 years

After 5 years

Operating leases relate largely to property leases.

2018
 £m

5.2

0.4

1.5

7.1

2018 
£m

21.2

2018 
£m

3.3

12.0

15.1

30.4

2017
 £m

5.3

0.4

2.0

7.7

2017 
£m

23.7

2017 
£m

5.1

10.7

18.9

34.7

141

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

35  Contingent assets, contingent liabilities and guarantees
Other guarantees and contingent liabilities of the Group amount to £8.4 million (2017: £nil) and relates to an European Commission state aid 
case in relation to the Group Financing Exemptions in the UK controlled foreign company legislation (see Note 10) and environmental liability 
in France.

The Company and its subsidiaries have, in the normal course of business, entered into guarantees and counter-indemnities in respect of 
performance bonds, relating to the Group's own contracts.

During the year, the European Commission (the Commission) initiated an investigation into practices relating to the purchase of Styrene 
monomer by companies, including Synthomer, operating in the European Economic Area. The Company has and will continue to fully 
cooperate with the Commission during its investigation. As the investigation is ongoing and the Commission does not provide feedback  
on its work until the investigation is complete, it is not possible to determine whether or not a liability exists in relation to this matter.

36  Share-based payments
Executive share option schemes
The Group's share option scheme is described in the Directors' Remuneration Report on pages 73 to 88. In addition to the two  
executive directors it is available to other senior management. The movement in the options held under the scheme are defined as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

Weighted 
av. exercise 
price (£) 
2018
number

Options 
2018
number

Weighted 
av. exercise 
price (£) 
2017
number

Options 
2017
number

2,257,771

– 2,334,899

547,752

(883,923)

(113,637)

1,807,963

170,622

–

–

–

520,958

(568,032)

(30,054)

– 2,257,771

–

50,166

–

–

–

–

–

–

For options outstanding as at 31 December 2018, the exercise price was £nil and the weighted average remaining contractual life was 4.75 
years (2017: 4.73 years).

The Group also operates a cash settled share-based payment scheme for which there was an expense in the year of £0.5m (2017: £0.8m) 
and for which there was a liability at the year end of £1.5m (2017: £1.0m). 

The Synthomer Employee Benefit Trust
The Company established a trust, formerly the Yule Catto Employee Benefit Trust, on 17 July 1996 to distribute shares to employees 
enabling the obligations under the Yule Catto Longer-Term Performance Share Plan and the Yule Catto Longer-Term Deferred Bonus Plan  
to be met. The Trust is managed by the RBC Trustees (Guernsey) Limited, an independent company located in Guernsey.

At 31 December 2018, the Trust held 110,969 (2017: 249) ordinary shares in the Company with a market value of £0.4m (2017: £nil).

The dividends on these shares have been waived. All of the shares are under option. Costs are amortised over the life of the plans.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise was £4.91 (2017: £4.70).

The weighted average fair value of the options at the measurement date granted during the year was £2.68 (2017: £2.97). The valuation was 
based on the following inputs and assumptions, using a Monte Carlo simulation model:

Weighted average share price (£)

Option price (£)

Value of optionality

Vesting assumption

2018

4.88

–

nil

55%

2017

5.03

–

nil

59%

Given the option price is £nil, the only circumstance in which a vested option will not be exercised is if the current share price is £nil. There is 
some value associated with the timing of when the exercise would be made but this is considered to be minimal and therefore this has not 
been modelled.

The vesting assumption is the estimate at the measurement date of the percentage of the options that will ultimately vest and is based on 
market conditions and management's assessment of the likelihood of achievement of the performance criteria.

142

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 201837  Share price information
The middle market value of the listed ordinary shares at 31 December 2018 was 357.4 pence. (31 December 2017: 491.4 pence). During the 
year, the market price ranged between 347.4 pence and 575.5 pence. The latest ordinary share price is available on the Group's website, 
www.synthomer.com.

38  Additional segmental analysis 
With effect from 1 January 2019, the Group has implemented a new organisation structure, comprising three operating segments.

Going forward, the following global operating segments will replace the previous regional operating segments.

 +  Performance Elastomers
 +  Functional Solutions
 +  Industrial Specialities

2018 results under the new divisional structure are shown below:

Analysis by activity – Revenue

Performance Elastomers

Functional Solutions

Industrial Specialities

Analysis by activity – Underlying operating profit

Performance Elastomers

Functional Solutions

Industrial Specialities

Reported segment operating profit

Unallocated corporate expenses

Operating profit

2018 
£m

704.5

680.1

234.3

1,618.9

Total 
£m

87.2

53.0

16.7

156.9

(14.8)

142.1

Subsidiaries 
£m

Share of joint 
ventures 
£m

87.2

52.6

16.7

156.5

(14.8)

141.7

–

0.4

–

0.4

–

0.4

143

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Other information 157-160Company financial statements 145-156Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
31 December 2018

39  Audit exemptions
The following subsidiaries have taken advantage of the exemption from an audit for the year ended 31 December 2018 available under 
s479a of the Companies Act 2006 as the Company has given a statutory guarantee of all of the outstanding liabilities of these subsidiaries 
as at 31 December 2018.

Company

Dimex Limited

Ecatto Limited

Harlow Chemical Company Limited

PolymerLatex Limited

S.A.(300) Limited

Super Sky Limited

Synthomer Overseas Limited

Temple Fields 514 Limited

Temple Fields 515 Limited

Temple Fields 522 Limited

Temple Fields 523 Limited

Temple Fields 530 Limited

Company Registration

01763129

00978441

00778831

03439041

00236227

02021871

06349474

04541637

00692510

05516912

05516913

00831113

144

Group financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
Company financial statements

Company balance sheet
31 December 2018

Fixed assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Creditors – amounts falling due within one year

Borrowings

Other creditors

Derivatives at fair value

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors – amounts falling due after more than one year

Borrowings

Net assets

Equity

Ordinary shares

Share premium

Revaluation reserve

Capital redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Total shareholders' funds

Analysis of net borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents

Borrowings due in less than one year

Borrowings due after more than one year

Net borrowings

Note

2018
 £m

2017 
£m

5 

6 

7 

2.3

208.1

210.4

963.6

53.3

1,016.9

2.1

337.5

339.6

709.2

35.3

744.5

8 

10 

9

(74.3)

(262.9)

(5.3)

(63.7)

(215.2)

–

(342.5)

(278.9)

674.4

884.8

465.6

805.2

8 

(240.8)

644.0

34.0

230.5

0.8

0.9

377.8

644.0

53.3

(74.3)

(240.8)

(261.8)

8 

(157.8)

647.4

34.0

230.5

0.8

0.9

381.2

647.4

35.3

(63.7)

(157.8)

(186.2)

As disclosed in note 3, the Company's profit for the year was £46.9m (2017: £22.7m).

The notes on pages 147 to 156 are an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements of Synthomer plc (registered number 98381) on pages 145 to 156 were authorised for issue by the Board of 
Directors on 4 March 2019.

C G MacLean 
Director 

S G Bennett
Director

145

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018 
Called up
share
 capital 
£m

34.0

Share 
premium
account
£m

230.5

Revaluation 
reserve 
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
 £m

Profit and loss 
account
£m

Total  

equity
£m

0.8

0.9

381.2

647.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

34.0

230.5

34.0

230.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.8

0.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.9

46.9

46.9

46.9

46.9

(42.5)

(42.5)

(3.9)

(3.9)

(3.9)

(3.9)

(50.3)

377.8

(50.3)

644.0

0.9

398.1

664.3

–

–

–

–

–

22.7

22.7

(39.1)

(0.5)

22.7

22.7

(39.1)

(0.5)

(39.6)

381.2

(39.6)

647.4

34.0

230.5

0.8

0.9

Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31December 2018

At 1 January 2018

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends

Share-based payments

Fair value of hedged interest derivatives

Total transactions with owners,  
recognised directly in equity

Balance as at 31 December 2018

Balance as at 1 January 2017

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends

Share-based payments

Total transactions with owners,  
recognised directly in equity

Balance as at 31 December 2017

146

Company financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the Company financial statements 
31 December 2018

1  Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of accounting
The financial statements of Synthomer plc have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101, ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’ (FRS 101). The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of 
land and buildings and derivative financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value through the income statement, and in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 101 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on industry experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The directors have reviewed the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements. The directors do not believe 
that there is a significant risk which would lead to material adjustments to the carrying value of any assets and liabilities in the next financial 
year due to changes of estimates or assumptions.

The following exemptions from the requirements of IFRS have been applied in the preparation of these financial statements, in accordance 
with FRS 101:

 + IAS 7, ‘Statement of cashflows’;
 + The requirements in IAS24, ‘Related party disclosures’ to disclose related party transactions entered into between two or more members 

of a group;

 + IFRS 7, ‘Financial instruments: Disclosures’;
 + Paragraphs 91 to 99 of IFRS 13, ‘Fair value measurement’ (disclosure of valuation techniques and inputs used for fair value measurement 

of assets and liabilities; and

 + Paragraphs 45(b) and 46 to 52 of IFRS 2, ‘Share-based payment’ (details of the number and weighted-average exercise prices of share 

options, and how the fair value of goods or services received was determined).

Going concern
The Company meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through its cash reserves and borrowings. After making enquiries and 
taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance the Directors have concluded that the Company should be able to 
operate within the level of its current cash reserves and borrowings and continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The 
Company therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its financial statements.

Foreign currencies
Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in  
which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in ‘Pounds Sterling’ (£), which is also the 
Company’s functional currency.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions 
or valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from 
the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income 
statement, except when deferred in other comprehensive income as qualifying cash flow hedges. All other foreign exchange gains and 
losses are presented in the income statement within other operating income.

Property, plant and equipment
Properties are shown at professional valuation from 1985. All other plant and equipment are stated at cost. Cost includes the original 
purchase price of the asset plus the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use. Increases in the 
carrying amount arising on revaluation of land and buildings are credited to other comprehensive income and shown as Revaluation reserve 
in shareholders’ funds. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are charged in other comprehensive income and debited 
against Revaluation reserve; all other decreases are charged to the income statement. Each year the difference between depreciation 
based on the revalued carrying amount of the asset charged to the income statement, and depreciation based on the asset’s original cost is 
transferred from ‘Revaluation reserve’ to ‘Retained earnings’.

Except for freehold land, which is not depreciated, the cost or valuation of property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line 
basis over their expected useful lives as follows:

Freehold buildings – 50 years
Plant and Equipment – 3 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

147

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the Company financial statements continued
31 December 2018

1  Accounting policies continued
Investments
Investments in subsidiaries and joint ventures are shown at cost less provision for impairment.

Intercompany
Intercompany balances are shown gross unless a right of set off exists. Balances are valued at fair value at inception and are repayable  
on demand.

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement 
because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never 
taxable or deductible. The Company’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the balance sheet date.

Deferred taxation
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the 
financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance 
sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can  
be utilised.

Financial instruments
All financial assets and liabilities are initially measured at transaction price (including transaction costs), except for those financial assets 
classified as at fair value through the income statement, which are initially measured at fair value. Financial assets and financial liabilities 
(including derivative instruments) are recognised on the Company statement of financial position when the Company becomes a party to 
the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and liabilities are only offset in the balance sheet when, and only when, there exists a legally enforceable right to set off the 
recognised amounts and the Company intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Financial assets are derecognised, when and only when, a) the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or are 
settled, b) the Company transfers to another party substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, or c) the 
Company, despite having retained some significant risks and rewards of ownership, has transferred control of the asset to another party 
and the other party has the practical ability to sell the asset in its entirety to an unrelated third party and is able to exercise that ability 
unilaterally and without needing to impose additional restrictions on the transfer.

Financial liabilities are derecognised only when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expires.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are generally short-term in nature and are therefore are all classified as current assets and their fair value recognised  
at consideration due. The carrying value of trade receivables are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term 
nature. Appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts are recognised in the income statement based on expected losses. 

Bank borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, including 
premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accruals basis to the income statement 
using the effective interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the 
period in which they arise.

Trade and other payables
Trade payables are generally short-term in nature and are therefore are all classified as current assets and their fair value recognised at 
amounts payable. The carrying value of trade payables are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature. 

148

Company financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Derivative financial instruments
The use of financial derivatives is governed by the company’s policies approved by the Board of Directors, which provide written principles 
on the use of financial derivatives.

The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk, including 
cross currency interest rate swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial 
instruments for speculative purposes.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair 
value at each balance sheet date. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a 
negative fair value is recognised as a financial liability. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the income statement immediately unless 
the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in the income statement 
depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

Fair value hedge accounting
The Company designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as 
fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged assets or liabilities that are 
attributable to the hedged risk. The Company only applies fair value hedge accounting for foreign currency exposure associated with the 
underlying hedged item. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is also recognised in the income statement.

Cash flow hedges
At the inception of the hedge relationship the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along 
with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge 
and on an ongoing basis, the Company documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is highly effective 
in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are deferred in equity. 
The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Amounts deferred in equity are recycled in the income statement in the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss, in the 
same line of the income statement as the recognised hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the 
recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity 
and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or non-financial liability.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Company revokes the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, 
terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any cumulative gain or loss deferred in equity at that time remains in 
equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer 
expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less.

Borrowings
Borrowings represent short-and long-term borrowings as adjusted for the effect of related derivative instruments irrespective of whether 
they qualify for hedge accounting.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are capitalised as prepayment for liquidity service and amortised over the term of the facility.

Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Dividend distribution
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements in the period in 
which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Financial guarantees
The Company issues guarantees in respect of bank and other facilities of subsidiaries and joint ventures.

2  Auditors’ remuneration
The audit fee of Synthomer plc amounted to £11,000 (2017: £10,000).

149

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the Company financial statements continued
31 December 2018

3  Profit attributable to equity shareholders

Attributable to Synthomer plc 

2018 
£m

46.9

2017
 £m

22.7

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 no profit and loss account is presented for Synthomer plc.

4  Ordinary dividends

Interim dividend 

Proposed final dividend

2018 
Pence per 
share

2017
 Pence per 
share

4.0

9.1

3.7

8.5

2018
 £m

13.6

30.9

2017
 £m

12.6

28.9

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as a liability 
in these financial statements.

5  Property, plant and equipment

Cost or valuation

At 1 January 2018

Additions

At 31 December 2018

At cost

At professional valuation in 1985

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2018

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2018

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

Cost or valuation

At 1 January 2017

Disposals

At 31 December 2017

At cost

At professional valuation in 1985

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2017

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2017

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

Land and 
buildings

Freeholds 
£m

2.8

0.2

3.0

–

2.8

3.0

0.7

0.7

2.3

2.8

–

2.8

–

2.8

2.8

0.6

0.1

0.7

2.1

Properties included at valuation would have been stated on a historical cost basis at cost of £1.9m (2017: £1.9m) and depreciation of £0.6m 
(2017: £0.6m).

Freehold land amounting to £1.8m (2017: £1.8m) has not been depreciated.

150

Company financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 20186  Investments

Cost

At 1 January 2018

Additions

Return of capital

Hedge adjustment (see below)

At 31 December 2018

Provisions

At 1 January 2018

At 31 December 2018

Net book value

At 31 December 2018

Net book value

At 31 December 2017

Subsidiaries
 £m

Joint 
ventures
 £m

337.2

160.0

(292.6)

3.2

207.8

–

–

0.5

–

–

–

0.5

0.2

0.2

Total 
£m

337.7

160.0

(292.6)

3.2

208.3

0.2

0.2

207.8

0.3

208.1

337.2

0.3

337.5

Details of the Group's subsidiaries and joint ventures are given on pages 154 to 156.

During the year the Company designated up to €264.1m (2017: €232.5) of its borrowings as a FRS 101 fair value hedge against the 
designated Euro portion of its investment in Synthomer Jersey Limited of up to €264.1m (2017: €232.5m). The movement in the Euro 
borrowings is recorded in the profit and loss account along with the movement of the hedged investment. 

Directors consider the value of investments to be supported by underlying assets.

7  Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Other receivables

2018 
£m

962.9

0.7

963.6

2017 
£m

708.6

0.6

709.2

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are valued at fair value at inception and are repayable on demand.

151

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the Company financial statements continued
31 December 2018

8  Borrowings

Current borrowings

Bank loans

Overdrafts

Committed unsecured €55m loan expiring 21 November 2018

Committed unsecured €55m loan expiring 26 July 2019

Non-current borrowings

Bank loans

2018
 £m

2017 
£m

24.9

–

49.4

74.3

14.8

48.9

–

63.7

Committed unsecured £370.0m multi currency Revolving Credit Facility expiring 30 July 2019

–

158.6

Committed unsecured €440m multi currency Revolving Credit Facility expiring 23 July 2022

Less: capitalised costs

242.6

242.6

(1.8)

240.8

–

158.6

(0.8)

157.8

Bank loans are denominated in Euro (2017: Euro and Czech Koruna) and bear interest based on EURIBOR (2017: LIBOR and EURIBOR). 

At 31 December 2018, the Company had available £152.4m (2017: £172.2m) of undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which 
all conditions precedent had been met. 

Analysis of borrowings at carrying value by currency
The directors calculate the carrying value of the Company’s borrowings as follows:

31 December 2018

Bank loans and overdrafts

Capitalised costs

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings 

31 December 2017

Bank loans and overdrafts

Capitalised costs

Cash and cash equivalents

Net borrowings 

Sterling
 £m

US dollar 
£m

Euro 
£m

Total 
£m

5.2

(1.8)

3.4

9.5

(0.8)

8.7

3.2

–

3.2

5.3

–

5.3

308.5

–

308.5

207.5

–

207.5

316.9

(1.8)

315.1

(53.3)

261.8

222.3

(0.8)

221.5

(35.3)

186.2

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and other short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less.

152

Company financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 20189  Financial instruments
The fair value of financial instruments has been disclosed in the Company’s statement of financial position as:

Fair value of financial assets

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments

Cash and cash equivalents

Fair value of financial liabilities

Bank loans and overdrafts

Trade and other payables

Derivatives at fair value

2018

Fair value 
through
 Income
statement 
£m

–

–

–

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

963.2

53.3

1,016.5

Loans and 
payables at 
amortised
 cost
£m

Fair value 
through
 Income 
statement
 £m

315.1

262.9

–

578.0

–

–

5.3

5.3

Total 
carrying
 value
 £m

963.2

53.3

1,016.5

Total 
carrying 
value
 £m

315.1

262.9

5.3

583.3

2017

Fair value 
through
 Income
 statement 
£m

–

–

–

Loans and 
receivables 
£m

708.6

35.3

743.9

Loans and 
payables at 
amortised
 cost
£m

Fair value 
through
 Income 
statement
 £m

221.5

215.2

–

436.7

–

–

–

–

Total 
carrying
 value
 £m

708.6

35.3

743.9

Total 
carrying 
value
 £m

221.5

215.2

–

436.7

A fuller description of financial instruments is included in note 23 of the consolidated financial statements on page 128.

10  Other creditors

Amount due within one year

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Other creditors

Accruals and deferred income

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

254.1

213.0

2.3

6.5

0.8

1.4

262.9

215.2

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are valued at fair value at inception and are repayable on demand.

11  Called up share capital
Details of the Company's share capital and outstanding share options are shown in note 28 of the consolidated financial statements on 
page 138.

12  Related party transactions
The Company has elected to take the allowable exemption in terms of FRS 101 to not disclose transactions with wholly-owned subsidiaries.

13  Guarantees and other financial commitments
The Company has given guarantees amounting to £37.2m (2017: £55.7m) in respect of bank and other facilities of subsidiaries  
and joint ventures.

14  Share-based payments
For details of share-based payments please refer to note 36 to the consolidated financial statements on page 142.

15  Employees
The Company had no employees during the year (2017: nil).

153

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the Company financial statements continued
31 December 2018

16  Subsidiaries and joint ventures

Company

Desa Baiduri Sdn Bhd

Dimex Limited

Ecatto Limited

Trading/
Non-Trading

Non–Trading 
(Letting of 
Properties)

Non–Trading

Non–Trading

Fine Chemicals Sdn Bhd

Non-Trading

Effective
Group 
interest in
equity 
%

70

Place of 
incorporation

Malaysia

United Kingdom

100

United Kingdom

1003

Malaysia 

70 

Registered address

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields,
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Harlow Chemical Company Limited

Non–Trading

Temple Fields, Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

United Kingdom

Holliday Pigments Limited

Non–Trading

Kind Action (M) Sdn Bhd

PAC Chemical (Shanghai) Co Limited 
(in the process of de-registration)

Trading

Trading

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Room 326, 3rd Floor, Building No.3, 
No.500 Bingke Road, 
Shanghai Free Trade Zone

PolymerLatex Ltd

Non–Trading

Central Road, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

United Kingdom

Polymerlatex Sdn Bhd

Quality Polymer Sdn Bhd

Revertex (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd

Revertex Limited

Rexplas Sdn Bhd

S.A. (300) Limited

Shanghai Synthomer Chemicals 
Co Limited (FICE)

Star Pharma Limited 

Super Sky Limited

Trading

Trading

Trading

Non–Trading

Non-Trading 
(Dormant)

Non-Trading

Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Synthomer (Thailand) Limited

Trading

1 1/2 Miles, Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 
Kluang, Johor Darul Takzim

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang,
 Johor Darul Takzim

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

China Technical Centre, Building 53-55, 
Lane 1000 Zhangheng Road, 
Zhangjiang High-tech Park, Pudong, 
Shanghai 201203

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Synthomer Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

3195/6 Vibulthani Tower 1 
1st Floor, Rama IV Road,
Klongton Sub-District, Klongtoey District
Bangkok 10110

United Kingdom

1002

1004

Malaysia

70

China

100

100

100

70

70

Malaysia

Malaysia

Malaysia

United Kingdom

1003

Malaysia

70

United Kingdom

1003

China

100

United Kingdom

100

United Kingdom

501,3

Thailand

100

Synthomer (UK) Limited

Trading

Synthomer 2016 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields, Central Road, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

United Kingdom

100

Synthomer Building, Temple Fields, 
Central Road, Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

United Kingdom

1004

Synthomer AS

Synthomer Asua SL

154

Trading

Trading

Sokolov, Tovární 2093, 
Postal Code 356 01

Czech Republic

Camino Sangroniz, No 8 Sondika
48150 Vizcaya

Spain

100

100

Company financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Synthomer Middle East Company Limited

Trading

PO Box 7544, Dammam 31472

Saudi Arabia

Registered address

C/o : Cosec Consulting Pty Ltd
58 Gipps Street, Collingwood, VIC 3066

Industriepark Pischelsdorf
 3435 Zwentendorf an der Donau

3195/6 Vibulthani Tower 1 
1st Floor, Rama IV Road, Klongton Sub-District,
Klongtoey District, Bangkok 10110

Place of 
incorporation

Australia

Austria

Thailand

Ijsselstraat 41, 5347 KG Oss

The Netherlands

Company

Synthomer Australia Pty Limited

Synthomer Austria GmbH

Synthomer Bangkok Limited

Synthomer BV

Synthomer Deutschland GmbH

Synthomer Finland Oy

Synthomer France SAS

Synthomer Functional Solutions FZCO

Synthomer FZE

Trading/
Non-Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Synthomer Holdings (CZE) s.r.o

Non-Trading

Synthomer Holdings (Thailand) Limited

Non–Trading

Synthomer Holdings Limited

Non-Trading

Synthomer Jersey Ltd

Synthomer LLC

Non-Trading

Trading

Synthomer Overseas Limited

Non-Trading

Synthomer Participacoes Ltda

Trading

Synthomer S.r.l

Synthomer SAE

Synthomer Sdn Bhd

Synthomer Speciality Additives AB

Synthomer Specialty Resins S.r.l

Synthomer Trading Limited

Synthomer USA LLC

Synthomer Vietnam Co Ltd

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Trading

Temple Fields 510

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 512 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 514 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 515 Limited

Non-Trading

Werrastrasse 10, D-45768 Marl

P.O.B 175 FI-90101 Oulu

704 rue Pierre et Marie Curie 60170 
Ribécourt-Dreslincourt 

Building East, Wing 2-office, No.201, Dubai

Dubai Airport Free Zone Authority, Dubai

V Celnici 1031/4, Nové M sto, 
11000, Prague 1

No. 99/329 Soi Suanluang,
Bangkho Sub-District, 
Jomthong District, Bangkok

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

44 Esplanade, St Helier, JE4 9WG

1201 Peachtree Street NE, Atlanta, 
Fulton, GA 30361
(CT Corporation)

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Av. Casa Verde, 3100, sala 01, 
bairro Casa Verde, CEP-02520-300, 
São Paulo-SP

Via delle Industrie 9, – 24040 Filago (BG) 

Industriel Zone 1-B, 10th of 
Ramadam City, Sharkiya

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles, 
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Durmakker 33, 9940 Evergem

Via Morozzo 27, 12040 Sant’Albano 
Stura, CN 

160 Greentree Dr. Suite 101
Dover, Delaware, 19904 
(Registered agent address)

No. 8 Road 6 (Lots No. 101, 109)
Sang Than I Industrial Park,
Di An District, Binh Duong Province

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Effective
Group 
interest in
equity 
%

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

491

491

100

100

1003 

100

491

1003

100

88

100

100

100

100

100

Germany

Finland

France

U.A.E

U.A.E

Czech Republic 

 Thailand

United Kingdom

1003

United Kingdom

Brazil

100

Jersey

USA

Italy

Egypt

Malaysia

Sweden

 Italy

USA

Vietnam

60

United Kingdom

100

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

1003

1003

United Kingdom

100

155

45 Pall Mall, London, SW1Y 5JG  United Kingdom

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Notes to the Company financial statements continued
31 December 2018

Company

Temple Fields 522 Limited

Trading/
Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 523 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 530 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields 534 Limited

Non-Trading

Temple Fields GmbH

Temple Fields GmbH & Co  
Chemie oHG (formerly James  
Robinson GmbH & Co Chemie oHG)

Temple Fields Verwaltungs GmbH (formerly 
James Robinson Verwaltungs GmbH)

Terra Simfoni Sdn Bhd

UQUIFA Italia S.r.l

William Blythe Limited

Yule Catto BV

Yule Catto France SA

Yule Catto Holdings GmbH

Yule Catto Inc

Yule Catto International SA

Yule Catto Nederland BV

Yule Catto Overseas 

Yule Catto Spain SL

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading 
(Investment

 Holding) 

Non-Trading

Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading
Non-Trading
Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Non-Trading

Yule Catto Western Europe Limited

Non-Trading

Registered address

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

Innerstetal 2, 38685 Langelsheim

Innerstetal 2, 38685 Langelsheim

Place of 
incorporation

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Germany

Germany

Non-Trading

Innerstetal 2, 38685 Langelsheim

Germany

Bangunan Revertex, 1 1/2 Miles,
Jalan Batu Pahat, 86000 Kluang, 
Johor Darul Takzim

Malaysia

Piazza Cavour 3, Milano

Italy

Synthomer Building, Temple Fields, 
Harlow, Essex, CM20 2BH

United Kingdom

Ijsselstraat 41, 5347 KG Oss

The Netherlands

6 Place de la Madeline, 75008 Paris

Werrastrasse 10, 45768 Marl

1201 Peachtree Street NE, Atlanta, Fulton, 
GA 30361 

France

Germany

USA

6 Place de la Madeline, 75008 Paris

France

Ijsselstraat 41, 5347 KG Oss

The Netherlands

Temple Fields, Central Road, 
Harlow, Essex, CM2O 2BH

United Kingdom

C/O Rambla de Catalunya no. 53, Atico, 
08007 Barcelona

Yule Catto Building, Temple Fields, 
Central Road,Harlow, Essex, CM2O 2BH

Spain

100

United Kingdom

1004

Effective
Group 
interest in
equity 
%

1003

1003

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

1003

Notes
1.  Joint ventures.
2.  Harlow Chemical Company Limited was incorporated in UK but is resident in the Netherlands.
3.  Shares directly held by Synthomer plc.
4  Dissolved January 2019

156

Company financial statementsSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Other information

Five year financial summary

Underlying performancea

Revenue

EBITDAb

Operating profitc

Finance costs 

Profit before taxation

Basic earnings per share

Dividends per share

Dividend cover

Net borrowingsd

Capital expendituree

IFRS – continuing operations 

Revenue

EBITDAb

Operating profitc

Finance costs 

Profit before taxation

Basic earnings per share

Dividends per share

Dividend cover

Net borrowingsd

Capital expendituree

Notes
a  As presented in the consolidated income statement on page 100.
b  As defined in the accounting policies at note 2 and reconciled in note 6.
c  As defined in the accounting policies at note 2.
d  As defined in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements and reconciled in note 22.
e  As shown with the consolidated cash flow statement.
f  Restated for impact of IAS19 revised.

2018 
£m

2017 
£m

2016
 £m

1,618.9

1,480.2

1,045.7

181.0

142.1

(7.0)

135.1

32.8p

13.1p

2.5

176.2

139.0

(9.0)

130.0

30.7p

12.2p

2.5

160.1

130.2

(8.0)

122.2 

28.3p 

11.3p 

2.5 

(214.0)

(180.5)

(150.3)

75.7

60.3

45.6

2018
 £m

2017
 £m

2016
 £m

1,618.9

1,480.2

1,045.7 

181.0

128.7

(8.4)

120.3

29.4p

13.1p

2.2

176.2

95.4

(9.0)

86.4

21.8p

12.2p

1.8

160.1 

144.7

(8.0)

136.7

32.5p 

11.3p 

2.9 

(214.0)

(180.5)

(150.3)

75.7

60.3

45.6

2015
 £m

870.1 

125.0 

102.9

(7.6)

95.3

2014

 (restated)f 

£m

936.4

118.0 

96.5

(10.5)

86.0 

21.5p 

19.5p 

8.6p 

2.5 

(77.4)

22.8 

2015 
£m

870.1 

125.0 

80.3 

(7.8)

72.5

7.8p 

2.5 

(112.1)

22.0 

2014 
 (restated)f 

£m

936.4

118.0 

65.1 

(11.3)

53.8 

17.8p 

13.3p 

8.6p 

2.1 

(80.1)

22.8 

7.8p 

1.7 

(114.1)

22.0

157

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Glossary of terms

AGM

AIMS

APMs

ARW 

C&C

C&F

CGU

CH4

CIA

CO2

CO2e 

Annual General Meeting

Accident and Incident Management System

Alternative Performance Measures

Asia and Rest of the World

Construction and Coatings

Carpet and Foam

Cash Generating Units

Methane

Chemical Industries Association

Carbon Dioxide

Carbon Dioxide equivalent

Capital employed

Constant currency

Net assets excluding third party net debt

Reflects current year results for existing business translated at the prior year’s average exchange rates,  
and includes the impact of acquisitions. 

CRM

CSR

DEFRA

EBITDA 

EGM

ENA

EPS

ERP

ESG

FP

FRC

Customer Relationship Management system

Corporate Social Responsibility

Department of Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

EBITDA is calculated as operating profit before depreciation, amortisation and Special Items

Extraordinary General Meeting

Europe and North America

Earnings Per Share

Enterprise Resource Planning

Environmental, Social and Governance

Functional Polymers

Financial Reporting Council

Free cash flow

Net cash flow from operating activities, after net interest paid and purchases and proceeds from sale 
of non-current assets and investments

Financial Reporting Standard

Functional Solutions

Greenhouse Gases

Gigajoule

Global Warming Potential

Health and Protection

Human Resources

High Solids Styrene Butadiene Rubber

International Accounting Standard

International Financial Reporting Standards

Industrial Specialities

International Standards of Auditing

Key Performance Indicators

Kilotonne or 1,000 tonnes (metric)

Lost Time Accident

Long Term Incentive Plan

Mergers and Acquisitions

Management of Change

Malaysian Ringgits

Nitrous Oxide

Nitrile Butadiene Rubber 

FRS

FS

GHGs

GJ

GWP

H&P

HR

HSSBR

IAS 

IFRS

IS

ISA

KPIs

ktes

LTA

LTIP

M&A

MOC

MYR

N2O

NBR

158

Other informationSynthomer plc Annual Report 2018Net borrowings

Net debt

NOx

Net borrowings represent cash and cash equivalents together with short and long-term borrowings, 
as adjusted for the effect of related derivative instruments irrespective of whether they qualify for 
hedge accounting, non-recourse factoring arrangements, and the inclusion of financial assets

Borrowings and other financial liabilities less cash and cash equivalents

Nitrogen Oxide

Operating profit

Operating profit represents profit from continuing activities before finance costs and taxation

PBT

PE

PPE

PSP

PTW

PVC

R&D

ROIC

SBR

SEC

SHE

SHEMS

The Code

TSR

UK GAAP

Profit Before Tax

Performance Elastomers

Property, Plant and Equipment

Performance Share Plan

Permit to Work

Polyvinyl Chloride

Research and Development

Return on Invested Capital is calculated as Group Underlying operating profit as a percentage of Group 
capital employed 

Styrene Butadiene Rubber

Specific Energy Consumption

Safety, Health and Environment

Safety, Health and Environment Management System

The UK Corporate Governance Code

Total Shareholder Return

UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice

Underlying performance

Underlying performance represents the statutory performance of the Group under IFRS, excluding 
special items

VOCs

Volatile Organic Compounds

159

Governance  58-92Strategic report  IFC-57Group financial statements 93-144Company financial statements 145-156Other information 157-160Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Advisers

Registered office
Synthomer plc
Temple Fields
Harlow
Essex
CM20 2BH

Registered number 98381

Company Secretary
Richard Atkinson

Bankers
Barclays Bank PLC
Commerzbank AG
HSBC Bank plc
Citibank 
Lloyds Bank plc
SEB
China Construction Bank Corporation

Joint stockbrokers
Barclays Bank PLC and Canaccord Genuity Limited

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services PLC
Lochside House
7 Lochside Avenue
Edinburgh Park
Edinburgh
EH12 9DJ

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered accountants and statutory auditor
London, UK

Solicitors
Herbert Smith Freehills LLP
Squire Patton Boggs (UK) LLP

160

Synthomer plc Annual Report 2018Consultancy, design and production
www.luminous.co.uk

Design and production

www.luminous.co.uk

Synthomer plc
Synthomer plc
45 Pall Mall
45 Pall Mall
London
London
SW1Y 5JG
SW1Y 5JG
United Kingdom
United Kingdom

www.synthomer.com
www.synthomer.com

S

y

n

S

t

y

h

n

o

t

h

m

o

e

r

m

p

e

l

r

c

p

A

l

c

n

n

A

u

n

a

n

l

u

R

a

e

l

p

R

o

e

r

t

p

o

2

r

0

t

1

2

8

0

1

8